NL2J 19A321 AA
2022 EXPLORER Owner’s Manual
2022 EXPLORER Owner’s Manual
September 2021
First Printing
ford.ca
owner.ford.com
Litho in U.S.A.
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2021
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 202107 20210720160651
California Proposition 65
WARNING: Operating, servicing and
maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway
motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash
your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle.
For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash your hands after handling.
Introduction
About This Manual ..........................................9
Symbols Glossary ............................................9
Perchlorate ........................................................11
Ford Credit .........................................................11
Replacement Parts Recommendation
............................................................................12
Special Notices ...............................................12
Mobile Communications Equipment
............................................................................13
Export Unique Options ................................14
Data Privacy
Data Privacy .....................................................15
Service Data .....................................................16
Event Data ........................................................16
Settings Data ...................................................17
Connected Vehicle Data ..............................17
Mobile Device Data .......................................18
Emergency Call System Data ....................18
Environment
Protecting the Environment .......................19
At a Glance
At a Glance - ST ............................................20
Instrument Panel ............................................21
Child Safety
General Information .....................................23
Installing Child Restraints ..........................25
Booster Seats .................................................33
Child Restraint Positioning ........................35
Child Safety Locks ........................................36
Seatbelts
Principle of Operation .................................38
Fastening the Seatbelts .............................39
Seatbelt Height Adjustment ......................41
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime .............................................................41
Seatbelt Reminder ........................................42
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance ...............................................43
Seatbelt Extensions .....................................44
Personal Safety System™
Personal Safety System™ .........................45
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation .................................46
Driver and Passenger Airbags ...................47
Front Passenger Sensing System ...........48
Side Airbags ....................................................50
Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags ........51
Safety Canopy™ .............................................51
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator .......52
Airbag Disposal ..............................................53
Pedestrian Protection - Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (HEV)
Pedestrian Alert System ............................54
911 Assist
What Is 911 Assist ..........................................55
Emergency Call Requirements ................55
Emergency Call Limitations ......................56
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies .................................................57
Remote Control ..............................................57
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
..........................................................................63
MyKey™
Principle of Operation .................................64
Creating a MyKey ..........................................65
1
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Clearing All MyKeys ......................................66
Checking MyKey System Status .............66
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems ........................................................67
MyKey – Troubleshooting ..........................67
Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking ...............................69
Keyless Entry ...................................................72
Liftgate
Power Liftgate ................................................74
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System ........................78
Anti-Theft Alarm ...........................................78
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles
With: Manual Adjustable Steering
Column .........................................................80
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles
With: Power Adjustable Steering
Column .........................................................80
Audio Control ..................................................82
Voice Control ..................................................82
Cruise Control - Vehicles With: Cruise
Control ..........................................................82
Cruise Control - Vehicles With: Stop and
Go ...................................................................83
Information Display Control ......................83
Heated Steering Wheel ..............................83
Horn ....................................................................83
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers .......................................84
Autowipers ......................................................84
Windshield Washers ....................................85
Rear Window Wiper and Washers .........86
Lighting
General Information .....................................87
Lighting Control .............................................87
Autolamps .......................................................88
Instrument Lighting Dimmer ....................88
Headlamp Exit Delay ...................................88
Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Configurable Daytime Running Lamps
..........................................................................89
Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) .........89
Front Fog Lamps ...........................................89
Adaptive Headlamps ..................................90
Direction Indicators ......................................90
Interior Lamps .................................................91
Ambient Lighting - Vehicles With: 8 Inch
Center Display Screen ..............................91
Ambient Lighting - Vehicles With: 10.1
Inch Center Display Screen ...................92
Automatic High Beam Control
What Is Automatic High Beam Control
..........................................................................93
Switching Automatic High Beam Control
On and Off ...................................................93
Automatic High Beam Control Indicators
..........................................................................93
Overriding Automatic High Beam Control
..........................................................................94
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows ............................................95
Global Opening .............................................96
Exterior Mirrors - Excluding: ST ...............96
Exterior Mirrors - ST ......................................97
Interior Mirror ..................................................99
Sun Visors ........................................................99
Sun Shades ...................................................100
Moonroof .......................................................100
2
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Instrument Cluster
Gauges - Vehicles With: 6.5 Inch
Instrument Cluster Display Screen
.........................................................................102
Gauges - Vehicles With: 12.3 Inch
Instrument Cluster Display Screen
.........................................................................103
Gauges - Vehicles With: 4.2 Inch
Instrument Cluster Display Screen
.........................................................................105
Warning Lamps and Indicators ..............106
Audible Warnings and Indicators ...........110
Information Displays
General Information - Vehicles With: 6.5
Inch Instrument Cluster Display Screen
...........................................................................111
General Information - Vehicles With: 12.3
Inch Instrument Cluster Display Screen
..........................................................................113
General Information - Vehicles With: 4.2
Inch Instrument Cluster Display Screen
..........................................................................116
Personalized Settings .................................118
Information Messages ...............................120
Climate Control
Automatic Climate Control .....................138
Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate
........................................................................140
Rear Passenger Climate Controls ..........141
Heated Windshield .....................................142
Heated Rear Window .................................143
Heated Exterior Mirrors ..............................143
Remote Start .................................................143
Interior Air Quality
What Is the Cabin Air Filter ......................144
Replacing the Cabin Air Filter .................144
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position .................145
Head Restraints ...........................................145
Manual Seats ................................................147
Power Seats ..................................................148
Memory Function ..........................................151
Rear Seats ......................................................152
Heated Seats .................................................157
Ventilated Seats ..........................................158
Rear Occupant Alert System
What is the Rear Occupant Alert System
.........................................................................159
How Does the Rear Occupant Alert
System Work .............................................159
Rear Occupant Alert System Precautions
.........................................................................159
Rear Occupant Alert System Limitations
.........................................................................159
Switching Rear Occupant Alert System
On and Off .................................................159
Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators
........................................................................160
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Warnings ....................................................160
Garage Door Opener
Universal Garage Door Opener ...............161
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points ...............................166
Wireless Accessory Charger ....................167
Storage Compartments
Cup Holders ...................................................170
Overhead Console .......................................170
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information .....................................171
Ignition Switch ................................................171
Keyless Starting .............................................171
3
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Starting a Gasoline Engine .......................172
Starting a Hybrid Electric Vehicle System
.........................................................................175
Engine Block Heater ....................................177
Unique Driving Characteristics
Auto-Start-Stop ...........................................179
Hybrid Vehicle Operation - Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (HEV) ............................181
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV) ...........................................................183
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions .....................................184
Fuel Quality - E85 .......................................184
Fuel Quality - Gasoline .............................186
Fuel Filler Funnel Location ......................186
Running Out of Fuel ...................................186
Refueling - Excluding: Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV) ...........................................188
Refueling - Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)
..........................................................................191
Fuel Consumption ......................................194
Engine Emission Control
Emission Law ................................................195
Catalytic Converter .....................................196
High Voltage Battery
General Information - Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV) ...........................................199
Transmission
Automatic Transmission .........................200
Four-Wheel Drive
Principle of Operation ..............................206
Using Four-Wheel Drive ..........................206
Rear Axle
Limited Slip Differential .............................212
Brakes
General Information ...................................213
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes
.........................................................................214
Electric Parking Brake ................................214
Hill Start Assist .............................................216
Auto Hold ........................................................217
Reverse Braking Assist
What Is Reverse Braking Assist ..............219
Reverse Braking Assist Precautions ......219
Switching Reverse Braking Assist On and
Off ................................................................220
Overriding Reverse Braking Assist ........220
Reverse Braking Assist Indicators ........220
Reverse Braking Assist –
Troubleshooting .......................................221
Traction Control
Principle of Operation ...............................223
Using Traction Control ..............................223
Stability Control
Principle of Operation ...............................224
Using Stability Control ..............................225
Hill Descent Control
What Is Hill Descent Control ...................227
Switching Hill Descent Control On and
Off .................................................................227
Setting the Hill Descent Speed ..............227
Hill Descent Control Indicator ................228
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation ...............................229
Rear Parking Aid ..........................................229
Front Parking Aid ..........................................231
4
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Side Sensing System .................................233
Active Park Assist .......................................234
Rear View Camera ......................................237
360 Degree Camera ..................................240
Cruise Control
What Is Cruise Control ..............................243
Switching Cruise Control On and Off
........................................................................243
Setting the Cruise Control Speed .........243
Canceling the Set Speed .........................244
Resuming the Set Speed .........................244
Cruise Control Indicators .........................244
Adaptive Cruise Control
How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With
Stop and Go Work ..................................245
What Is Adaptive Cruise Control With
Lane Centering ........................................245
What Is Intelligent Adaptive Cruise
Control ........................................................245
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions -
Vehicles With: Lane Centering ..........245
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions -
Vehicles With: Stop and Go ................245
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations -
Vehicles With: Lane Centering ..........246
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations -
Vehicles With: Stop and Go ................247
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On
and Off .......................................................249
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Speed .........................................................249
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Gap
........................................................................250
Canceling the Set Speed ..........................251
Resuming the Set Speed ..........................251
Overriding the Set Speed .........................251
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators -
Vehicles With: Intelligent Adaptive
Cruise Control ..........................................252
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators -
Vehicles With: Lane Centering ...........252
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators -
Vehicles With: Stop and Go ................252
Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control
to Cruise Control .....................................252
Switching Lane Centering On and Off
........................................................................253
Switching Intelligent Mode On and Off
........................................................................254
Adjusting the Set Speed Tolerance ......254
Adaptive Cruise Control –
Troubleshooting ......................................254
Driving Aids
Driver Alert ....................................................258
Lane Keeping System ...............................259
Blind Spot Information System ............263
Cross Traffic Alert .......................................267
Speed Sign Recognition ...........................270
Steering ...........................................................272
Pre-Collision Assist .....................................272
Drive Mode Control
What Is Drive Mode Control ....................277
How Does Drive Mode Control Work
.........................................................................277
Selecting a Drive Mode ..............................277
Drive Modes ...................................................277
Load Carrying
Rear Under Floor Storage ........................279
Cargo Nets .....................................................279
Luggage Covers ...........................................280
Roof Racks and Load Carriers ...............280
Load Limit .......................................................281
Towing
Towing a Trailer ............................................287
Trailer Sway Control ..................................288
Recommended Towing Weights ..........288
Essential Towing Checks .........................289
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels ......291
5
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Driving Hints
Reduced Engine Performance ...............292
Cold Weather Precautions ......................292
Breaking-In ....................................................292
Driving Economically .................................292
Driving Through Shallow Water ............293
Floor Mats ......................................................293
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance .................................295
Hazard Flashers ..........................................296
Fuel Shutoff .................................................296
Jump Starting the Vehicle .......................297
Collision, Damage or Fire Event ............299
Post-Crash Alert System ........................300
Transporting the Vehicle .........................300
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need ..............302
In California (U.S. Only) ...........................303
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only) ....................304
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only) ......................305
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada .......................................................305
Ordering Additional Owner's Literature
........................................................................307
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only)
........................................................................307
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)
........................................................................307
Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart .........................309
Changing a Fuse ...........................................317
Maintenance
General Information ...................................319
Opening and Closing the Hood ..............319
Under Hood Overview - 2.3L EcoBoost™
........................................................................320
Under Hood Overview - 3.0L ...................321
Under Hood Overview - 3.3L ..................322
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.3L EcoBoost™
........................................................................323
Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.0L .........................323
Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.3L .........................323
Engine Oil Check .........................................323
Oil Change Indicator Reset .....................324
Changing the Engine Air Filter - 2.3L
EcoBoost™ ...............................................324
Changing the Engine Air Filter - 3.0L
........................................................................325
Changing the Engine Air Filter - 3.3L ....326
Engine Coolant Check ...............................327
Automatic Transmission Fluid Check
.........................................................................331
Brake Fluid Check .......................................332
Power Steering Fluid Check ....................333
Changing the 12V Battery ........................333
Adjusting the Headlamps ........................335
Washer Fluid Check ...................................336
Fuel Filter .......................................................336
Checking the Wiper Blades .....................337
Changing the Front Wiper Blades .........337
Changing the Rear Wiper Blades ..........337
Changing a Bulb ..........................................338
Vehicle Care
General Information ..................................340
Cleaning Products .....................................340
Cleaning the Exterior ..................................341
Waxing ............................................................342
Cleaning the Engine ...................................342
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades
........................................................................343
Cleaning the Interior ..................................343
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens ......................344
Cleaning Leather Seats ............................344
6
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Repairing Minor Paint Damage .............345
Cleaning the Wheels .................................345
Vehicle Storage ...........................................345
Body Styling Kits .........................................347
Wheels and Tires
General Information ..................................348
Tire Care .........................................................350
Using Summer Tires ..................................363
Using Winter Tires ......................................363
Using Snow Chains ....................................364
Tire Pressure Monitoring System .........366
Changing a Road Wheel ............................371
Technical Specifications ...........................377
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications - 2.3L EcoBoost™
........................................................................379
Engine Specifications - 3.0L, ST ...........379
Engine Specifications - 3.0L ...................381
Engine Specifications - 3.3L, Gasoline
.........................................................................381
Engine Specifications - 3.3L, Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (HEV) ..........................382
Motorcraft Parts - 2.3L EcoBoost™ .....383
Motorcraft Parts - 3.0L .............................383
Motorcraft Parts - 3.3L .............................384
Vehicle Identification Number ..............384
Capacities and Specifications - 2.3L
EcoBoost™ ...............................................385
Capacities and Specifications - 3.0L
........................................................................392
Capacities and Specifications - 3.3L,
Gasoline .....................................................399
Capacities and Specifications - 3.3L,
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) ...........406
Bulb Specification Chart ...........................413
Connected Vehicle
What Is a Connected Vehicle ..................415
Connected Vehicle Requirements ........415
Connected Vehicle Limitations ..............415
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network ......................................................415
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network - Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ......415
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: Modem ..........................416
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ...........................417
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot ..........419
Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Name or Password .................................419
Audio System
General Information ..................................420
Audio Unit .....................................................420
Digital Radio ..................................................421
Satellite Radio .............................................423
USB Port ........................................................426
SYNC™ 3
General Information ...................................427
Using Voice Recognition ..........................429
Entertainment .............................................435
Climate ...........................................................445
Phone ..............................................................447
Navigation .....................................................449
Electric Vehicle Information ...................454
Apps ................................................................455
Settings ..........................................................458
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting ....................460
Accessories
Accessories ...................................................473
Ford Protect
Ford Protect ..................................................474
7
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information .......476
Normal Scheduled Maintenance .........479
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance ............................................482
Customer Information
Radio Frequency Certification Labels
.......................................................................485
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility ..............527
End User License Agreement ................530
8
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Table of Contents
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
E154903
Right-hand side.A
Left-hand side.B
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
E162384
Air conditioning system
E231157
Air conditioning system lubricant
type
Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Battery
Battery acid
Brake fluid - non petroleum
based
Brake system
9
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Introduction
E270480
Brake system
E139223
Cabin air filter
Check fuel cap
Child safety door lock or unlock
Child seat lower anchor
E141128
Child seat tether anchor
E71340
Cruise control
Do not open when hot
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil
Explosive gas
Fan warning
E71880
Fasten seatbelt
E231160
Flammable
E67017
Front airbag
Front fog lamps
Fuel pump reset
Fuse compartment
Hazard flashers
Heated rear window
Windshield defrosting system
Interior luggage compartment
release
Jack
E161353
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low tire pressure warning
Maintain correct fluid level
Note operating instructions
10
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Introduction
E270945
Horn control
Panic alarm
E139213
Parking aid
Parking brake
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
E231159
Requires registered technician
E65963
Safety alert
See Owner's Manual
E231158
See Service Manual
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
E270849
Passenger airbag activated
E270850
Passenger airbag deactivated
Side airbag
E167012
Shield the eyes
E138639
Stability control
E163957
Hill descent control
E272858
Trail control
E270969
Windshield wiping system
Windshield wash and wipe
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners
and remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling
may apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
For more information visit:
Web Address
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazard-
ouswaste/perchlorate
FORD CREDIT
US Only
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing
and lease plans to help you acquire your
vehicle. If you have financed or leased your
vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for
your business.
11
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Introduction
For assistance call 1-800-727-7000, or for
more information about Ford Credit and
access to the online Account Manager tool,
visit www.ford.com/finance.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet
or exceed these specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents happen sometimes.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit,
finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During
vehicle development we validate that
these parts deliver the intended level of
protection as a whole system. A great way
to know for sure you are getting this level
of protection is to use genuine Ford
replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty.
The Ford Warranty may not cover damage
caused to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts.
For additional information, refer to the
terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is
covered by your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty, see your warranty guide that is
available online. For more information,
refer to our website and download your
copy of the warranty guide.
Special Instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.
WARNING: You risk death or
serious injury to yourself and others if you
do not follow the instruction highlighted
by the warning symbol. Failure to follow
the specific warnings and instructions
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: NEVER use a rearward
facing child restraint on a seat protected
by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it,
DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
can occur.
12
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Introduction
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector
WARNING: Do not connect
wireless plug-in devices to the data link
connector. Unauthorized third parties
could gain access to vehicle data and
impair the performance of safety related
systems. Only allow repair facilities that
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data
link connector.
Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link
Connector (DLC) that is used in
conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for
vehicle diagnostics, repairs and
reprogramming services. Installing an
aftermarket device that uses the DLC
during normal driving for purposes such as
remote insurance company monitoring,
transmission of vehicle data to other
devices or entities, or altering the
performance of the vehicle, may cause
interference with or even damage to
vehicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of unapproved
aftermarket plug-in devices. The vehicle
Warranty will not cover damage caused
by an aftermarket plug-in device.
Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks
and Utility Type Vehicles
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
Before you drive your vehicle, please read
this Owner’s Guide carefully. Your vehicle
is not a passenger car. As with other
vehicles of this type, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury or death.
Using Your Vehicle With a
Snowplow
Do not use this vehicle for
snowplowing.
Your vehicle does not have a snowplowing
package.
Using Your Vehicle as an
Ambulance
Do not use this vehicle as an
ambulance.
Your vehicle does not have the Ambulance
Preparation Package.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
13
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Introduction
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your
vehicle may be equipped with features and
options that are different from the features
and options that are described in this
Owner’s Manual. A market unique
supplement may be supplied that
complements this book. By referring to the
market unique supplement, if provided,
you can properly identify those features,
recommendations and specifications that
are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s
Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and
Canadian Markets. Features or equipment
listed as standard may be different on units
built for export. Refer to this Owner’s
Manual for all other required
information and warnings.
14
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Introduction
WARNING: Do not connect
wireless plug-in devices to the data link
connector. Unauthorized third parties
could gain access to vehicle data and
impair the performance of safety related
systems. Only allow repair facilities that
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data
link connector.
We respect your privacy and are
committed to protecting it. The
information contained in this manual was
correct at the time of publication, but as
technology rapidly changes, we
recommend that you visit the local Ford
website for the latest information.
Your vehicle has electronic control units
that have data recording functionality and
the ability to permanently or temporarily
store data. This data could include
information on the condition and status of
your vehicle, vehicle maintenance
requirements, events and malfunctions.
The types of data that can be recorded are
described in this section. Some of the data
recorded is stored in event logs or error
logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service
or repair.
Note: We may provide information in
response to requests from law enforcement,
other government authorities and third
parties acting with lawful authority or
through a legal process. Such information
could be used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Operating states of system
components, for example fuel level,
tire pressure and battery charge level.
• Vehicle and component status, for
example wheel speed, deceleration,
lateral acceleration and seatbelt
status.
• Events or errors in essential systems,
for example headlamps and brakes.
• System responses to driving situations,
for example airbag deployment and
stability control.
• Environmental conditions, for example
temperature.
Some of this data, when used in
combination with other information, for
example an accident report, damage to a
vehicle or eyewitness statements, could
be associated with a specific person.
Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use
data, for example account information,
vehicle location and driving characteristics,
that could identify you. We transmit this
data through a dedicated, protected
connection. We only collect and use data
to enable your use of our services to which
you have subscribed, with your consent or
where permitted by law. For additional
information, see the terms and conditions
of the services to which you have
subscribed.
For additional information about our
privacy policy, refer to the local Ford
website.
Services That Third Parties
Provide
We recommend that you review the terms
and conditions and data privacy
information for any services equipped with
your vehicle or to which you subscribe. We
take no responsibility for services that third
parties provide.
15
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Data Privacy
SERVICE DATA
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake
systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company
(Ford of Canada in Canada), and service
and repair facilities may access or share
among them vehicle diagnostic
information received through a direct
connection to your vehicle when
diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford
of Canada, in Canada) may, where
permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic
information for vehicle improvement or
with other information we may have about
you, for example, your contact information,
to offer you products or services that may
interest you. Data may be provided to our
service providers such as part suppliers
that may help diagnose malfunctions, and
who are similarly obligated to protect data.
We retain this data only as long as
necessary to perform these functions or to
comply with law. We may provide
information where required in response to
official requests to law enforcement or
other government authorities or third
parties acting with lawful authority or court
order, and such information may be used
in legal proceedings. For U.S. only (if
equipped), if you choose to use connected
apps and services, you consent that certain
diagnostic information may also be
accessed electronically by Ford Motor
Company and Ford authorized service
facilities, and that the diagnostic
information may be used to provide
services to you, personalizing your
experience, troubleshoot, and to improve
products and services and offer you
products and services that may interest
you, where permitted by law. For Canada
only, for more information, please review
the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data
storage and use of service providers in
other jurisdictions who may be subject to
legal requirements in Canada, the United
States and other countries applicable to
them, for example, lawful requirements to
disclose personal information to
governmental authorities in those
countries.
EVENT DATA
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder. The main purpose of an event
data recorder is to record, in certain crash
or near crash-like situations, such as an
airbag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle; this data will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s systems
performed. The event data recorder is
designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating.
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger seatbelts were
buckled/fastened.
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or the
brake pedal.
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
• Where the driver was positioning the
steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
16
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Data Privacy
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded
by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data is recorded by the
event data recorder under normal driving
conditions and no personal data or
information (for example name, gender,
age, and crash location) is recorded.
However, parties, such as law enforcement,
could combine the event data recorder data
with the type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have such special
equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder.
SETTINGS DATA
Your vehicle has electronic control units
that have the ability to store data based
on your personalized settings. The data is
stored locally in the vehicle or on devices
that you connect to it, for example, a USB
drive or digital music player. You can delete
some of this data and also choose whether
to share it through the services to which
you subscribe. See Settings (page 458).
Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Seat and steering wheel position.
• Climate control settings.
• Radio presets.
Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Music, videos or album art.
• Contacts and corresponding address
book entries.
• Navigation destinations.
CONNECTED VEHICLE DATA
The modem has a SIM. The
modem was enabled when your
vehicle was built and periodically
sends messages to stay connected to the
cell phone network, receive automatic
software updates and send vehicle-related
information to us, for example diagnostic
information. These messages could
include information that identifies your
vehicle, the SIM and the electronic serial
number of the modem. Cell phone network
service providers could have access to
additional information, for example cell
phone network tower identification. For
additional information about our privacy
policy, visit www.FordConnected.com or
refer to your local Ford website.
Note: The modem continues to send this
information unless you disable the modem
or stop the modem from sharing vehicle
data by changing the modem settings. See
Connected Vehicle (page 415).
Note: The service can be unavailable or
interrupted for a number of reasons, for
example environmental or topographical
conditions and data plan coverage.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has a
modem, visit www.FordConnected.com.
17
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Data Privacy
MOBILE DEVICE DATA
If you connect a mobile device to your
vehicle, you can display data from your
device on the touchscreen for example,
music and album art. You can share your
vehicle data with mobile apps on your
device through the system. See Apps
(page 455).
The mobile apps function operates by your
connected device sending data to us in the
United States. The data is encrypted and
includes, for example, the vehicle
identification number of your vehicle, the
SYNC module serial number, odometer,
enabled apps, usage statistics and
debugging information. We retain it only
as long as necessary to provide the service,
to troubleshoot, for continuous
improvement and to offer you products
and services that may be of interest to you
according to your preferences and where
allowed by law.
If you connect a cell phone to the system,
the system creates a profile that links to
that cell phone. The cell phone profile
enables more mobile features and efficient
operation. The profile contains, for
example data from your phonebook, read
and unread text messages and call history,
including history of calls when your cell
phone was not connected to the system.
If you connect a media device, the system
creates and retains a media device index
of supported media content. The system
also records a short diagnostic log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity.
The cell phone profile, media device index
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when you
connect your cell phone or media device.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you use the
master reset function to erase the stored
information. See Settings (page 458).
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to your
vehicle's module.
For additional information about our
privacy policy, refer to the local Ford
website.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has
connectivity technology, visit
www.FordConnected.com.
EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM
DATA
When the emergency call system is active,
it may disclose to emergency services that
your vehicle has been in a crash involving
the deployment of an airbag or activation
of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions
or updates to the emergency call system
may also be capable of electronically or
verbally disclosing to emergency services
operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
emergency services operators to provide
the most appropriate emergency services.
If you do not want to disclose this
information, do not activate the emergency
call system.
Note: You cannot deactivate emergency
call systems that are required by law.
18
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Data Privacy
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You can take significant steps toward
protecting the environment with correct
vehicle usage and the authorized disposal
of waste, cleaning and lubrication
materials.
For additional information about our
sustainability progress and initiatives, visit
www.sustainability.ford.com.
19
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Environment
AT A GLANCE - ST
Exterior
• Front and rear fascias feature unique
ST grille and unique finish.
• ST badging in front grille and on rear
liftgate.
• Trim features unique ST gloss black
finish.
• E-X-P-L-O-R-E-R lettering across
hood.
• Blackout treatment on headlight and
taillight lenses.
Interior
• Unique ST interior trim.
• Ford Performance sill plates.
• ST flat-bottom steering wheel with
integrated transmission shift paddle
controls.
• Selectable Drive Mode controller with
7 settings (Normal, Eco, Sport, Trail,
Slippery, Deep Snow/Sand and
Tow/Haul).
• Unique electronic sound enhancement
in Sport Selectable Drive Mode.
Chassis
• Unique ST-tuned suspension featuring
32 N/mm front coil springs and a 34
mm hollow front stabilizer bar and 106
N/mm rear coil springs and a 21.7 mm
hollow rear stabilizer bar.
• Standard ST brake system consists of
345 mm diameter vented front rotors
with two piston calipers and low-dust
linings; 326 mm solid rear rotors with
single-piston brake calipers and
electric integrated park brake with low
dust linings.
• Optional ST braking system includes
363 mm diameter vented front rotors
with heavy duty two-piston calipers
and low-dust linings; 350 mm diameter
vented rear rotors with heavy-duty
single-piston brake calipers and
electric integrated park brake with
low-dust linings; system requires 21 x
9-inch wheels and P275/45R21
all-season tires.
• Optional low-metallic brake linings are
included with optional P275/45R21
summer tire (late availability).
• ST-tuned electric power assist steering
rack and pinion.
• AdvanceTrac with stability
enhancement system with four modes:
Default, Traction Control Off, Sport and
Disabled.
• Aluminum ST 20 in (50.8 cm) x 8.5 in
(21.6 cm) wheels standard; 21 in
(53.3 cm) x 9 in (22.9 cm) wheels
optional.
• P255/55R20 all-season tires or
optional P275/45R21 all-season tires.
Powertrain
• 3.0L V6 DOHC GTDI engine, 400
horsepower, 415 lb-ft.
• 10R60 10-speed automatic
transmission with SelectShift manual
shift mode.
• 3.58 axle ratios.
• Unique transmission calibration in
Sport Selectable Drive Mode.
• Dual exhaust with quad-tip outlets.
20
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
At a Glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E282065
A
Air vents.A
Direction indicator. See Direction Indicators (page 90).B
Cruise control. See Cruise Control (page 82). Audio control. See Audio
Control (page 82).
C
Information display. See General Information (page 116).D
Information display control. See Information Display Control (page 83).E
Wiper lever. See Windshield Wipers (page 84).F
Ignition switch. See Keyless Starting (page 171).G
Information and Entertainment display.H
Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Flashers (page 296).I
Climate control. See Automatic Climate Control (page 138).J
Horn.K
21
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
At a Glance
GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNING: Always make sure your
child is secured properly in a device that
is appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: All children are shaped
differently. The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration and other safety
organizations, base their
recommendations for child restraints on
probable child height, age and weight
thresholds, or on the minimum
requirements of the law. We recommend
that you check with a NHTSA Certified
Child Passenger Safety Technician
(CPST) to make sure that you properly
install the child restraint in your vehicle
and that you consult your pediatrician to
make sure you have a child restraint
appropriate for your child. To locate a
child restraint fitting station and CPST,
contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca
to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your
area. Failure to properly restrain children
in child restraints made especially for
their height, age and weight, may result
in an increased risk of serious injury or
death to your child.
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or
animals to these high temperatures for
even a short time can cause death or
serious heat related injuries, including
brain damage. Small children are
particularly at risk.
23
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Recommended Restraint
Type
Child Size, Height, Weight, or AgeChild
Use a child restraint
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Infants or
toddlers
Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child restraint (generally
children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m)
tall, are greater than age four and less
than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer).
Small children
Use a vehicle seatbelt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seat backrest
upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb
(36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended
by child restraint manufacturer).
Larger children
• You are required by law to properly use
child restraints for infants and toddlers
in the United States, Canada and
Mexico.
• Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb
(36 kg). Check your local and state or
provincial laws for specific
requirements about the safety of
children in your vehicle.
• When possible, properly restrain
children 12 years of age and under in a
rear seating position of your vehicle.
Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions
than in a front seating position. See
Front Passenger Sensing System
(page 48).
• When installing a rear facing child
restraint, adjust the vehicle seats to
avoid interference between the child
restraint and the vehicle seat in front
of the child restraint.
24
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
Child Seats
E142594
Use a child restraint (sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler
seat) for Infants, toddlers and children
weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally
four-years-old or younger).
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts
WARNING: Do not place a
rearward facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Properly secure
children 12 years old and under in a rear
seating position whenever possible. If
you are unable to properly secure all
children in a rear seating position,
properly secure the largest child on the
front seat. If you must use a forward
facing child restraint on the front seat,
move the seat as far back as possible.
Failure to follow these instructions could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Depending on where
you secure a child restraint, and
depending on the child restraint design,
you may block access to certain seatbelt
buckle assemblies and LATCH lower
anchors, rendering those features
potentially unusable. To avoid risk of
injury, make sure occupants only use
seating positions where they are able to
be properly restrained.
When installing a child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
• Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the child
restraint, with the tongue between the
child restraint and the release button,
to prevent accidental unbuckling.
• Place the vehicle seat in the upright
position before you install the child
restraint.
• For second row seating positions,
adjust the recliner slightly to improve
child restraint fit. If needed, remove the
head restraints.
• For third row seating positions, stow
the head restraints to improve child
restraint fit. See Head Restraints
(page 145).
• Put the seatbelt in the automatic
locking mode. See Step 5 in the
procedure that follows. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking
clip.
Perform the following steps when
installing the child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
25
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
Note: Although the child restraint
illustrated is a forward facing child restraint,
the steps are the same for installing a rear
facing child restraint.
Note: Follow all instructions provided by
the manufacturer of the child restraint
regarding the necessary and proper use of
the lock-off device. In some instances, the
manufacturer provides these devices only
for use in vehicles with seatbelt systems
that would otherwise require a locking clip.
E142528
1. Position the child restraint in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.
E142529
2. After positioning the child restraint in
the proper seating position, pull down
on the shoulder belt and then grasp the
shoulder belt and lap belt together
behind the belt tongue.
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according
to the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure you do not twist
the belt webbing.
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure that you securely latch the tongue
by pulling on it.
26
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until you pull all of the belt out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt clicks as it retracts to
indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode. You should
not be able to pull more belt out. If the
retractor did not lock, unbuckle the belt
and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
E142533
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint as you
pull up on the shoulder belt to force
slack from the belt. This is necessary
to remove the remaining slack that
exists once you add the extra weight
of the child to the child restraint. It also
helps to achieve the proper snugness
of the child restraint to your vehicle.
Sometimes, a slight lean toward the
buckle provides extra help to remove
remaining slack from the belt.
9. If the child restraint has a tether strap,
attach it now.
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure you have the seat
securely held in place. To check this,
grab the seat at the belt path and
attempt to move it side to side and
forward and back. There should be
no more than 1 in (2.5 cm) of
movement for proper installation.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make sure you properly
installed the child restraint. In Canada,
check with Transport Canada for referral
to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
27
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren (LATCH)
WARNING: Do not attach two child
safety restraints to the same anchor. In
a crash, one anchor may not be strong
enough to hold two child safety restraint
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
WARNING: Depending on where
you secure a child restraint, and
depending on the child restraint design,
you may block access to certain seatbelt
buckle assemblies and LATCH lower
anchors, rendering those features
potentially unusable. To avoid risk of
injury, make sure occupants only use
seating positions where they are able to
be properly restrained.
The LATCH system has three vehicle
anchor points: two lower anchors where
the seat backrest and seat cushion meet
(called the seat bight) and one top tether
anchor behind that seating position.
LATCH compatible child restraints have
two rigid or webbing mounted
attachments that connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need
to use seatbelts to attach the child
restraint. However, you can still use the
seatbelt to attach the child restraint. For
forward-facing child restraints, you must
also attach the top tether strap to the
proper top tether anchor if one came with
your child restraint.
Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for
child restraint installation at the seating
positions marked with the child restraint
symbol.
Second Row Bucket Seats and Third
Row Seats
E319061
Second Row Bench Seats and Third
Row Seats
E325445
E144054
28
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
The LATCH anchors are at the rear section
of the rear seat between the cushion and
seat backrest below the symbols as
shown. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions to properly
install a child restraint with LATCH
attachments.
Follow the instructions on attaching child
restraints with tether straps. See Using
Tether Straps later in this chapter.
Attach LATCH lower attachments of the
child restraint only to the anchors shown.
Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the
Outboard Seating Positions (Center
Seating Use)
WARNING: The standardized
spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in
(280 mm) center to center. Do not use
LATCH lower anchors for the center
seating position unless the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions permit and
specify using anchors spaced at least as
far apart as those in this vehicle.
The lower anchors at the center of the
second row bench seat are spaced 20.5 in
(52 cm) apart. The standardized spacing
for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in (28 cm)
center to center. You cannot install a child
restraint with rigid LATCH attachments at
the center seating position. You can only
use LATCH compatible child restraints with
attachments on belt webbing at this
seating position provided that the child
restraint manufacturer’s instructions
permit use with the anchor spacing stated.
Do not attach a child restraint to any lower
anchor if you have an adjacent child
restraint attached to that anchor.
Each time you use the child restraint, check
that you properly attached the seat to the
lower anchors and tether anchor, if
applicable. Tug the child restraint from side
to side and forward and back where you
secured it to your vehicle. The child
restraint should move less than 1 in
(2.5 cm) if you properly install the seat.
If you do not properly anchor the child
restraint, the risk of injury to a child greatly
increases in a crash.
Combining Seatbelt and LATCH Lower
Anchors for Attaching Child Restraints
When used in combination, you can attach
either the seatbelt or the LATCH lower
anchors first, provided you achieve a proper
installation. Attach the tether strap
afterward, if included with the child
restraint.
Using Tether Straps
E141128
Many forward-facing child
restraints include a tether strap
which extends from the back of
the child restraint and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older child restraints.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your child
restraint does not reach the appropriate
top tether anchor in your vehicle.
Once you install the child restraint using
either the seatbelt, the lower anchors of
the LATCH system, or both, you can attach
the top tether strap.
The tether strap anchors in your vehicle
are in the following positions (shown from
top view):
29
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
Second Row Bucket Seats and Third
Row Seats
E319055
Second Row Bench Seats and Third
Row Seats
E319047
Perform the following steps to install a
child restraint with tether anchors:
Note: If you install a child restraint with rigid
LATCH attachments, do not tighten the
tether strap enough to lift the child restraint
off your vehicle seat cushion when the child
is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug
without lifting the front of the child restraint.
Keeping the child restraint just touching your
vehicle seat gives the best protection in a
severe crash.
For second row outermost seating
positions, route the child restraint tether
strap over the seat backrest, under the
head restraint and between the head
restraint posts. If needed, remove the head
restraint to improve the fit of the child
restraint or tether strap.
For the second row center seating position,
route the child restraint tether strap over
the top of the head restraint. If needed,
remove the head restraint to improve the
fit of the child restraint or tether strap. See
Head Restraints (page 145).
For third row seating positions, route the
child restraint tether strap over the seat
backrest, under the head restraint and
between the head restraint posts. If
needed, fold the head restraint down to
improve the fit of the child restraint or
tether strap. See Head Restraints (page
145).
1. Route the tether strap.
2. Locate the correct anchor for the
selected seating position.
3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown. The tether hook may be
twisted ½ turn to improve installation.
If you clip the tether strap incorrectly,
the child restraint may not be retained
properly in the event of a crash.
E190833
30
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
4. Tighten the child restraint tether strap
according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
If you do not properly anchor the child
restraint, the risk of injury to a child
increases greatly in a crash.
If your child restraint system has a tether
strap, and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, we also recommend
its use.
Second Row Bucket Seats
E251594
31
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
Second Row Bench Seats
E251593
Third Row Seats
E286303
Note: The cargo tie downs at the rear edge
of the floor are not tether anchors.
32
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING: Do not put the shoulder
section of the seatbelt or allow the child
to put the shoulder section of the
seatbelt under their arm or behind their
back. Failure to follow this instruction
could reduce the effectiveness of the
seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or
death in a crash.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety restraint
(generally children who are less than 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age 4 and
less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer). Many state and
provincial laws require that children use
approved booster seats until they reach
age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or
80 lb (36 kg).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:
E142595
• Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat backrest with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
• Can the child sit without slouching?
• Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
• Backless booster seats
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
backrest or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat backrest
or head restraint and lap and shoulder
belts, or consider using a high back booster
seat.
33
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
E70710
• High back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.
E142596
E142597
34
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING
WARNING: Do not place a
rearward facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Properly secure
children 12 years old and under in a rear
seating position whenever possible. If
you are unable to properly secure all
children in a rear seating position,
properly secure the largest child on the
front seat. If you must use a forward
facing child restraint on the front seat,
move the seat as far back as possible.
Failure to follow these instructions could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always carefully follow
the instructions and warnings provided
by the manufacturer of any child
restraint to determine if the restraint
device is appropriate for your child's size,
height, weight, or age. Follow the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions and
warnings provided for installation and
use in conjunction with the instructions
and warnings provided by your vehicle
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the
child may increase the risk of serious
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow a
passenger to hold a child on their lap
when your vehicle is moving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows,
books or towels to boost your child's
height. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure child
restraints or booster seats when they are
not in use. They could become projectiles
in a sudden stop or crash. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not put the shoulder
section of the seatbelt or allow the child
to put the shoulder section of the
seatbelt under their arm or behind their
back. Failure to follow this instruction
could reduce the effectiveness of the
seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or
death in a crash.
WARNING: Do not leave children
or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
35
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
Recommendations for Attaching Child Safety Restraints for Children
Use Any Attachment Method as Indicated Below by X
Combined
Weight of
Child and
Child
Restraint
Restraint
Type
Seatbelt
Only
Seatbelt
and LATCH
(Lower
Anchors
and Top
Tether
Anchor)
Seatbelt
and Top
Tether
Anchor
LATCH
(Lower
Anchors
Only)
LATCH
(Lower
Anchors
and Top
Tether
Anchor)
XX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child
restraint
X
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child
restraint
XXX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child
restraint
XX
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child
restraint
Note: The child restraint must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Seats (page
145).
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
When these locks are set, you cannot open
the rear doors from the inside.
36
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
E287259
A child safety lock is on the rear edge of
each rear door. You must set the child
safety lock separately on each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn the key clockwise to switch the child
lock on and counter clockwise to switch it
off.
Right-Hand Side
Turn the key counter clockwise to switch
the child lock on and clockwise to switch
it off.
37
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Child Safety
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap
belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Children must always
be properly restrained.
WARNING: Do not allow a
passenger to hold a child on their lap
when your vehicle is moving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: It is extremely
dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside
or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people
riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow
people to ride in any area of your vehicle
that is not equipped with seats and
seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your
vehicle is in a seat and properly using a
seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wearing a
seatbelt.
WARNING: Each seating position
in your vehicle has a specific seatbelt
assembly made up of one buckle and
one tongue designed to be used as a pair.
Use the shoulder belt on the outside
shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder
belt under the arm. Never use a single
seatbelt for more than one person.
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Seatbelts and seats
may be hot in a vehicle that is in the
sunshine. The hot seatbelts or seats may
burn a small child. Check seat covers and
buckles before you place a child
anywhere near them.
All seating positions in your vehicle have
lap and shoulder seatbelts. All occupants
of the vehicle should always properly wear
their seatbelts, even when an airbag
supplemental restraint system is provided.
The seatbelt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
• Shoulder seatbelt with automatic
locking mode, (except driver seatbelt).
• Height adjuster at the front outermost
seating positions.
• Seatbelt pretensioners at the front
outermost and second row outermost
seating positions.
• Belt tension sensor at the front
outermost passenger seating position.
E71880
• Seatbelt warning light and chime.
38
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seatbelts
E67017
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator.
The seatbelt pretensioners are designed
to tighten the seatbelts when activated. In
frontal and near-frontal crashes, the
seatbelt pretensioners may be activated
alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity,
together with the front airbags. The
pretensioners may also activate when a
Safety Canopy airbag deploys.
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
The front outboard and rear safety
restraints in the vehicle are combination
lap and shoulder belts.
E142587
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
until you hear a snap and feel it latch.
Make sure that you securely fasten the
tongue in the buckle.
E142588
2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING: Always ride and drive
with your seatback upright and properly
fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion
of the seatbelt snugly and low across
the hips. Position the shoulder portion of
the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See
the following figure.
E142590
39
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seatbelts
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low
across the hips below the belly and worn
as tight as comfort allows. Position the
shoulder belt to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.
Seatbelt Locking Modes
WARNING: If your vehicle is
involved in a crash, have the seatbelts
and associated components inspected
as soon as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts. The
driver seatbelt has the first type of locking
mode, and the front outboard passenger
and rear seat seatbelts have both types of
locking modes described as follows:
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination
seatbelts lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passengers.
In addition, the design of the retractor is to
lock if you pull the webbing out too quickly.
If the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower
the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt
to retract. If the retractor does not unlock,
pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a
small length of webbing back toward the
stowed position. For rear seatbelts, recline
the rear seat backrest or push the seat
backrest cushion away from the seatbelt.
Feed a small length of webbing back
toward the stowed position.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt
automatically pre-locks. The belt retracts
to remove any slack in the shoulder belt.
The automatic locking mode is not
available on the driver seatbelt.
When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
Use this mode any time you install a child
safety seat, except a booster, in passenger
front or rear seating positions. Properly
restrain children 12 years old and under in
a rear seating position whenever possible.
See Child Safety (page 23).
How to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
E142591
1. Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out. Allow the belt to retract. As the
belt retracts, you will hear a clicking
sound. This indicates the seatbelt is
now in the automatic locking mode.
40
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seatbelts
How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and turn on the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.
SEATBELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
WARNING: Position the seatbelt
height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests
across the middle of your shoulder.
Failure to adjust the seatbelt correctly
could reduce its effectiveness and
increase the risk of injury in a crash.
E201573
1. Adjust the height of the shoulder belt
so the belt rests across the middle of
your shoulder.
2. Slide the adjuster up to raise the belt.
Press the button and slide it down to
lower the belt.
SEATBELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME
E71880
This lamp illuminates and an
indicator chime will sound if the
driver seatbelt has not been
fastened when the vehicle's ignition is
turned on.
Conditions of operation
ThenIf
The seatbelt warning lamp illuminates and
the indicator chime sounds for a few
seconds.
The driver seatbelt is not buckled before
the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-
tion...
The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator
chime turn off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled while the
warning lamp is illuminated and the indic-
ator chime is sounding...
The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator
chime remain off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled before the
ignition switch is turned to the on position...
41
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seatbelts
SEATBELT REMINDER
WARNING: The system will only
provide protection when you use the
seatbelt correctly.
This system monitors all seating positions
and provides audio and graphic feedback.
E71880
This lamp illuminates and a
warning tone sounds if you do
not fasten your seatbelt when
you switch the ignition on. The lamp and
tone switch off when you fasten your
seatbelt or about one minute has elapsed.
When the initial warning expires for the
driver, more warnings are provided for the
driver and front outermost passenger. This
lamp illuminates and a warning tone
sounds if you or your front passenger do
not fasten the seatbelt buckle and the
vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (9.7 km/h).
To deactivate the warning, see
Deactivating and Activating the
Belt-Minder Feature.
Note: To avoid inadvertent warnings, do
not place large objects on the front
passenger seat.
E206718
This lamp illuminates when you
switch the ignition on, identifying
the number of seating positions
with fastened buckles. It illuminates again
when a seating position changes from
unfastened to fastened.
E274569
This warning displays and a tone sounds
if an occupant unfastens the rear seatbelt
buckle or it becomes unfastened.
Note: If a rear seat is unoccupied, or an
occupant never fastens the seatbelt buckle
to begin with, the warning will not display.
Note: Front seating positions appear in this
warning display. Warnings for unfastened
front seatbelt buckles appear in the initial
warning lamp.
Seatbelt Status
To view the seatbelt status, use the
information display controls on the
steering wheel. See General Information
(page 116).
E274570
42
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seatbelts
E274703
Seatbelt fastened.A
Seatbelt not fastened.B
Seatbelt recently unfastened.C
FaultD
Deactivating and Activating the
Belt-Minder Feature - Front outermost
seats only
WARNING: While the system
allows you to deactivate it, this system
is designed to improve your chances of
being safely belted and surviving an
accident. We recommend you leave the
system activated for yourself and others
who may use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch on and off independently.
When you perform this procedure for one
seating position, do not buckle the other
position as this terminates the process.
Read Steps 1 - 4 before starting the
procedure.
Make sure that:
• You set the parking brake.
• The transmission is in park (P).
• The ignition is off.
• You close all vehicle doors.
• You unbuckle the driver and front
passenger seatbelts.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
engine.
2. Wait until the seatbelt warning lamp
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional five seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete
the procedure within 60 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are
switching off, buckle then unbuckle the
seatbelt three times at a moderate
speed, ending in the unbuckled state.
After Step 3, the seatbelt warning lamp
turns on.
4. When the seatbelt warning lamp is on,
buckle then unbuckle the seatbelt.
After Step 4, the seatbelt warning lamp
flashes for confirmation.
• This switches the feature off if it is
currently on.
• This switches the feature on if it is
currently off.
CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SEATBELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle seatbelts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
restraint seatbelts to make sure there are
no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if
necessary. All vehicle seatbelt assemblies,
including retractors, buckles, front seatbelt
buckle assemblies, buckle support
assemblies (slide bar-if equipped),
shoulder belt height adjusters (if
equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat
backrest (if equipped), child safety seat
LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching
hardware, should be inspected after a
crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.
43
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seatbelts
We recommend that all seatbelt
assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a
crash be replaced. However, if the crash
was minor and an authorized dealer finds
that the belts do not show damage and
continue to operate properly, they do not
need to be replaced. Seatbelt assemblies
not in use during a crash should also be
inspected and replaced if either damage
or improper operation is noted.
Properly care for seatbelts. See Vehicle
Care (page 340).
SEATBELT EXTENSIONS
WARNING: Persons who fit into
the vehicle's seatbelt should not use an
extension. Unnecessary use could result
in serious personal injury in the event of
a crash.
WARNING: Only use extensions
provided free of charge by our dealers.
The dealer will provide an extension
designed specifically for this vehicle,
model year and seating position. The use
of an extension intended for another
vehicle, model year or seating position
may not offer you the full protection of
your vehicle's seatbelt restraint system.
WARNING: Never use seatbelt
extensions to install child restraints.
WARNING: Do not use a seatbelt
extension with an inflatable seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not use extensions
to change the way the seatbelt fits
across the torso, over the lap or to make
the seatbelt buckle easier to reach.
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from
our dealers. Only use our seatbelt
extensions made by the original equipment
seatbelt manufacturer with our seatbelts.
Ask your authorized dealer if your extension
is compatible with your vehicle restraint
system.
44
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seatbelts
This system provides an improved overall
level of frontal crash protection to front
seat occupants and is designed to help
further reduce the risk of airbag-related
injuries. The system analyzes different
occupant conditions and crash severity
before activating the appropriate safety
devices to help better protect occupants
in a variety of frontal crash situations.
Your vehicle's Personal Safety System
consists of:
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front seat outermost seatbelts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicators.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and
tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensors, seatbelt pretensioners,
front seatbelt usage sensors, front
passenger sensing system and
indicator lights.
How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of the safety devices
according to crash severity and occupant
conditions. A collection of crash and
occupant sensors provides information to
the restraints control module. During a
crash, the restraints control module may
deploy the seatbelt pretensioners, one or
both stages of the dual-stage airbags
based on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
45
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Personal Safety System™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Airbags do not inflate
slowly or gently, and the risk of injury
from a deploying airbag is the greatest
close to the trim covering the airbag
module.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not place your arms
on the airbag cover or through the
steering wheel. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Keep the areas in front
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the airbag
covers. Objects could become projectiles
during airbag deployment or in a sudden
stop. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Airbags can kill or injure
a child in a child restraint. Never place a
rear-facing child restraint in front of an
active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the
supplementary restraint system or
associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Several airbag system
components get hot after inflation. To
reduce the risk of injury, do not touch
them after inflation.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
the system and associated components
inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
seatbelts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.
46
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
While the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that
occupants be properly restrained as far
away from the airbag module as possible
while maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place your arms
on the airbag cover or through the
steering wheel. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Keep the areas in front
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the airbag
covers. Objects could become projectiles
during airbag deployment or in a sudden
stop. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Airbags can kill or injure
a child in a child restraint. Never place a
rear-facing child restraint in front of an
active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags will
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 52).
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment
WARNING: National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance of at
least 10 in (25 cm) between an
occupant's chest and the driver airbag
module.
To properly position yourself away from
the airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly (one or two
degrees) from the upright position.
47
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on seatbelts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
Children and Airbags
WARNING: Airbags can kill or injure
a child in a child restraint. Never place a
rear-facing child restraint in front of an
active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
E142846
Children must always be properly
restrained. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly restrained
in the rear seating positions than in the
front seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions may increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out
of position or with the seatback reclined
too far can take weight off the seat
cushion and affect the decision of the
passenger sensing system, resulting in
serious injury or death in the event of a
crash. Always sit upright against your
seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Any alteration or
modification to the front passenger seat
may affect the performance of the front
passenger sensing system. This could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
This system works with sensors that are
part of the front passenger seat and
seatbelt to detect the presence of a
properly-seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger frontal airbag should
be enabled (may inflate) or not.
E181984
The front passenger sensing system uses
a passenger airbag status indicator that
illuminates indicating that the front
passenger frontal airbag is either on
(enabled) or off (disabled).
48
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The indicators are on the overhead
console.
Note: The indicators illuminate briefly when
you first switch the ignition on to confirm
they are functional.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag when the
front passenger seat is unoccupied, or a
rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing
child restraint, or a booster seat is
detected. Even with this technology,
parents are strongly encouraged to
always properly restrain children in the rear
seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
airbag off indicator illuminates and
stays lit to remind you that the front
passenger frontal airbag is disabled.
• If you have installed the child restraint
and the airbag on indicator illuminates,
switch the vehicle off, remove the child
restraint from the vehicle and reinstall
the restraint according to the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to enable (may inflate) the front
passenger frontal airbag anytime the
system senses that a person of adult size
is sitting properly in the front passenger
seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the airbag
on indicator illuminates and remains
illuminated.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the airbag off indicator
is lit, it is possible that the person is not
sitting properly in the seat. If this happens:
• Switch the vehicle off and ask the
person to place the seat backrest in an
upright position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person’s legs comfortably extended.
• Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This allows the system to
detect that person and enables the
passenger frontal airbag.
• If the airbag off indicator remains lit
even after this, advise the person to
ride in the rear seat.
Passenger AirbagPassenger Airbag Status
Indicator
Occupant
DisabledOFF: LitEmpty
ON: Unlit
DisabledOFF: LitChild
ON: Unlit
EnabledOFF: UnlitAdult
ON: Lit
49
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on seatbelts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seat backrest,
and centered on the seat cushion, with
their feet comfortably extended on the
floor. Sitting improperly can increase the
chance of injury in a crash event. For
example, if an occupant slouches, lies
down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans
forward or sideways, or puts one or both
feet up, the chance of injury during a crash
greatly increases.
E67017
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 52).
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact our
Customer Relationship Center. See
Getting the Services You Need (page
302).
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
airbag cover, on the side of the front or
rear seatbacks, or in areas that may
come into contact with a deploying
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Accessory seat covers
not released by Ford Motor Company
could prevent the deployment of the
airbags and increase the risk of injuries
in a crash.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The side airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the side of the
seatback.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the
supplementary restraint system or
associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
the system and associated components
inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
The side airbags are on the outermost side
of the front seat backrests. In certain
sideways crashes or rollover events, the
side airbags will be inflated. The airbag
was designed to inflate between the door
panel and occupant to further enhance the
protection provided to occupants in side
impact crashes.
E152533
50
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that your vehicle has side
airbags.
• Side airbags inside the driver and front
passenger seat backrests.
E67017
Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 52).
The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
KNEE AIRBAGS
Driver and passenger knee airbags are
located under or within the instrument
panel. During a crash, the restraints control
module may activate the driver and
passenger knee airbags (individually or
both) based on crash severity and
respective occupant conditions. Under
certain crash and occupant conditions, the
driver and passenger knee airbags may
deploy (individually or both) but the
corresponding front airbag may not
activate. As with front and side airbags, it
is important to be properly seated and
restrained to reduce the risk of death or
serious injury.
E67017
Make sure the knee airbags are
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 52).
SAFETY CANOPY™
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
headliner at the siderail that may come
into contact with a deploying curtain
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The curtain airbag could
injure you as it deploys from the
headliner.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the
supplementary restraint system or
associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
the system and associated components
inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
51
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The Safety Canopy will deploy during
significant side crashes or when a certain
likelihood of a rollover event is detected
by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy
is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet
metal, behind the headliner, above each
row of seats. In certain sideways crashes
or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will
be activated, regardless of which seats are
occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed
to inflate between the side window area
and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.
E75004
The system consists of the following:
• Safety canopy curtain airbags above
the trim panels over the front and rear
side windows identified by a label or
wording on the headliner or roof-pillar
trim.
• A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 52).
Always properly restrain children 12 years
old and under in the rear seats. The Safety
Canopy will not interfere with children
restrained using a properly installed child
or booster seat because it is designed to
inflate downward from the headliner above
the doors along the side window opening.
The design and development of the Safety
Canopy included recommended testing
procedures that were developed by a
group of automotive safety experts known
as the Side Airbag Technical Working
Group. These recommended testing
procedures help reduce the risk of injuries
related to the deployment of side airbags
(including the Safety Canopy).
CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING: Modifying or adding
equipment to the front of your vehicle
could affect the performance of the
airbag system, increasing the risk of
injury. This includes the hood, bumper
system, frame, front body structure, tow
hooks, hood pins, push bar and
snowplows.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module. The restraints control module
deploys (activates) the seatbelt
pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger
airbag, knee airbag(s), seat mounted side
airbags and the Safety Canopy. Based on
the type of crash, the restraints control
module deploys the appropriate safety
devices.
52
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The restraints control module also
monitors the readiness of the above safety
devices plus the crash and occupant
sensors. The readiness of the safety
system is indicated by a warning indicator
light in the instrument cluster or by a
backup tone if the warning light is not
working. Routine maintenance of the
airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
E67017
• The readiness light will not illuminate
immediately after you switch the
ignition on.
• The readiness light either flashes or
stays lit.
• A series of five beeps is heard. The tone
pattern repeats periodically until the
problem, the light or both are repaired.
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced at an authorized
dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the
system may not function properly in the
event of a crash.
The restraint system is designed to
activate when the vehicle sustains
conditions sufficient to cause the restraint
control module to deploy a safety device.
The fact that not all the safety devices
activate for all occupants in a crash does
not mean something is wrong with the
system. Rather, it means the restraints
control module determined the accident
conditions (crash severity, type of crash,
belt usage) were not appropriate to
activate these safety devices.
• The front airbags are designed to
activate only in frontal and near-frontal
crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts) unless the crash causes
sufficient frontal deceleration.
• The seatbelt pretensioners are
designed to activate in frontal,
near-frontal and side crashes, and in
rollovers.
• The knee airbag(s) may deploy based
on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
• The side airbags are designed to inflate
in certain side impact crashes or
rollover events. Side airbags may
activate in other types of crashes if your
vehicle experiences sufficient sideways
motion or deformation, or a certain
likelihood of rollover.
• The Safety Canopy is designed to
inflate in certain side impact crashes
or rollover events. The Safety Canopy
may activate in other types of crashes
if your vehicle experiences sufficient
sideways motion or deformation, or a
certain likelihood of rollover.
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
53
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
PEDESTRIAN ALERT SYSTEM
Due to the quiet operation of hybrid and
electric vehicles at low speeds, the system
creates a subtle sound to alert pedestrians.
The system is on when your vehicle is
running and not in park (P). Some sound
may be audible in the passenger
compartment.
54
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Pedestrian Protection - Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)
WHAT IS 911 ASSIST
If a crash deploys an airbag, excluding knee
airbags and rear inflatable seatbelts, or
activates the fuel pump shut-off, your
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth®-enabled phone.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off (the
triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone; SYNC will
then attempt to call emergency services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel."
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
During an emergency call, the system
transmits vehicle data to emergency
services. See Data Privacy (page 15).
EMERGENCY CALL
REQUIREMENTS
WARNING: Do not wait for 911
Assist to make an emergency call if you
can do it yourself. Dial emergency
services immediately to avoid delayed
response time which could increase the
risk of serious injury or death after a
crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within
five seconds of the crash, the system or
phone may be damaged or
non-functional.
WARNING: Always place your
phone in a secure location in your vehicle
so it does not become a projectile or get
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may
cause serious injury to someone or
damage the phone which could prevent
911 Assist from working properly.
WARNING: Unless the 911 Assist
setting is set on before a crash, the
system will not dial for help which could
delay response time, potentially
increasing the risk of serious injury or
death after a crash.
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth® enabled and compatible
cell phone to SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth® enabled
phone must have the ability to make
and maintain an outgoing call at the
time of the incident.
55
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
911 Assist
• A connected Bluetooth® enabled
phone must have adequate network
coverage, battery power and signal
strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is switched off and the phone is
connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the
status bar.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
EMERGENCY CALL
LIMITATIONS
The SYNC 911 Assist feature only operates
in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which
911 is the emergency number.
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
56
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
911 Assist
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
Vehicles with the remote start feature will
have a greater range.
One of the following could cause a
decrease in operating range:
• Weather conditions.
• Nearby radio towers.
• Structures around the vehicle.
• Other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other radio
transmitters, for example amateur radios,
medical equipment, wireless headphones,
wireless remote controls, cell phones,
battery chargers and alarm systems. If the
frequencies are jammed, you will not be
able to use your remote control. You can
lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive
electrical components. Exposure to moisture
or impact may cause permanent damage.
Intelligent Access (If Equipped)
The system uses a radio frequency signal
to communicate with your vehicle and
authorize your vehicle to unlock when one
of the following conditions are met:
• You activate the front exterior door
handle switch.
• You press the luggage compartment
button.
• You press a button on the transmitter.
If excessive radio frequency interference
is present in the area or if the transmitter
battery is low, you may need to
mechanically unlock your door. You can
use the mechanical key blade in your
intelligent access key to open the driver
door in this situation. See Remote
Control (page 57).
REMOTE CONTROL
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
Use the key blade to start your vehicle and
unlock or lock the driver door from outside
your vehicle. The integrated keyhead
transmitter functions as a programmed
ignition key that operates all the locks and
starts your vehicle, as well as a remote
control.
57
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E151797
Press the button to release the key blade.
Press and hold the button to fold the key
blade back in when not in use.
E151795
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a
security label that provides important key
cut information. Keep the label in a safe
place for future reference.
Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped)
E305198
Your remote control operates the power
locks and the remote start system. The
key must be in your vehicle to use the push
button start.
Note: You may not be able to shift out of
park (P) unless the intelligent access key is
inside your vehicle.
Removable Key Blade
Your remote control also contains a
removable key blade that you can use to
unlock your vehicle.
58
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E305199
Press the release button and pull the key
blade out.
E151795
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a
security label that provides important key
cut information. Keep the label in a safe
place for future reference.
Replacing the Battery
WARNING: Keep batteries away
from children to prevent ingestion.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death. If
ingested, immediately seek medical
attention.
WARNING: If the battery
compartment does not securely close,
stop using the remote control and
replace it as soon as possible. In the
meantime, keep the remote control away
from children. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
A message appears in the information
display when the remote control battery
is low. See Information Messages (page
120).
Note: Refer to local regulations when
disposing of transmitter batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery does not erase
the programmed key from your vehicle. Your
remote control should operate normally.
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery.
Press the button to release the key blade
before beginning the procedure.
E151798
1. Insert a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, in the position shown and
gently push the clip.
59
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
2. Press the clip down to release the
battery cover.
E151799
3. Carefully remove the cover.
E151800
Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or
the printed circuit board with the
screwdriver.
4. Insert the screwdriver as shown to
release the battery.
E151801
5. Remove the battery.
6. Install a new battery with the + facing
upward.
7. Reinstall the battery cover.
Intelligent Access Key
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery.
E305199
1. Push the release button and pull the
key blade out.
60
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E303824
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the key blade head to remove
the battery cover.
E218402
3. Insert a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, in the position shown and
carefully remove the battery.
4. Install a new battery with the + facing
upward.
5. Reinstall the battery housing cover
onto the transmitter and install the key
blade.
Memory Feature (If Equipped)
You can use the remote control to recall
memory positions.
If programmed to a pre-set position, the
remote control recalls memory positions
when you unlock your vehicle. If you have
the easy entry and exit feature enabled
and the ignition is off, the seat moves to
the easy entry position. The seat moves
to the driver memory position when you
switch the ignition on.
Linking a Preset Position to Your
Remote Control or Intelligent Access
Key
See Memory Function (page 151).
61
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Car Finder
E138623
Press the button twice within
three seconds. The horn sounds
and the direction indicators
flash. We recommend you use this method
to locate your vehicle, rather than using
the panic alarm.
Sounding the Panic Alarm
E138624
Press the button to sound the
panic alarm. Press the button
again or switch the ignition on to
turn it off.
Note: The panic alarm only operates when
the ignition is off.
Remote Start (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start
the engine. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
E138625
The remote start button is on the
remote control.
This feature allows you to start your
vehicle from the outside. Your remote
control has an extended operating range.
If your vehicle has automatic climate
control, you can configure it to operate
when you remote start your vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 138). A manual
climate control system runs at the setting
it was set to when you switched your
vehicle off.
Many states and provinces have
restrictions for the use of remote start.
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements regarding
remote start systems.
The system does not work if:
• The ignition is on.
• The anti-theft alarm triggers.
• You disable the feature.
• The hood is open.
• The transmission is not in park (P).
• The battery voltage is below the
minimum operating voltage.
• The service engine soon light is on.
Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel
level is low.
Remote Control Feedback (If
Equipped)
An LED on the remote control provides
status feedback of remote start or stop
commands.
StatusLED
Remote start
successful
Solid green
Remote stop
successful
Solid red
Request failed or
status not received
Blinking red
Status incompleteBlinking green
Remote Starting Your Vehicle
Note: You must press each button within
three seconds of each other. If you do not
follow this sequence, your vehicle does not
start remotely, the direction indicators do
not flash twice and the horn does not sound.
62
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E138626
To remote start your vehicle:
1. Press the lock button to lock all the
doors.
2. Press the remote start button twice.
The exterior lamps flash twice.
The horn sounds if the system fails to start,
unless quiet start is on. Quiet start runs
the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce
noise. You can switch it on or off in the
information display.
Note: If you have remote started your
vehicle with an integrated keyhead
transmitter, you must switch on the ignition
before driving your vehicle. With an
intelligent access transmitter, you must
press the brake pedal before driving your
vehicle.
The power windows do not work during
remote start and the radio does not turn
on automatically.
The parking lamps remain on and your
vehicle runs for 5, 10 or 15 minutes,
depending on the setting.
Extending the Engine Running Time
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still
running to extend the run time for another
remote start period. If you have the
duration set to 15 minutes, the duration
extends by another 15 minutes. For
example, if the vehicle has run from the
first remote start for five minutes, the
vehicle continues to run now for a total of
30 minutes. You can extend the remote
start up to a maximum of 35 minutes.
Wait at least five seconds before remote
starting after the engine stops running.
Turning Your Vehicle Off After Remote
Starting
E138625
Press the button once. Your
vehicle and the parking lamps
turn off.
You may have to be closer to your vehicle
than when starting due to ground reflection
and the added noise of your running
vehicle.
You can switch this feature on or off in the
information display.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle.
63
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. You can program the
restrictions to all keys except one. Any keys
that you did not program are administrator
keys or admin keys.
You can use admin keys to:
• Create a MyKey with certain vehicle
restrictions.
• Program certain MyKey settings.
• Clear all MyKey restrictions.
After you program a MyKey, you can view
the following information through the
information display:
• The total number of admin keys and
MyKeys for your vehicle.
• The total distance a MyKey driver
traveled with your vehicle.
Note: Every MyKey receives the same
restrictions and settings. You cannot
program them individually.
Note: For vehicles equipped with a
push-button start switch: When both a
MyKey and an admin key are present when
you start your vehicle, the system recognizes
the admin key only.
Standard Settings
Not every vehicle includes the features
listed below. If your vehicle has this
equipment, then you cannot change the
following settings when using a MyKey:
• Seatbelt reminder or Belt-Minder™.
MyKey mutes the audio system until
drivers, and in some instances,
passengers, fasten their seatbelts.
Note: If your vehicle includes an
AM/FM radio or a very basic audio
system, then the radio may not mute.
• Earlier low-fuel warning. The low-fuel
warning activates earlier for MyKey
drivers, giving them more time to refuel.
• Certain driver alerts, stability systems
or parking aids turn on automatically
when you use the MyKey system. For
example, Blind Spot Information
System (BLIS), cross traffic alert, lane
departure warning or forward collision
warning. Note: MyKey drivers may be
able to turn the lane departure warning
feature off, but this feature turns back
on automatically with every new key
cycle.
• Restricted touchscreen operation in
some markets. For example, MyKey
may prevent manual navigation
destination input while the vehicle is in
any gear other than park (P) or when
the vehicle reaches a certain rate of
speed.
• Satellite radio adult content
restrictions, if this feature is available
in your market.
Optional Settings
You can configure certain vehicle feature
settings when you first create a MyKey. You
can also change the settings afterward
with an admin key.
64
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
MyKey™
Note: Not every feature applies to every
vehicle in every market. When they are
available for your vehicle, then they appear
in your information display, providing
choices to switch them on or off, or to select
a more specific setting.
• Various vehicle speed limits so the
MyKey driver cannot exceed certain
speeds. The information display shows
warnings followed by an audible tone
when the MyKey driver reaches the set
speed. You cannot override the set
speed by fully depressing the
accelerator pedal.
WARNING: Do not set MyKey
maximum speed limit to a limit that will
prevent the driver from maintaining a
safe speed considering posted speed
limits and prevailing road conditions. The
driver is always responsible to drive in
accordance with local laws and
prevailing conditions. Failure to do so
could result in accident or injury.
• Various vehicle speed reminders so
MyKey drivers know when their vehicle
speed approaches the limits. Warnings
appear in your information display and
a tone sounds when the MyKey drivers
exceed the set vehicle speed.
• The audio system's maximum volume
limits to 45% so MyKey drivers can
concentrate on the road. A message
appears in the information display
when MyKey drivers attempt to exceed
the limited volume. MyKey also
disables the automatic volume control.
Note: If your vehicle includes an
AM/FM radio or a very basic audio
system, then the radio may not limit.
• Always on setting. This setting forces
certain features to remain on and
active for MyKey drivers. For example,
E911 or emergency assistance and the
do not disturb features stay on even if
a MyKey driver uses the feature's
control to switch it off. When selected,
you will not be able to turn off Advance
Trac or traction control (if your vehicle
has this feature).
CREATING A MYKEY
Use the touchscreen to create a MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into
the ignition. If your vehicle has a
push-button start, place the remote
control into the backup slot. See
Starting a Gasoline Engine (page
172).
2. Switch the ignition on.
3. Access the main menu in the
touchscreen and then scroll through
the menus to change the settings of
your MyKey. From the MyKey menu,
select the option Create MyKey. See
Settings (page 458).
65
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
MyKey™
4. Press Yes if you want to create the key
as a MyKey. A confirmation message
appears on the screen.
5. Switch the ignition off.
You have successfully created a MyKey.
Make sure you label it so you can
distinguish it from the admin keys.
You can also program configurable
settings for the key.
Programming and Changing
Configurable Settings
Use the touchscreen to access your
configurable MyKey settings.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin
key or the remote control you want to
program.
2. Access the main menu in the
information display and then scroll
through the menus to change the
settings of your MyKey. See Settings
(page 458).
3. Follow the instructions in the
touchscreen.
The programmed restrictions apply when
you switch the vehicle off, open and close
the driver door and restart your vehicle with
the programmed key or remote control.
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey
settings at any time during the same key
cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you
have switched the vehicle off, however, you
need an admin key to change or clear your
MyKey settings. When you make any
changes to your MyKey settings, you change
the settings for every MyKey. You cannot
make individual changes to apply to specific
MyKeys.
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
When you clear your MyKeys, you remove
all restrictions and return all MyKeys to
their original admin key status at once. To
clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, use
the touchscreen.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin
key.
2. Access the main menu in the
touchscreen and then scroll through
the menus to begin clearing your
MyKey programming. See Settings
(page 458).
3. Follow the instructions in the display.
4. A confirmation message appears in the
display after you finish clearing your
MyKeys.
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you
remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys
to their original admin key status. You
cannot remove the MyKey restrictions
individually.
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS
You can find information about your
programmed MyKeys by using the
touchscreen. See Settings (page 458).
MyKey Distance
Tracks the distance when drivers use a
MyKey. The only way to delete the
accumulated distance is by using an admin
key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does
not accumulate as expected, then the
intended user is not using the MyKey, or an
admin key user recently cleared and then
recreated a MyKey.
66
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
MyKey™
Number of MyKeys
Indicates the number of MyKeys you have
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to detect how many MyKeys you
have for your vehicle and determine when
you have deleted all MyKeys.
Number of Admin Keys
Indicates how many admin keys you have
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to determine how many admin
keys you have for your vehicle, and detect
if an additional MyKey has been
programmed.
USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non
Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start
systems. If you choose to install a remote
start system, see an authorized dealer for
a Ford-approved remote start system.
MYKEY – TROUBLESHOOTING
Potential CausesCondition
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle
does not have admin privileges.
I cannot create a MyKey.
Vehicles with keyless start: Make sure you place
the transmitter into the backup slot. See
Passive Anti-Theft System (page 78).
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle
is the only admin key. There always has to be
at least one admin key.
The passive anti-theft system is disabled or in
unlimited mode.
The transmitter used to start your vehicle does
not have admin privileges.
I cannot program the configurable
settings.
There are no MyKeys programmed to the
vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 65).
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle
does not have admin privileges.
I cannot clear the MyKeys.
No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey
(page 65).
Purchase a new key or transmitter from an
authorized dealer.
I lost the only admin key.
67
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
MyKey™
Potential CausesCondition
Program a spare key or transmitter. You may
need to see an authorized dealer. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 78).
I lost a key.
The MyKey user is not using the MyKey.The MyKey distance does not accumu-
late. An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and
created new MyKeys.
The key system has been reset.
An admin transmitter is present at vehicle start.No MyKey functions with the trans-
mitter. There are no MyKeys programmed to your
vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 65).
68
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
MyKey™
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control
or the remote control to lock and unlock
your vehicle.
Note: Do not use the door latch assembly
to attach any accessory, such as handles or
steps, as this can cause damage to your
vehicle.
Power Door Locks
The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.
E138628
Unlock.A
Lock.B
Remote Control
You can use the remote control at any
time.
Unlocking the Doors
E138629
Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
Press the button again within
three seconds to unlock all doors. The
direction indicators flash.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for three
seconds to change between driver door or
all doors unlock mode. The direction
indicators will flash twice to indicate a
change to the unlocking mode. Driver door
mode only unlocks the driver door when
you press the unlock button once. All door
mode unlocks all doors when you press
the unlock button once. The unlocking
mode applies to the remote control,
keyless entry keypad and intelligent
access.
Locking the Doors
E138623
Press the button to lock all
doors. The direction indicators
will flash.
Press the button again within three
seconds to confirm that all the doors
close. The doors lock again, the horn
sounds and the direction indicators flash
if all the doors and the liftgate close.
Mislock
If any door or the liftgate is open, or if the
hood is open on vehicles with an anti-theft
alarm or remote start, the horn sounds
twice and the direction indicators do not
flash.
Switching Mislock On and Off
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle Settings.
3. Switch Mislock Chirp on or off.
Opening the Power Liftgate
E306276
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
Opening a Rear Door from the
Inside
Pull the interior door handle twice to
unlock and open a rear door. The first pull
unlocks the door and the second pull
opens the door.
69
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Note: The rear doors do not open using the
interior door handles if your vehicle has the
rear door lock disable feature, or with the
child locks enabled.
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
with the Key Blade
Locking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle.
Unlocking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
your vehicle.
Note: If the child safety locks are on and
you pull the interior handle, you only turn off
the emergency locking, not the child safety
lock. You can only open the doors using the
external door handle.
Activating Intelligent Access (If
Equipped)
You can unlock and lock the vehicle
without taking the keys out of your pocket
or purse when your intelligent access key
is within 3 ft (1 m) of your vehicle.
Intelligent access uses a sensor on the
back of the door handle for unlocking and
a separate sensor on the face of each door
handle for locking.
The system does not function if:
• Your vehicle battery has no charge.
• The key battery has no charge.
• The key frequencies jam.
Note: The system may not function if the
key is close to metal objects or electronic
devices, for example keys or a cell phone.
Note: If the system does not function, use
the key blade to lock and unlock your
vehicle. See Remote Control (page 57).
Unlocking Using Intelligent Access
E297236
With your intelligent access key within 3 ft
(1 m) of your vehicle, touch the unlock
sensor on the back of the door handle for
a brief period and then pull on the door
handle to unlock, being careful to not
touch the lock sensor at the same time or
pulling the door handle too quickly. The
intelligent access system requires a brief
delay to authenticate your intelligent
access key fob.
Locking Using Intelligent Access
E297235
With your intelligent access key within 3 ft
(1 m) of your vehicle, touch the outer door
handle lock sensor for approximately one
second to lock, being careful to not touch
the unlock sensor on the back of the door
handle at the same time. After locking, you
can immediately pull on the door handle
to confirm locking occurred without
inadvertently unlocking.
Opening the Liftgate
Press the exterior liftgate release button
on the top of the liftgate pull-cup handle.
See Power Liftgate (page 74).
Smart Unlocks for Integrated
Keyhead Remote Control (If Equipped)
This helps to prevent you from locking
yourself out of your vehicle if the key is still
in the ignition.
70
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle with the power door lock
control, all the doors lock then unlock and
the horn sounds twice if the key is still in
the ignition.
You can still lock your vehicle with the key
in the ignition by either:
• Using the keyless entry keypad with the
driver door closed.
• Pressing the lock button on the remote
control even if you have not closed the
doors.
If both front doors close, you can lock your
vehicle by any method, regardless of
whether the key is in the ignition or not.
Smart Unlocks for Intelligent
Access Keys (If Equipped)
This helps to prevent you from locking your
key inside the passenger compartment or
rear cargo area.
When you electronically lock your vehicle
with any door open, the transmission in
park (P) and the ignition off, the system
searches for an intelligent access key in
the passenger compartment after you
close the last door.
If the system finds a key, all the doors
immediately unlock and the horn sounds
twice, indicating that a key is inside.
You can override the smart unlock feature
and intentionally lock the intelligent access
key inside your vehicle.
To override smart unlock, lock your vehicle
after you have closed all the doors by:
• Using the keyless entry keypad.
• Pressing the lock button on another
intelligent access key.
• Touching the locking area on the front
of the door handle with another
intelligent access key in your hand.
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle using the power door lock
control, all doors lock, then unlock if:
• The ignition is on.
• The ignition is off and the transmission
is not in park (P).
Autolock (If Equipped)
Autolock locks all the doors when the
following occur:
• All doors close.
• The ignition is on.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Autolock repeats when:
• You open then close any door when
the ignition is on and your vehicle speed
is 9 mph (15 km/h) or lower.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Autounlock
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when the
following occur:
• You stop your vehicle, place the gear
selector in park (P), and switch the
ignition off or to accessory position.
• You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or
to accessory position.
Note: The doors do not autounlock if you
electronically lock your vehicle after you
switch the ignition off and before you open
the driver door.
Enabling or Disabling Autounlock
You can enable or disable the autounlock
in the information display or an authorized
dealer can do it for you. See General
Information (page 116).
71
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and some exterior
lamps illuminate when you unlock the
doors with the remote control.
The lamps turn off if:
• The ignition is on.
• You press the remote control lock
button.
• More than 25 seconds have elapsed.
The lamps do not turn off if:
• You switch them on with the lighting
control.
• Any door is open.
Illuminated Exit
The interior lamps and some exterior
lamps illuminate when all doors close and
you switch the ignition off.
The lamps turn off if all the doors remain
closed and:
• More than 25 seconds have elapsed.
• You lock your vehicle from the outside.
Battery Saver
If you leave the courtesy lamps, interior
lamps or headlamps on, the battery saver
shuts them off 10 minutes after you switch
the ignition off.
Battery Saver for Intelligent Access
Keys (If Equipped)
If you leave the ignition switched on and
the engine is not running, the battery saver
turns the ignition off when it detects a
certain amount of battery drain, or after
30 minutes have elapsed.
KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)
SECURICODE™ Keyless Entry
Keypad
The keypad is near the driver window. It
illuminates when touched.
Note: If you enter your entry code too fast
on the keypad, the unlock function may not
work. Enter your entry code again more
slowly.
E138637
You can use the keypad to do the
following:
• Lock or unlock the doors.
• Program and erase user codes.
• Arm and disarm the anti-theft alarm.
You can operate the keypad with the
factory-set five-digit entry code. The code
is on the owner's wallet card in the glove
box and is available from an authorized
dealer. You can also program up to five of
your own five-digit personal entry codes.
Programming a Personal Entry Code
1. Enter the factory-set five-digit code.
72
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within five
seconds.
3. Enter your personal five-digit code. You
must enter each number within five
seconds of each other.
4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to save
personal code 1.
The doors lock then unlock to confirm that
programming was successful.
To program additional personal entry
codes, repeat steps 1 through 3, then for
step 4:
• Press 3·4 to save personal code 2.
• Press 5·6 to save personal code 3.
• Press 7·8 to save personal code 4.
• Press 9·0 to save personal code 5.
Hints:
• Do not set a code that uses five of the
same number.
• Do not use five numbers in sequential
order.
• The factory-set code works even if you
have set your own personal code.
Erasing a Personal Code
1. Enter the factory-set five-digit code.
2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypad
within five seconds.
3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds.
You must do this within five seconds
of completing step 2.
All personal codes erase and only the
factory-set five-digit code works.
Anti-Scan Feature
The keypad goes into an anti-scan mode
if you enter the wrong code seven times.
This mode turns off the keypad for one
minute and the keypad lamp flashes.
The anti-scan feature turns off after any
of the following occur:
• One minute of keypad inactivity.
• You press the unlock button on the
remote control.
• You switch your vehicle on.
• You unlock the vehicle using intelligent
access.
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Locking All Doors
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 on the keypad
simultaneously with the driver door closed.
You do not need to enter a code first.
Unlocking All Doors
Enter the factory-set code or your personal
code, then press 3·4 on the keypad within
five seconds.
Unlocking Only the Driver Door
Enter the factory-set or your personal
five-digit code. You must press each
number within five seconds of each other.
The interior lamps illuminate.
Note: All doors unlock if the two-stage
unlocking feature is turned off. See Locking
and Unlocking (page 69).
73
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Doors and Locks
POWER LIFTGATE
WARNING: It is extremely
dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside
or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people
riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow
people to ride in any area of your vehicle
that is not equipped with seats and
seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your
vehicle is in a seat and properly using a
seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
close the liftgate to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering your vehicle. If you
are unable to fully close the liftgate,
open the air vents or the windows to
allow fresh air to enter your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Keep keys out of reach
of children. Do not allow children to
operate or play near an open or moving
power liftgate. You should supervise the
operation of the power liftgate at all
times.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example
a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
The liftgate only operates with the
transmission in park (P).
If there is a problem with the open or close
request, a tone sounds for one of the
following reasons:
• The ignition is on and the transmission
is not in park (P).
• The battery voltage is below the
minimum operating voltage.
• The liftgate is not fully closed and your
vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph
(5 km/h).
If the liftgate starts to close after it has
fully opened, this indicates there may be
excessive weight on the liftgate or a
possible strut failure. A repetitive tone
sounds and the liftgate closes under
control. If the liftgate continues to close
after opening, have the system checked
by an authorized dealer. Remove any
excessive weight from the liftgate.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area
before using the power liftgate control.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open when
you are driving. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
74
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Liftgate
Opening from the Instrument Panel
E138633
With the transmission in park
(P), press the button on the
instrument panel.
Opening with the Remote Control
E267940
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
Opening with the Outside Control
Button
1. Unlock the liftgate with the remote
control or power door unlock control.
If a passive key is within 3 ft (1 m) of
the liftgate, the liftgate unlocks when
you press the liftgate release button.
E291352
2. Press the control button to the right of
the rear view camera.
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction, replicate
a strut failure, or damage mechanical
components.
Closing the Liftgate
WARNING: Keep clear of the
liftgate when using the rear switch.
E291351
Press and release the liftgate button.
Stopping the Liftgate Movement
Note: Do not apply sudden excessive force
to the liftgate while it is in motion. This
could damage the power liftgate and its
components.
You can stop the liftgate movement by
doing any of the following:
• Pressing the liftgate control button.
• Pressing the liftgate button on the
remote control twice.
• Pressing the liftgate button on the
instrument panel.
• Moving your foot under and away from
the center rear bumper in a single-kick
motion.*
75
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Liftgate
*This method only works for vehicles with
the hands-free liftgate feature.
Setting the Liftgate Open Height
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement by pressing
the control button on the liftgate when
it reaches the desired height.
Note: Once the liftgate has stopped
moving, you can also manually move it to
the desired height.
3. Press and hold the liftgate control
button on the liftgate until you hear a
tone, indicating programming is
complete.
Note: You can only use the liftgate control
button to program the height.
Note: You cannot program the height if the
liftgate position is too low.
The new open liftgate height is recalled
when the power liftgate is opened. To
change the programmed height, repeat the
above procedure. Once you open the
power liftgate, you can manually move it
to a different height.
Note: The system recalls the new
programmed height until you reprogram it,
even if you disconnect the battery.
When operating the power liftgate after
you have programmed a lower height than
fully open, you can fully open the liftgate
by manually pushing it upward to the
maximum open position.
Obstacle Detection
Note: Entering your vehicle while the
liftgate is closing can cause your vehicle to
bounce and activate obstacle detection. To
prevent this, let the power liftgate close
completely before you enter your vehicle.
Before driving off, check the instrument
cluster for a liftgate or door ajar message or
warning indicator. Failure to do this could
result in unintentionally leaving the liftgate
open while driving.
When Closing
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle. A tone sounds and the system
reverses to open. Once you remove the
obstacle, you can power close the liftgate.
When Opening
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle and a tone sounds. Once you
remove the obstacle, you can continue to
operate the liftgate.
Switching the Power Liftgate On
or Off
You can switch the power liftgate on or off
through the vehicle settings on your
touchscreen.
When switched off, the liftgate only
unlatches and will not power open or close.
Hands-Free Feature (If Equipped)
Make sure you have the passive key within
3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate.
1. Stand behind your vehicle, and face the
liftgate.
2. Move your foot, in a single-kick motion,
without pausing, under and away from
the rear bumper detection area.
76
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Liftgate
E300799
3. The liftgate opens or closes.
Avoid the following actions when using the
hands-free opening feature:
• Making physical contact with the
bumper.
• Holding your foot under the bumper.
• Sweeping your foot from side to side,
or kicking at an odd angle.
Detection Zones
Vehicles Without a Trailer Hitch
E310717
The detection area is in the center of the
rear bumper.
Vehicles With a Trailer Hitch
E310718
The detection area is on the left-hand side
and right-hand side of the hitch, between
the exhaust and the hitch.
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction, replicate
a strut failure, or damage mechanical
components.
Note: Any physical actions that mimic a
kicking motion such as splashing water,
trailer chains or vacuum hoses may cause
the hands-free liftgate to activate. Switch
the power liftgate off through your vehicle
settings or keep the passive key away from
the rear bumper detection area.
77
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Liftgate
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Use of these systems could result in vehicle
starting problems and a loss of security
protection.
Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices
or a second coded key on the same key
chain could cause vehicle starting problems
if they are too close to the key when starting
the engine. Prevent these objects from
touching the coded key while starting the
engine. Switch the ignition off, move all
objects on the key chain away from the
coded key and restart the engine if a
problem occurs.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in the vehicle. Always take your keys and
lock all doors when leaving the vehicle.
SecuriLock®
The system is an engine immobilization
system. It helps to prevent anyone from
starting the engine without using a coded
key programmed to your vehicle. Using the
wrong key could prevent the engine from
starting. A message may appear in the
information display.
If you are unable to start the engine with a
correctly coded key, there is a problem with
the system and a message could appear
in the information display.
Automatic Arming
The vehicle arms immediately after you
switch the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key
disarms the vehicle.
Replacement Keys
Note: Your vehicle comes with two
integrated keyhead transmitters or two
intelligent access keys.
The integrated keyhead transmitter
functions as a programmed ignition key
that operates all the locks and starts the
vehicle, as well as a remote control.
The intelligent access key functions as a
programmed key that operates the driver
door lock and activates the intelligent
access with push button start system, as
well as a remote control.
If your programmed transmitters or
standard SecuriLock coded keys
(integrated keyhead transmitters only) are
lost or stolen and you do not have an extra
coded key, you will need to have your
vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You
need to erase the key codes from your
vehicle and program new coded keys.
Store an extra programmed key away from
the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconveniences. See your authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement keys.
Programming a Spare Intelligent
Access Key (If Equipped)
See your authorized dealer to have
additional keys programmed to your
vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
The system will warn you of an
unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It will
be triggered if any door, the luggage
compartment or the hood is opened
without using the key, remote control or
keyless entry keypad.
The direction indicators will flash and the
horn will sound if unauthorized entry is
attempted while the alarm is armed.
78
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Security
Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is any potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.
Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
not a key in your vehicle. Electronically lock
your vehicle to arm the alarm.
Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following
actions:
• Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control
or keyless entry keypad.
• Switch your vehicle on or start your
vehicle.
• Use a key in the driver door to unlock
your vehicle, then switch your vehicle
on within 12 seconds.
Note: Pressing the panic button on the
remote control will stop the horn and signal
indicators, but will not disarm the system.
79
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Security
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL - VEHICLES WITH:
MANUAL ADJUSTABLE
STEERING COLUMN
WARNING: Do not adjust the
steering wheel when your vehicle is
moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 145).
E279960
1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
E279962
3. Lock the steering column.
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL - VEHICLES WITH:
POWER ADJUSTABLE
STEERING COLUMN
WARNING: Do not adjust the
steering wheel when your vehicle is
moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 145).
80
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
E261582
Use the control on the side of the steering
column to adjust the position.
To adjust:
• Tilt: Press the top or bottom of the
control.
• Telescope: Press the front or rear of
the control.
End of Travel Position
The steering column stops just short of the
end of the column travel to prevent
damage to the steering column. A new
stopping position sets if it encounters an
object when tilting or telescoping.
To reset the steering column to its normal
stopping position:
1. Confirm there is nothing obstructing
the motion of the steering column.
2. Press and hold the steering column
control until the steering column stops
moving.
3. Press the steering column control
again.
Note: The steering column may begin to
move again.
4. When the steering column stops,
continue holding the control for a few
seconds.
5. Repeat for each direction as necessary.
A new stopping position sets. The next
time you tilt or telescope the steering
column, it stops just short of the end of the
column travel.
Memory Feature
You can save and recall the steering
column position with the memory
function. See Memory Function (page
151).
Pressing the adjustment control during a
memory recall cancels the operation.
Easy Entry and Exit Feature
The column moves up when you switch
the ignition off. Switch the ignition on to
return the system to its previous settings.
You can switch this feature on or off
through the touchscreen. See Settings
(page 458).
Note: If you press any adjustment or
memory button when in easy exit mode, the
system cancels the operation.
Note: Depending on your vehicle, the
column may move up and in.
81
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
AUDIO CONTROL
E280796
E280795
You can operate the following
functions with the control:
E280802
Press to decrease volume level.
E280803
Press to increase volume level.
E268549
Press to silence the current
media
Press to access phone mode or
to answer a phone call.
E265040
Press to end a phone call.
E265045
Press to access the previous
media selection.
E265044
Press to access the next media
selection.
VOICE CONTROL
The controls are on the steering wheel.
E142599
Press and release to activate
voice recognition.
CRUISE CONTROL - VEHICLES
WITH: CRUISE CONTROL
E280796
See What Is Cruise Control (page 243).
82
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
CRUISE CONTROL - VEHICLES
WITH: STOP AND GO
E289570
See How Does Adaptive Cruise Control
With Stop and Go Work (page 245).
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
E280795
See Information Displays (page 111).
HEATED STEERING WHEEL (IF
EQUIPPED)
The heated steering wheel button is on the
climate controls.
Press the button to switch the
heated steering wheel on and
off.
Note: You can use the heated steering
wheel only when the engine is running.
Note: The system uses a sensor and is
designed to control the temperature of the
steering wheel and to prevent it from
overheating.
Note: In warm temperatures, the steering
wheel quickly reaches its maximum
temperature and the system reduces the
current to the heating element. This could
cause you to think that the system has
stopped working but it has not. This is
normal.
HORN
E270945
Press on the center of the
steering wheel near the horn icon
to activate the horn.
83
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Steering Wheel
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
E270969
Push the lever up or down to
operate the windshield wipers.
E295996
Single wipe.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Normal wipe.C
High-speed wipe.D
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the
windshield wipers off before entering a car
wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
Intermittent Wipe
E295997
Shortest wipe interval.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Longest wipe interval.C
Use the rotary control to adjust the
intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS (IF EQUIPPED)
Wet or winter driving conditions with ice,
snow or salty road mist can cause
inconsistent and unexpected wiping or
smearing.
84
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
E295997
High sensitivity.A
Autowipers On.B
Low sensitivity.C
Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the autowipers. When you
select low sensitivity, the wipers operate
when the sensor detects a large amount
of water on the windshield. When you
select high sensitivity, the wipers operate
when the sensor detects a small amount
of water on the windshield.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the
wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects
hit the windshield.
In these conditions, you can do the
following:
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing on
the windshield.
• Switch to normal or high-speed wipe.
• Switch autowipers off.
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the
windshield wipers off before entering a car
wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: If you switch autolamps and
autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when
the windshield wipers continuously operate.
Autowipers Settings
Autowipers defaults to on and remains on
until you switch it off in the information
display. When you switch off autowipers,
the wipers operate in intermittent mode.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
E242323
E270967
Pull the lever toward you to
operate the windshield washers.
When you release the lever, the wipers
operate for a short time. When activated,
a courtesy wipe occurs a short time after
the wipers stop to clear any remaining
washer fluid.
Note: You can switch courtesy wipe on or
off in the touchscreen.
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This could
cause the washer pump to overheat.
85
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHERS
Rear Window Wiper
E242324
Intermittent wipe.A
Continuous wipe.B
Rear window wiper off.C
Depending on your vehicle, when you
switch on the front wipers and move the
gearshift lever to reverse (R), the rear
intermittent wipe may turn on.
Note: Make sure you switch the rear
window wiper off before entering a car
wash.
Rear Window Washer
E242432
Push the lever away from you to operate
the rear window washer. When you release
the lever, the wipers operate for a short
time.
Do not operate the washers when the
washer reservoir is empty. This could cause
the washer pump to overheat.
Rear Camera Washer (If Equipped)
Switching on the rear washer also turns on
the rear camera washer.
86
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wipers and Washers
GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in the Exterior Front
Lamps and Rear Lamps
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have
vents to accommodate normal changes
in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
LIGHTING CONTROL
Lighting Control Selections
E281337
Turn the dial to make a selection.
Note: The indicator illuminates next to the
active selection.
E265031
Lamps off.
Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
rear lamps.
E281240
Autolamps.
E270968
Headlamps on.
Note: The lighting control defaults to
autolamps every time you switch your
vehicle on.
Switching High Beam Headlamps
On and Off
E248603
Push the lever away from you to
switch the high beam on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.
87
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Lighting
Flashing High Beam Headlamps
E248604
Pull the lever toward you and release it to
flash the high beam headlamps.
AUTOLAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may
need to override the system if it does not
turn the headlamps on in low visibility
conditions, for example daytime fog.
Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low
light situations or when the wipers operate.
E281240
Switch the lighting control to the
autolamps position.
Note: The lighting control defaults to
autolamps each time you switch your
vehicle on.
The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the touchscreen to adjust the period of
time that the headlamps remain on.
Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you
cannot switch the high beams on until the
system turns the low beams on.
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps
When you switch the autolamps on, the
headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of
switching the wipers on. They turn off
approximately 60 seconds after you switch
the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps do not turn on with the
wipers:
• During a single wipe.
• When using the windshield washers.
• If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch the autolamps and the
autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when
the windshield wipers continuously operate.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
The instrument lighting dimmer buttons
are on the lighting control.
E291299
E296433
Repeatedly press one of the
buttons to adjust the brightness.
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can
switch the headlamps on by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you. You
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
switch off automatically after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door has been closed. You
can cancel this feature by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you again
or switching the ignition on.
88
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Lighting
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS -
VEHICLES WITH:
CONFIGURABLE DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
Switch the daytime running lamps on or
off using the touchscreen:
1. Select Settings. See Settings (page
458).
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Lighting.
The daytime running lamps turn on when:
1. The lamps are on in the information
display.
2. You switch the ignition on.
3. The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions
or you release the parking brake for
vehicles with manual transmissions.
4. The lighting control is in the autolamps
position.
5. The headlamps are off.
The other lighting control switch positions
do not turn on the daytime running lamps.
If the daytime running lamps are off in the
information display, the lamps stay off in
all switch positions.
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS -
VEHICLES WITH: DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS (DRL)
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
The system turns the lamps on in daylight
conditions.
To switch the system on, switch the
lighting control to any position except
headlamps.
FRONT FOG LAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
Switching the Front Fog Lamps On
or Off
Only switch the front fog lamps on during
reduced visibility.
You can switch the front fog lamps on if
any of the following occur:
• You set the lighting control to the
parking lamps position.
• You set the lighting control to the
headlamps position.
• You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position and the headlamps
are on.
The front fog lamp button is on the lighting
control.
Press the button to switch the
front fog lamps on or off.
89
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Lighting
Note: The brightness of the daytime running
lamps may decrease when the front fog
lamps are switched on.
Front Fog Lamp Indicator
It illuminates when you switch
the front fog lamps on.
ADAPTIVE HEADLAMPS (IF
EQUIPPED)
The headlamp beams move in the same
direction as the steering wheel. This
provides more visibility when driving
around curves.
A. Without adaptive headlamps.
B. With adaptive headlamps.
E161714
The system only works with the lighting
control in the autolamp position.
You can switch the system on or off in the
touchscreen.
Note: There is a delay of two to five
seconds before the system operates when
you drive your vehicle.
Note: The system is only active at speeds
above 3 mph (5 km/h).
System Check (If Equipped)
The system has a power-up movement
check feature. When you start your vehicle,
the lamps track left to right, then back to
center to alert the driver that the system
is working properly.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
Switching the Direction Indicators
On and Off
E242676
Push the lever up or down to switch the
direction indicators on.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times.
Set the lever to the middle position to
switch the direction indicators off.
90
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Lighting
Direction Indicator
Flashes when you switch the
direction indicators on.
Note: An increase in the rate of flashing
warns of a failed indicator bulb.
INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps turn on under the following
conditions:
• You open any door.
• You press a button on the remote
control.
• You press the all lamps on button on
the overhead console.
Front Interior Lamp
E281230
The front interior lamp switches are on the
overhead console.
Note: The position of each button on the
overhead console depends on your vehicle.
All Lamps On or Off
Press to switch all interior lamps
on or off.
Individual Map Lamps
E262193
Press to switch the left-hand
individual dome lamp on and off.
Press to switch the right-hand
individual dome lamp on and off.
Interior Lamp Function
Press to switch the interior lamp
function on and off.
When the interior lamp function is off and
you open a door, the courtesy and door
lamps stay off.
When the interior lamp function is on and
you open a door, the courtesy and door
lamps turn on.
Note: The indicator lamp lights amber
when the door function is off.
Rear Interior Lamps
E281231
The rear interior lamps may be above the
rear seat or above the rear windows.
Press to switch the lamps on or
off.
Note: If you switch the rear lamps on
through the overhead console, you cannot
switch them off with the rear lamp switch.
AMBIENT LIGHTING -
VEHICLES WITH: 8 INCH
CENTER DISPLAY SCREEN
Use the touchscreen to select the
following:
91
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Lighting
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
E280617
Select ambient lighting.
E280369
Switching Ambient Lighting On
Touch a color once.
Changing the Color
Touch any color once.
Adjusting the Brightness
Drag the selected color up or down.
Switching Ambient Lighting Off
Touch the selected color once or drag the
selected color down to zero brightness.
AMBIENT LIGHTING -
VEHICLES WITH: 10.1 INCH
CENTER DISPLAY SCREEN
Use the touchscreen to select the
following:
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
E280617
Select ambient lighting.
E280370
Switching Ambient Lighting On
Touch a color once.
Changing the Color
Touch any color once.
Adjusting the Brightness
Drag the selected color left or right.
Switching Ambient Lighting Off
Touch the selected color once or drag the
selected color left to zero brightness.
92
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Lighting
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC HIGH
BEAM CONTROL
The system turns on high beams if it is dark
enough and no other traffic is present. If it
detects an approaching vehicle’s
headlamps or tail lamps, or street lighting
ahead, the system turns the high beams
off. Low beams remain on.
A camera sensor, centrally mounted
behind the windshield of your vehicle,
continuously monitors conditions to turn
the high beams on and off.
SWITCHING AUTOMATIC HIGH
BEAM CONTROL ON AND OFF
WARNING: Do not use the system
in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy
rain, spray or snow.
1. Press Settings.
2. Press Vehicle.
3. Press Lighting.
Activating the Automatic High
Beam Control
E281240
Switch the lighting control to the
autolamps position. See
Autolamps (page 88).
Note: The lighting control defaults to
autolamps each time you switch your
vehicle on.
When active, the high beams turn on if all
of the following occur:
• The ambient light level is low enough.
• There is no traffic in front of your
vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
approximately 32 mph (51 km/h).
When active, the high beams turn off if any
of the following occur:
• The ambient light level is high enough
that the system does not require high
beams.
• The system detects an approaching
vehicle's headlamps or tail lamps.
• The system detects severe rain, snow
or fog.
• The camera is blocked.
• The vehicle speed falls below
approximately 27 mph (44 km/h).
Note: The deactivation speed is lower on
curves.
Note: There could be a delay in high beam
reactivation in certain curvy road situations.
Note: If there is a blocked sensor, the
system may not operate properly. Keep the
windshield free from obstruction or damage.
Note: The system may not operate properly
in cold or inclement conditions. You can
switch on the high beams by overriding the
system.
Note: If the system detects a blockage, for
example bird droppings, bug splatter, snow
or ice, the system goes into low beam mode
until you clear the blockage. If there is a
blocked camera, a message may appear in
the information display.
Note: Using much larger tires or adding
vehicle accessories such as snowplows can
modify your vehicle's ride height and
degrade automatic high beam control
performance.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL INDICATORS
The indicator illuminates to
confirm when the system is
ready to assist.
93
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Automatic High Beam Control (If Equipped)
OVERRIDING AUTOMATIC
HIGH BEAM CONTROL
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may
need to override the system if it does not
turn the high beams on or off.
WARNING: You may need to
override the system when approaching
other road users.
WARNING: You may need to
override the system during inclement
weather.
E248603
Push the lever away from you to switch
between high beam and low beam.
94
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Automatic High Beam Control (If Equipped)
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not
let them play with the power windows.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the
power windows, verify they are free of
obstruction and make sure that children
and pets are not in the proximity of the
window openings.
Press the control to open the
window. Lift the control to close
the window.
Note: If you hear a pulsing noise when just
one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
One-Touch Down
Note: One-touch down applies to the front
windows only.
Fully press the switch and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
Note: One-touch up applies to the front
windows only.
Fully lift the switch and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.
Resetting One-Touch Up
Start the engine.
1. Lift and hold the window switch until
you fully close the door window.
Continue to hold the switch for a few
seconds after you close the window.
2. Release the window switch.
3. Press and hold the window switch until
you fully open the door window.
4. Release the window switch.
5. Lift and hold the window switch until
you fully close the window.
6. Test for correct window operation by
carrying out the one-touch down and
one-touch up features.
Bounce-Back
The window stops when closing. It reverses
some distance if there is an obstacle in the
way.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING: If you override
bounce-back, the window does not
reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take
care when closing the windows to avoid
personal injury or damage to your
vehicle.
The window stops if you release the switch
before the window fully closes. Pull up the
window switch and hold within a few
seconds of the window reaching the
bounce-back position. The window travels
up with no bounce-back protection.
Window Lock
E295318
95
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Press the control to lock or unlock the rear
window controls. It illuminates when you
lock the rear window controls.
Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for
several minutes after you switch the
ignition off or until you open either front
door.
GLOBAL OPENING
You can use the remote control to open
the windows with the ignition off.
Note: You can enable or disable this feature
in the information display, or see an
authorized dealer. See General
Information (page 116).
Note: To operate this feature, accessory
delay must not be active.
Remote Control Front Windows
After you unlock your vehicle with the
remote control, you can open the windows
for a short period of time. Press and hold
the remote control unlock button to open
the windows. Release the button once
movement starts. Press the lock or unlock
button to stop movement.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS -
EXCLUDING: ST
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
E295322
Power-folding mirror control.A
Window lockout.B
Adjustment control.C
Right-hand mirror.D
Left-hand mirror.E
To adjust your mirrors, switch your vehicle
on with the ignition in accessory mode or
the engine running and then:
1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control light turns on.
2. Use the adjustment control to adjust
the position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror control again. The
control light turns off.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
Auto-Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)
The exterior mirrors fold in toward the
glass after you place the transmission into
park (P), turn off the vehicle and lock the
vehicle. The exterior mirrors unfold and
return to their driving position after you
unlock the vehicle.
96
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
You can switch this feature on and off
through the information display. See
General Information (page 116).
You can fold the mirrors on demand by
pressing the power-folding mirror control
on the door. The control lights and the
mirrors fold in toward the glass. Press the
control again to unfold the mirrors. The
control light turns off.
Note: If you use the power-folding control
to fold the mirrors on demand with the auto
fold feature on, you must use the control
again to unfold them.
Loose Mirror
If you manually fold your power-folding
mirrors, they may not work properly even
after you re-position them. You need to
reset them if:
• The mirrors vibrate when you drive.
• The mirrors feel loose.
• The mirrors do not stay in the folded or
unfolded position.
• One of the mirrors is not in its normal
driving position.
To reset the power-fold feature, use the
power-folding mirror control to fold and
unfold the mirrors. You may hear a loud
noise as you reset the power-folding
mirrors. This sound is normal. Repeat this
process as needed each time you manually
fold the mirrors.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Exterior Mirrors (page 143).
Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)
You can save and recall the mirror
positions through the memory function.
See Memory Function (page 151).
Auto-dimming Feature (If Equipped)
The driver exterior mirror dims when the
interior auto-dimming mirror turns on.
Direction Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped)
When the vehicle is running, the
forward-facing portion of the appropriate
mirror housing blinks when you switch on
the direction indicator.
Puddle Lamps (If Equipped)
The lamps on the bottom part of the mirror
housing light when you use your
transmitter to unlock the doors or when
you open a door.
360-Degree Camera (If Equipped)
See 360 Degree Camera (page 240).
Blind Spot Information System
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 263).
EXTERIOR MIRRORS - ST
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
97
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
E295322
Power-folding mirror control.A
Window lockout.B
Adjustment control.C
Right-hand mirror.D
Left-hand mirror.E
To adjust your mirrors, switch your vehicle
on - with the ignition in accessory mode or
the engine running and then:
1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control lights.
2. Use the adjustment control to adjust
the position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror control again. The
control light turns off.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
Auto-Folding Mirrors
The exterior mirrors automatically fold in
toward the glass after you place the
transmission into park (P), turn off the
vehicle, open and close the driver's side
door and lock the vehicle. The exterior
mirrors automatically unfold and return to
their driving position after you unlock the
vehicle and open and close the driver's side
door.
You can switch this feature on and off
through the information display. See
General Information (page 116).
You can fold the mirrors on demand by
pressing the power-folding mirror control
on the door. The control lights and the
mirrors fold in toward the glass. Press the
control again to unfold the mirrors. The
control light turns off.
Note: If you use the power-folding control
to fold the mirrors on demand with the auto
fold feature on, you must use the control
again to unfold them.
Loose Mirror
If you manually fold your power-folding
mirrors, they may not work properly even
after you re-position them. You need to
reset them if:
• The mirrors vibrate when you drive.
• The mirrors feel loose.
• The mirrors do not stay in the folded or
unfolded position.
• One of the mirrors is not in its normal
driving position.
To reset the power-fold feature, use the
power-folding mirror control to fold and
unfold the mirrors. You may hear a loud
noise as you reset the power-folding
mirrors. This sound is normal. Repeat this
process as needed each time you manually
fold the mirrors.
98
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Heated Exterior Mirrors
See Heated Exterior Mirrors (page 143).
Memory Mirrors
You can save and recall the mirror
positions through the memory function.
See Memory Function (page 151).
Auto-dimming Feature
The driver exterior mirror dims when the
interior auto-dimming mirror turns on.
Direction Indicator Mirrors
When the vehicle is running, the
forward-facing portion of the appropriate
mirror housing blinks when you switch on
the direction indicator.
Puddle Lamps
The lamps on the bottom part of the mirror
housing light when you use your
transmitter to unlock the doors or when
you open a door.
Blind Spot Information System
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 263).
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. Some mirrors also have a
second pivot point. This lets you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.
Manual Dimming Mirror
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce the effect of bright light from
behind.
Automatic Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front
and back of the mirror. A rear center
passenger or raised rear center head
restraint may also block light from reaching
the sensor.
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of
bright light from behind. It returns to
normal when the bright light from behind
is no longer present or if you shift into
reverse (R).
SUN VISORS
E138666
Rotate the sun visor toward the side
window and extend it rearward for extra
shade.
99
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Illuminated Vanity Mirror
E162197
Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.
SUN SHADES
Rear Side Windows
E74809
AA
Pull the blind up and attach it to the hooks
A.
MOONROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not
let them play with the moonroof. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the
moonroof, verify that it is free of
obstruction and make sure that children
and pets are not in the proximity of the
roof opening.
The moonroof controls are on the
overhead console and have a one-touch
open and close feature. To stop it during
one-touch operation, press the control a
second time.
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
E295253
Moonroof open. Press and
release to open the moonroof.
A
Moonroof vent or close. Press
and release to vent or close the
moonroof.
B
100
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Sunshade open. Press and
release to open the sunshade.
The sunshade opens with the
moonroof. You can also
manually open the sunshade
with the moonroof closed.
C
Sunshade close. Press and
release to close the sunshade.
D
Note: The sunshade stops short of the
fully open position for the comfort of rear
passengers. To fully open the sunshade,
press the control again.
Note: When closing, the sunshade stops
at the first panel for the dual panel
moonroof. Press and release again to
continue to fully close the sunshade.
Rear SunShade Opening and
Closing (If Equipped)
E297640
Sunshade close. Press and
release to close the sunshade.
A
Sunshade open. Press and
release to open the sunshade.
The sunshade opens with the
moonroof. You can also
manually open the sunshade
with the moonroof closed.
B
Note: The rear sunshade open and close
controls can be on the rear console or fold
down armrest bezel.
Note: The sunshade stops short of its fully
opened position for the comfort of rear
passengers. To fully open the sunshade,
press the control again.
Bounce-Back
The moonroof reverses some distance if it
detects an obstacle when closing.
To override this feature, press and hold the
moonroof close control within two seconds
after the roof comes to a stop following a
bounce-back reversal.
101
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Windows and Mirrors
GAUGES - VEHICLES WITH: 6.5 INCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DISPLAY SCREEN
E282067
Tachometer.A
Information bar.B
Speedometer.C
Fuel gauge.D
Information display.E
Engine coolant temperature gauge.F
Information Bar
Displays information related to the
navigation, outside air temperature,
odometer and distance to empty.
Information Display
Displays information related to the
navigation, outside air temperature,
odometer and distance to empty.
Information Display
Information that appears depends on your
vehicle settings. See General
Information (page 116).
Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge indicates about how much
fuel is in the fuel tank.
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump
symbol indicates on which side of your
vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
102
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a slope.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel level reminder displays and
sounds when the distance to empty
reaches 75 mi (120 km) to empty for
MyKey, and at 50 mi (80 km), 25 mi
(40 km), 10 mi (20 km) and 0 mi (0 km)
for all vehicle keys.
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at
different fuel gauge positions depending on
fuel economy conditions. This variation is
normal.
Distance to Empty
Indicates the approximate distance your
vehicle can travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern can
cause the value to not only decrease but
also increase or stay constant for periods
of time.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
Indicates engine coolant temperature. At
normal operating temperature, the level
indicator will be in the normal range. If the
engine coolant temperature exceeds the
normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible, switch off the engine and
let the engine cool.
GAUGES - VEHICLES WITH:
12.3 INCH INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER DISPLAY SCREEN
Note: Clusters shown in single gauge view.
Note: Displays may appear slightly different
depending on region.
103
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
E281475
Gauge display.A
Speedometer.B
Information bar.C
Information display.D
Fuel gauge.E
Gauge Display
Displays different gauge selections
depending on supported options. Options
include Tachometer or Engine Coolant
Temperature.
Information Bar
Displays information related to the current
audio source, navigation, outside air
temperature and distance to empty.
Information Display
Information that appears depends on
current gauge view and on-demand
settings. See General Information (page
116).
Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge indicates about how much
fuel is in the fuel tank.
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump
symbol indicates on which side of your
vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a slope.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel level reminder displays and
sounds when the distance to empty
reaches 75 mi (120 km) to empty for
MyKey, and at 50 mi (80 km), 25 mi
(40 km), 10 mi (20 km) and 0 mi (0 km)
for all vehicle keys.
104
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at
different fuel gauge positions depending on
fuel economy conditions. This variation is
normal.
Distance to Empty
Indicates the approximate distance your
vehicle can travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern can
cause the value to not only decrease but
also increase or stay constant for periods
of time.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
Indicates engine coolant temperature. At
normal operating temperature, the level
indicator will be in the normal range. If the
engine coolant temperature exceeds the
normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible, switch off the engine and
let the engine cool.
GAUGES - VEHICLES WITH: 4.2 INCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DISPLAY SCREEN
E282227
105
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Tachometer.A
Information display.B
Speedometer.C
Fuel gauge.D
Engine coolant temperature gauge.E
Information Display
Information that appears depends on your
vehicle settings. See General
Information (page 116).
Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge indicates about how much
fuel is in the fuel tank.
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump
symbol indicates on which side of your
vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a slope.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel level reminder displays and
sounds when the distance to empty
reaches 75 mi (120 km) to empty for
MyKey, and at 50 mi (80 km), 25 mi
(40 km), 10 mi (20 km) and 0 mi (0 km)
for all vehicle keys.
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at
different fuel gauge positions depending on
fuel economy conditions. This variation is
normal.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
Indicates engine coolant temperature. At
normal operating temperature, the level
indicator will be in the normal range. If the
engine coolant temperature exceeds the
normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible, switch off the engine and
let the engine cool.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and
indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
that may become serious. Some lamps
illuminate when you start your vehicle to
make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and function the
same as a warning lamp, but do not display
when you start your vehicle.
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
E144524
The cruise control system
indicator light changes color to
indicate what mode the system
is in. See How Does Adaptive Cruise
Control With Stop and Go Work (page
245).
106
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
On (white light): Illuminates when you
switch on the adaptive cruise control
system. Turns off when you switch the
cruise control system off.
Engaged (green light): Illuminates when
you engage the adaptive cruise control
system. Turns off when you disengage the
cruise control system.
Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a system
error. You continue to have the
normal braking (without ABS) unless the
brake system warning lamp also
illuminates. Have the system checked.
Automatic High Beam Control
Illuminates when this feature is
on. See What Is Automatic
High Beam Control (page 93).
Auto Hold Active
E197933
E322410
Illuminates when the system
holds your vehicle stationary.
Auto Hold Unavailable
E197934
E322411
Illuminates when the system is
on, but unavailable to hold your
vehicle stationary.
Auto Start-stop (If Equipped)
Illuminates when the engine
shuts down or in conjunction
with a message.
Battery
If it illuminates while driving, it
indicates a system error.
Immediately switch off all
unnecessary electrical equipment and
have the system checked.
Blind Spot Monitor
E151262
Illuminates when you switch this
feature off or in conjunction with
a message. See Blind Spot
Information System (page 263).
Brake System Warning Lamp
WARNING: Driving your vehicle
with the warning lamp on is dangerous.
A significant decrease in braking
performance may occur. It may take you
longer to stop your vehicle. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Driving extended distances with the
parking brake engaged can cause brake
failure and the risk of personal injury.
Note: Indicators vary depending on region.
This lamp is a dual function lamp and
illuminates when:
• You apply the parking brake with the
ignition on.
• Your vehicle has a brake fault or low
brake fluid level, regardless of parking
brake position.
E270480
If the lamp illuminates when you
are moving, you may have the
parking brake applied. Make sure
the parking brake is off. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as
possible if the lamp continues to
illuminate.
107
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
E71340
Illuminates when you switch this
feature on.
Direction Indicator
Illuminates when you switch on
the left or right direction
indicator or the hazard flasher. If
the indicators stay on or flash faster, check
for a burned out bulb. See Changing a
Bulb (page 338).
Door Ajar
Illuminates when the ignition is
on and any door is not
completely closed.
Electric Park Brake
Note: Indicators vary depending on region.
E146190
Illuminates or flashes when the
electric parking brake has a
system error. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 214).
Engine or Motor Coolant
Temperature
Illuminates when your vehicle
coolant temperature is high.
Stop your vehicle as soon as
possible, switch off your vehicle and let it
cool. See Engine Coolant Check (page
327).
Engine Oil
If it illuminates with the engine
running or when you are driving,
this indicates a system error.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off. Check the
engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 323).
Note: Do not resume your journey if it
illuminates despite the level being correct.
Immediately have the system checked.
Fasten Seatbelt
E71880
Illuminates and a tone sounds
to remind you to fasten your
seatbelt. See Seatbelt
Reminder (page 42).
Fasten Rear Seatbelt
E206718
Illuminates and a tone sounds
to signal the rear seatbelts are
not fastened.
Front Airbag
E67017
If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, continues
to flash or remains on when the
engine is running, this indicates a
malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
Illuminates when you switch the
front fog lamps on.
High Beam
Illuminates when you switch the
high beam headlamps on. It
flashes when you use the
headlamp flasher.
108
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
High Voltage Electric System
Failure (If Equipped)
E144693
It illuminates if your hybrid
electric vehicle has an electrical
component fault or failure that
causes your vehicle to shutdown or enter
a limited operating mode. A message may
appear in the instrument cluster display.
Hill Descent (If Equipped)
Illuminates when you switch hill
descent on.
Hood Ajar
E246598
Illuminates when the ignition is
on and the hood is not
completely closed.
Lamps On
Illuminates when you switch the
low beam headlamps or the
parking lamps on.
Liftgate Ajar
E162453
Illuminates when the liftgate is
not completely closed.
Low Beam Warning
E181350
Illuminates when the low beam
headlamp bulb is not properly
functioning.
Low Fuel Level
Illuminates when the fuel level
is low or the fuel tank is nearly
empty. Refuel as soon as
possible.
Low Tire Pressure Warning
Illuminates when the tire
pressure is low. If the lamp
remains on with the engine
running or when driving, check the tire
pressure as soon as possible.
It also momentarily illuminates when you
switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp
is functional. If it does not illuminate when
you switch the ignition on, or begins to
flash at any time, have the system
checked.
Low Washer Fluid
E132353
Illuminates when the windshield
washer fluid is low.
Powertrain Fault
Illuminates when the system
detects a powertrain or a
4WD/AWD fault. Contact an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Ready to Drive (If Equipped)
E224090
Illuminates when you have
switched on your hybrid electric
vehicle and it is ready to drive. A
corresponding message may appear
stating ready to drive.
Service Engine Soon
It illuminates when you switch
the ignition on prior to engine
start to check the bulb and to
indicate whether your vehicle is ready for
Inspection and Maintenance testing.
109
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
Normally, it illuminates until the engine is
cranked and automatically turns off if no
system errors are present. However, if after
15 seconds it flashes eight times, this
indicates that your vehicle is not ready for
Inspection and Maintenance testing. See
Catalytic Converter (page 196).
If it illuminates when the engine is running
this indicates a system error. The On Board
Diagnostics system has detected an error
in the vehicle emission control system.
If it flashes, engine misfire may be
occurring. Continuing to drive your vehicle
may cause reduced power or the engine
to stop. Failure to respond to the warning
lamp may cause component damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Stability Control
E138639
It flashes when the system is
active. If it remains illuminated
or does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, this indicates a
system error. During a system error the
system switches off. Immediately have the
system checked. See Using Stability
Control (page 225).
Stability Control Off
E130458
Illuminates when you switch the
system off. It goes out when you
switch the system back on or
when you switch the ignition off.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver's door
and you have left the key in the ignition.
Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped)
Sounds the horn twice when you exit your
vehicle with the intelligent access key, after
the last door is closed and your keyless
vehicle is in RUN, indicating your vehicle is
still on.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
110
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Instrument Cluster
GENERAL INFORMATION -
VEHICLES WITH: 6.5 INCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DISPLAY SCREEN
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
You can control various systems on your
vehicle using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information appears in the
information display.
Information Display Controls
A B C
E250032
Return button.A
OK button.B
Menu button.C
Return Button
Use the return button to go back or to exit.
OK Button
Use the OK button to make a selection.
You can also use it to scroll through a
menu.
Menu Button
Use the menu button on the main screen
to display the submenu.
6 Inch Display Menu
E204495
This icon gives you the ability to
switch a feature on or off. A
check in the box indicates the
feature is on, and unchecked indicates the
feature is off.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Note: Some MyKey menu options only
appear if MyKey is enabled and at least one
MyKey is programmed.
111
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Select Screens
Select Screens
Menu options covered in Personalized Settings. See Personalized Settings (page
118).
Audio
Audio
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 427).
Navigation
Navigation
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 427).
Phone
Phone
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 427).
Settings
Settings
Brake Coach
Percent Oil Life Indication XXX%
Hold Ok to Reset
Oil Life
Hold Ok to ResetTire Monitor
Hold Ok to InitializeNeutral Tow
Note: Additional vehicle settings are
available through your touchscreen. See
Settings (page 458).
112
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Display Setup
Display Setup
Speedometer units
Hold Ok to Reset
Driving History
1
1
Hybrid only
Note: Additional display settings are
available through your touchscreen. See
Settings (page 458).
Hybrid Display Information (If
Equipped)
Unique hybrid vehicle information displays
on your information display when you shut
off your vehicle or come to a stop.
Brake Coach
The Brake Coach appears after the vehicle
has come to a stop. It coaches you to brake
in a manner that maximizes the amount
of energy returned through the
regenerative braking system.
The percent displayed is an indication of
the regenerative braking efficiency with
100% representing the maximum amount
of energy recovery. Brake Coach can be
turned on or off in the settings menu.
Trip Summary
The trip summary displays upon shutting
off your vehicle. The values are cumulative
since you last started your vehicle.
The information shown is the same as the
This Trip on demand screen. See
Personalized Settings (page 118).
GENERAL INFORMATION -
VEHICLES WITH: 12.3 INCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DISPLAY SCREEN
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
You can control various systems on your
vehicle using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information appears in the
information display.
113
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Information Display Controls
A B C
E250032
Return button.A
OK button.B
Menu button.C
Return Button
Use the return button to go back or to exit.
OK Button
Use the OK button to make a selection.
You can also use it to scroll through a
menu.
Menu Button
Use the menu button on the main screen
to display the submenu.
12 Inch Display Menu
E204495
This icon gives you the ability to
switch a feature on or off. A
check in the box indicates the
feature is on, and unchecked indicates the
feature is off.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Note: Some MyKey menu options only
appear if MyKey is enabled and at least one
MyKey is programmed.
Select Screens
Select Screens
Menu options covered in Personalized Settings. See Personalized Settings (page
118).
Audio
Audio
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 427).
Navigation
Navigation
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 427).
114
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Phone
Phone
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 427).
Settings
Settings
Brake Coach
Percent Oil Life Indication XXX%
Hold Ok to Reset
Oil Life
Hold Ok to ResetTire Monitor
Hold Ok to InitializeNeutral Tow
Note: Additional vehicle settings are
available through your touchscreen. See
Settings (page 458).
Display Setup
Display Setup
Add Tachometer to View
Speedometer units
Hold Ok to Reset
Driving History
1
1
Hybrid only
Note: Additional display settings are
available through your touchscreen. See
Settings (page 458).
Hybrid Display Information (If
Equipped)
Unique hybrid vehicle information displays
on your information display when you shut
off your vehicle or come to a stop.
Brake Coach
The Brake Coach appears after the vehicle
has come to a stop. It coaches you to brake
in a manner that maximizes the amount
of energy returned through the
regenerative braking system.
The percent displayed is an indication of
the regenerative braking efficiency with
100% representing the maximum amount
of energy recovery. Brake Coach can be
turned on or off in the settings menu.
115
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Trip Summary
The trip summary displays upon shutting
off your vehicle. The values are cumulative
since you last started your vehicle.
The information shown is the same as the
This Trip on demand screen. See
Personalized Settings (page 118).
GENERAL INFORMATION -
VEHICLES WITH: 4.2 INCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DISPLAY SCREEN
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
You can control various systems on your
vehicle using the quick action menu (QAM)
buttons on the right-hand side of the
steering wheel. The information display
provides the corresponding information.
Information Display Controls
A B C
E250032
Return button.A
OK button.B
Menu button.C
Return Button
Use the return button to go back or to exit.
OK Button
Use the OK button to make a selection.
You can also use it to scroll through a
menu.
Menu Button
Use the menu button on the main screen
to display the submenu.
4 Inch Display Menu
E204495
This icon shows the features on
or off status. A check in the box
indicates the feature is on, and
unchecked indicates the feature is off.
Note: Some options may appear different
or not at all if the items are optional.
Note: Some MyKey menu options only
appear if MyKey is enabled and at least one
MyKey is programmed.
116
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Trip Menu
Trip Menu
Trip 1
Trip 2
Select Your SettingReset Individual Values
Select Your SettingConfigure View
• Trip Odometer - Registers the distance traveled of individual journeys or the total
distance since the function was last reset.
• Trip Timer - Registers the elapsed time of individual journeys or the total time since
the function was last reset.
• Average Fuel - Indicates the average fuel consumption of individual journeys or the
average fuel consumption since the function was last reset.
• Average Speed - Indicates the average vehicle speed of individual journeys or the
average vehicle speed since the function was last reset.
• Distance to Empty - Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle can travel on
the fuel remaining in the tank. Changes in driving pattern can cause the value to not
only decrease but also increase or stay constant for periods of time.
Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and average fuel economy.
MyView
MyView
Digital Speedometer
Fuel Economy
Trip/Audio
Calm Screen
Navigation
Navigation
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 427).
117
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Audio
Audio
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 427).
Phone
Phone
Menu options covered in the SYNC chapter. See General Information (page 427).
Settings
Settings
Contains vehicle status information.
Select Your Setting.
Information
Select Your SettingLanguageDisplay
Measure unit
Temperature unit
Tire Pressure
Select Your SettingDriver Assistance
Select Your SettingOil LevelVehicle Maintenance
Oil Life
Brake Fluid Life
Tire Pressure
MyKey InfoMyKey
Create MyKey
Note: Additional vehicle settings are
available through your touchscreen. See
Settings (page 458).
PERSONALIZED SETTINGS
Select one of these options to display on
your main screen.
118
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Select Screens
Calm Screen
Fuel Economy
Trip 1
Trip 2
This Trip
1
EV Coach
1
Tire Pressure
Intelligent AWD
Off Road
Trailer Light Check
Seatbelts
Auto StartStop
2
Now Playing
1
Hybrid only
2
Non-hybrid only
After making your selection:
1. Select a setting and press the OK
button. This can offer more
information on some features.
Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and
average fuel economy.
Fuel Economy
An Instant Fuel Economy gauge is provided
along with average fuel economy. Average
fuel economy is continuously averaged
since the last reset.
Hybrid features:
• When the gasoline engine is off the
instant fuel economy gauge is replaced
with an electric driving message.
Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and
average fuel economy.
Trip 1 and 2
Provides trip timer, trip average fuel
economy and total trip distance traveled.
For hybrid vehicles, the trip also shows the
distance traveled on electric power only.
119
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Hybrid Information (If Equipped)
This Trip
Provides trip timer, trip average fuel
economy, total trip distance traveled, and
distance traveled on electric power only
with the engine off. If the gasoline engine
has not turned on during the trip then trip
average fuel economy is not shown. This
Trip automatically resets each time you
start your vehicle.
EV Coach
EV Coach can help you to get the most out
of your vehicle’s electric driving and
regenerative braking capabilities.
When you are accelerating or maintaining
speed you will see a blue or white solid bar
indicating vehicle power. You may also see
a blue rectangular box which shows the
power level at which the engine will turn
on.
• When your power level is within the box
the color of the bar will be blue. This
means you are in Electric operation and
the engine is off.
• When your power level is outside of the
box the color of the bar will be white.
This means you are in Hybrid operation
with a combination of the electric
motor and the engine providing vehicle
power.
When you are decelerating with either your
foot off the accelerator pedal or on the
brake pedal you will see a green or white
solid bar indicating the power being used
to slow down the vehicle. You may also
see a green rectangular box which shows
the amount of power that can be
recaptured by the regenerative braking
system and returned to the high voltage
battery.
• When your power level is completely
within the box the color of the bar will
be all green. This means that the
regenerative braking system is being
used to efficiently slow the vehicle
down and return the maximum
percentage of energy to the high
voltage battery.
• When your power level is outside of the
green box then the bar will be white.
This means that both the regenerative
braking system and conventional
braking system are being used.
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all of the
messages display or are available. Certain
messages may be abbreviated or shortened
depending upon which cluster type you
have.
E222314
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. Other message will
be removed automatically after a short
time.
Certain messages need to be confirmed
before you can access the menus.
120
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Active Park
ActionMessage
The system requires service. Have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Active Park Fault
Adaptive Cruise Control
ActionMessage
A radar concern is preventing the adaptive cruise from engaging.
See How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With Stop and Go Work
(page 245).
Adaptive Cruise
Malfunction
Front Sensor Not
Aligned
Conditions exist such that the adaptive cruise cannot function
properly. See How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With Stop
and Go Work (page 245).
Adaptive Cruise
Not Available
The radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to inclement
weather, ice, mud or water in front of radar. You can typically clean
the sensor to resolve. See How Does Adaptive Cruise Control
With Stop and Go Work (page 245).
Adaptive Cruise
Not Available
Sensor Blocked
See Manual
Displays when the system disables automatic braking.Normal Cruise
Active Adaptive
Braking Off
Displays when the system reinstates adaptive cruise control to you.Adaptive Cruise -
Driver Resume
Control
Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive
cruise.
Adaptive Cruise
Speed Too Low to
Activate
Adaptive Headlamps
ActionMessage
Displays when the system detects a concern. Have the system
checked as soon as possible.
Check Headlamp
System See
Manual
121
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
AdvanceTrac™ and Traction Control
ActionMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have the
system checked as soon as possible.
Service Advan-
ceTrac
The status of the AdvanceTrac system after you switch it off.AdvanceTrac Off
The status of the AdvanceTrac system after you switch it on.AdvanceTrac On
The system is off while the vehicle is in 4x4 low.AdvanceTrac OFF
in 4x4 LOW
The status of the AdvanceTrac sport mode after you switch it on.AdvanceTrac
SPORT MODE
The status of the traction control system after you switch it off.Traction Control
Off
The status of the traction control system after you switch it on.Traction Control
On
Alarm
ActionMessage
Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm
(page 78).
Vehicle Alarm To
Stop Alarm, Start
Vehicle.
Battery and Charging System (12 volt)
ActionMessage
The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on or
continues to come on, have the system checked as soon as possible.
Check Charging
System
The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on or
continues to come on have the system checked as soon as possible.
Charging System
Service Soon
The charging system needs servicing. Have the system checked as
soon as possible.
Charging System
Service Now
122
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The battery management system determines that the 12V battery
is at a low state of charge. Start the engine to charge the battery
or charge the battery using an aftermarket battery charger. This
message clears once you restart your vehicle and the battery state
of charge has recovered.
Battery State of
Charge Low
The battery management system determines that the battery is at
a low state of charge. Turn the ignition off as soon as possible to
protect the battery. This message will clear once the vehicle has
been started and the battery state of charge has recovered. Turning
off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state-of-
charge recovery.
Turn Power Off To
Save Battery
Displays when the battery management system detects an
extended low-voltage condition. Various vehicle features will be
disabled to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of the
electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage. If
the system voltage has recovered, the disabled features will operate
again as normal.
Low Battery
Features Tempor-
arily Turned Off
Battery and Charging System (High Voltage)
ActionMessage
Displays when the stop safety hazard warning lamp is illuminated.
This indicates an electrical component that requires service. This
causes the vehicle to shut down or enter into limited operating
mode.
Stop Safely Now
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
ActionMessage
A system error has occurred. Have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Blind Spot System
Fault
The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 263).
Blind Spot Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See
Manual
The system detects a vehicle and automatically applied the brakes.Cross Traffic Alert
Applying Brakes
123
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert system
sensors are blocked. See Cross Traffic Alert (page 267).
Cross Traffic Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See
Manual
A system error has occurred. Have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Cross Traffic
System Fault
The system automatically turns off and displays this message when
you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have a trailer blind
spot system or when you switch the trailer blind spot system off
through the information display. See Cross Traffic Alert (page
267).
Cross Traffic Alert
Deactivated Trailer
Attached
The system automatically turns off and displays this message when
you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have a trailer blind
spot system or when you switch the trailer blind spot system off
through the information display. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 263).
Blind Spot Alert
Deactivated Trailer
Attached
Doors and Locks
ActionMessage
The driver door is not completely closed.Driver Door Ajar
The passenger door is not completely closed.Passenger Door
Ajar
The rear left door is not completely closed.Rear Left Door Ajar
The rear right door is not completely closed.Rear Right Door
Ajar
The liftgate is not completely closed.Liftgate Ajar
The hood is not completely closed.Hood Ajar
The system has disabled the door switches.Switches Inhibited
Security Mode
Displays when the door lock is turned on and you attempt to open
the door.
Doors Locked
Unlock Before
Opening
124
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
Indicates a driver door fault that requires manually opening the
door by the override lever. Have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Driver Door Fault
Use Inside Over-
ride Lever In Map
Pocket
Indicates a fault with the electronic door system. Have the system
checked as soon as possible.
Door Fault Service
Required
There is a system malfunction with the child locks. Have the system
checked as soon as possible.
Child Lock
Malfunction
Service Required
Indicates that the rear seat interior door release switches and power
windows are switched off, preventing rear seat occupants from
opening the doors or windows.
Child Lock ON
Indicates that the rear seat interior door release switches and power
windows are switched on, allowing the rear seat occupants to open
the doors and windows.
Child Lock OFF
The factory keypad code displays in the information display after
the system resets the keypad. See Passive Anti-Theft System
(page 78).
Factory Keypad
Code {X X X X X}
Driver Alert
ActionMessage
Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.Driver Alert
Warning Rest Now
Take a rest soon.Driver Alert
Warning Rest
Suggested
Fuel
ActionMessage
An early reminder of a low fuel condition.Fuel Level Low
The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.Check Fuel Fill
Inlet
Wait for up to 15 seconds while the fuel system depressurizes.Fuel Door Opening
125
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The fuel system has finished depressurizing and you can begin to
refuel.
Fuel Door Open
A reminder to close the fuel door. Failure to follow this instruction
can cause the check engine light to illuminate.
Close Fuel Door to
Avoid ""Check
Engine"" Light
There is an error in attempting to refill your vehicle.Refuel Error See
Manual
Hill Descent Control
ActionMessage
Displays when you deactivate hill descent control mode.Hill Descent
Control OFF
Displays when hill descent speed exceeds 20 mph (32 km/h).For Hill Descent
Reduce Speed 20
MPH or Less
Displays when hill descent speed exceeds 20 mph (32 km/h).For Hill Descent
Reduce Speed 32
Km/h or Less
Displays when hill descent control mode requires you to shift the
transmission into gear.
For Hill Descent
Select Gear
Displays when the hill control mode requires you to resume control.Hill Descent Driver
Resume Control
Displays when a hill descent system fault is present.Hill Descent
Control Fault
Displays when you disable the hill descent control mode to cool
the brake system.
Hill Descent
Control Off
System Cooling
Displays when hill descent control mode is ready.Hill Descent
Control Ready
Displays when you activate the hill descent control mode.Hill Descent
Control Active
126
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Hill Start Assist
ActionMessage
Hill start assist is not available. Have the system checked as soon
as possible. See Hill Start Assist (page 216).
Hill Start Assist
Not Available
Keys and Intelligent Access
ActionMessage
A reminder to press the brake while starting your vehicle.To START Press
Brake
The key is not detected by the system.No Key Detected
The Start Stop button is pressed to shut off the engine and an
Intelligent Access key is not detected inside your vehicle.
Restart Now or
Key is Needed
Your vehicle is in the accessory ignition state.Full Accessory
Power Active
There is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. Have the
system checked as soon as possible.
Starting System
Fault
During spare key programming, an intelligent access key is
programmed to the system.
Key Program
Successful
During spare key programming, the maximum number of keys have
been programmed.
Max Number of
Keys Learned
Displays during spare key programming, when intelligent access
key programming fails.
Key Program
Failure
Displays during spare key programming when you have not
programmed enough keys.
Not Enough Keys
Learned
Displays when the key battery is low. Change the battery as soon
as possible.
Key Battery Low
Replace Soon
Displays when you switch the vehicle off.Vehicle Switched
Off
Informs you that upon exiting your vehicle that the vehicle is still
on.
Vehicle is ON
127
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Lane Keeping System
ActionMessage
The system has malfunctioned. Have the system checked as soon
as possible.
Lane Keeping Sys.
Malfunction
Service Required
The system has detected a condition that has caused the system
to be temporarily unavailable.
Front Camera
Temporarily Not
Available
The system has detected a condition that requires the windshield
to be cleaned to operate properly.
Front Camera Low
Visibility Clean
Screen
The system has malfunctioned. Have the system checked as soon
as possible.
Front Camera
Malfunction
Service Required
The system requests the driver to keep their hands on the steering
wheel.
Keep Hands on
Steering Wheel
Maintenance
ActionMessage
Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine.
Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to come on
with your engine running, have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Low Engine Oil
Pressure
The engine oil life is low and needs to be changed soon.Change Engine Oil
Soon
The engine oil life is low and needs to be changed immediately.Oil Change
Required
The brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be
inspected immediately. See Brake Fluid Check (page 332).
Brake Fluid Level
Low
The brake system needs servicing. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Contact an authorized dealer.
Check Brake
System
The engine coolant temperature is excessively high.Engine Coolant
Over Temperature
The washer fluid is low and needs to be refilled.Washer Fluid Level
Low
128
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
Indicates that your vehicle is still in Transport mode. This may not
allow some features to operate properly. Have the system checked
as soon as possible.
Transport Mode
Contact Dealer
Indicates that your vehicle is still in Factory mode. This may not
allow some features to operate properly. Have the system checked
as soon as possible.
Factory Mode
Contact Dealer
Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a
powertrain malfunction.
See Manual
The engine has reduced power to help reduce high engine temper-
ature.
Power Reduced to
Lower Engine
Temp
The brake system has reduced stopping power.Brake Applied
Power Reduced
MyKey
ActionMessage
You cannot program a MyKey.MyKey not Created
MyKey is active.MyKey Active Drive
Safely
When switching on your vehicle and MyKey is in use, displays that
the MyKey speed limit is on.
Speed Limited to
{avg speed XXXX}
km/h
MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle
speed is approaching 81 mph (130 km/h).
Near Vehicle Top
Speed
You have reached the speed limit set for your MyKey.Vehicle at Top
Speed of MyKey
Setting
You have an active MyKey with a programmed set speed limit.Check Speed Drive
Safely
Belt-Minder turns on with a MyKey in use.Buckle Up to
Unmute Audio
With a MyKey in use, AdvanceTrac turns on.AdvanceTrac On -
MyKey Setting
129
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
With a MyKey in use, traction control turns on.Traction Control
On - MyKey
Setting
With a MyKey in use, park aid is always on.MyKey Park Aid
Cannot be Deactiv-
ated
With a MyKey in use, lane keeping alert turns on.Lane Keeping Alert
On MyKey Setting
Park Aid
ActionMessage
The system detects a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Check Front Park
Aid
The system detects a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Check Rear Park
Aid
The radar is blocked due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in front
of radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See Rear
Parking Aid (page 229).
Rear Park Aid Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See
Manual
The radar is blocked due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in front
of radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See Front
Parking Aid (page 231).
Front Park Aid Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See
Manual
The radar is blocked due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in front
of radar. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See Prin-
ciple of Operation (page 229).
Park Aid Not Avail-
able Sensor
Blocked See
Manual
Displays the park aid status.Front Park Aid On
Off
Displays the park aid status.Rear Park Aid On
Off
130
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Park Brake
ActionMessage
The parking brake is set, the engine is running and you drive your
vehicle more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays on after the
parking brake is released, contact an authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
Park Brake
Engaged
The electric parking brake is set and a manual release is attempted
without the brake pedal being pressed.
To Release: Press
Brake and Switch
The electric parking brake is set and an automatic release is
attempted but cannot be performed. Perform a manual release.
Park Brake Use
Switch to Release
The electric parking brake is set and your vehicle speed exceeds
3 mph (5 km/h). Release park brake before continued driving.
Release Park
Brake
The electric parking brake is not fully applied.Park Brake Not
Applied
The electric parking brake is not fully released.Park Brake Not
Released
The electric parking brake system has been put into a special mode
that is used to allow service of the rear brakes. Have the system
checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake Main-
tenance Mode
The electric park brake system has detected a condition that
requires service. Some functionality may still be available. Have the
system checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake Limited
Function Service
Required
The electric parking brake system has detected a condition that
requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake
Malfunction
Service Now
Numerous park brake applies have overheated the system. Wait 2
minutes before attempting to apply again.
Park Brake System
Overheated
131
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Power Steering
ActionMessage
The power steering system has detected a condition that requires
service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Steering Fault
Service Now
The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle in a
safe place. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Steering Loss Stop
Safely
The power steering system has detected a condition within the
power steering system or passive entry or passive start system that
requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Steering Assist
Fault Service
Required
The steering lock system has detected a condition that requires
service. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Steering Lock
Malfunction
Service Now
Pre-Collision Assist
ActionMessage
You have a blocked sensor due to inclement weather, ice, mud or
water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the sensor
to resolve.
Pre-Collision
Assist Not Avail-
able Sensor
Blocked
A fault with the system has occurred. Have the system checked as
soon as possible.
Pre-Collision
Assist Not Avail-
able
Remote Start
ActionMessage
Displays as a reminder to apply the brake and push the gear shift
button to drive the vehicle after a remote start.
To Drive: Press
Brake and Gear
Shift Button
132
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Seats
ActionMessage
Objects are by the passenger seat. After the objects are moved
away from the seat, if the warning stays on or continues to come
on have the system checked as soon as possible.
Occupant Sensor
BLOCKED Remove
Objects Near
Passenger Seat
Displays as a reminder that memory seats are not available while
driving.
Memory Recall Not
Permitted While
Driving
Displays to show where your memory setting has been saved.Memory X Saved
Starting System
ActionMessage
Displays when starting the vehicle as a reminder to apply the brake.To START Press
Brake
Displays when the starter has exceeded its cranking time in
attempting to start the vehicle.
Cranking Time
Exceeded
Displays when the starter is attempting to start the vehicle.Engine Start
Pending Please
Wait
Displays when the pending start has been cancelled.Pending Start
Cancelled
133
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ActionMessage
One or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure. See Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (page 366).
Tire Pressure Low
The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the warning
stays on or continues to come on, have the system checked as soon
as possible. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 366).
Tire Pressure
Monitor Fault
A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, or your spare tire is in use.
For more information on how the system operates under these
conditions, See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 366). If
the warning stays on or continues to come on, have the system
checked as soon as possible.
Tire Pressure
Sensor Fault
Trailer
ActionMessage
A correct trailer connection is sensed during
a given ignition cycle.
Trailer Connected
A trailer connection becomes disconnected,
either intentionally or unintentionally, and
has been sensed during a given ignition
cycle.
Trailer Disconnected
The trailer sway control has detected trailer
sway.
Trailer Sway Reduce Speed
There are certain faults in your vehicle
wiring and trailer wiring/brake system. See
Towing a Trailer (page 287).
Trailer Wiring Fault
There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp.
Check your lamp.
Trailer Left Turn Lamps Fault Check Lamps
There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp.
Check your lamp.
Trailer Right Turn Lamps Fault Check
Lamps
There is a fault with your trailer battery.
See Towing a Trailer (page 287).
Trailer Battery Not Charging See Manual
There is a fault with your vehicle trailer
lighting module. See Towing a Trailer
(page 287).
Trailer Lighting Module Fault See Manual
134
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
Transmission
ActionMessage
You switched the engine off and shift select lever is in any position
other than park (P).
Shift to Park
Transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before you drive.Transmission
Warming Up
Please Wait
Displays when the brake pedal needs to be depressed.Press Brake Pedal
The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe
place as soon as it’s possible.
Transmission Over
Temperature Stop
Safely
Have the system checked as soon as possible.Transmission
Service Required
The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe
place as soon as it’s possible.
Transmission Too
Hot Press Brake
The transmission has limited functionality. Have the system
checked as soon as possible.
Transmission
Limited Function
See Manual
A reminder to shift into park. In addition, this message is typical
after reconnecting or recharging the battery until you cycle the
ignition to the on mode. See Changing the 12V Battery (page
333).
Transmission Not
in Park
Displays when there is a system fault and the park brake needs to
be depressed before exiting the vehicle. Have the system checked
as soon as possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Confirm Park
Brake Apply Before
Exiting the Vehicle
Have the system checked as soon as possible.SHIFT SYS FAULT
Service Required
Displays when there is a system fault while the vehicle is shifting
to park. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Vehicle is Shifting
to Park
Displays when there is a system fault while the vehicle is shifting
to reverse. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Reverse Unavail-
able Service
Required
135
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
Have the system checked as soon as possible.SHIFT SYS FAULT
Drive Unavailable
Select S for Drive
Service Required
Have the system checked as soon as possible.SHIFT SYS FAULT
Neutral Unavail-
able Service
Required
Have the system checked as soon as possible.SHIFT SYS FAULT
Sport Unavailable
Service Required
Displays when an invalid gear has been selected.Invalid Gear Selec-
tion
Displays when the brake pedal needs to be depressed to enable
the transmission to shift from park.
Depress Brake to
Shift from Park
Reminder to switch off the ignition while in neutral tow.Neutral Tow
Engaged Turn Igni-
tion Off for Towing
Displays when neutral hold is active and you want to exit neutral
tow.
Neutral Tow
Engaged Depress
Brake and Select
Park to Exit
Neutral Tow
Reminder to remove park brake while in neutral tow.Neutral Tow
Remove Park
Brake for Towing
Displays when the neutral tow is off.Neutral Tow
Disengaged
Displays when neutral tow is on.Neutral Tow
Enabled Leave
Transmission in
Neutral
136
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
4WD
ActionMessage
The four wheel drive system has automatically disabled itself due
to the system overheating.
4WD Temporarily
Disabled
The four wheel drive system is locking up the torque transfer clutch
to help reduce clutch temperature.
4WD Temporarily
Locked
Displays when the system automatically disables to protect itself.
This may be caused by operating the vehicle with a mini spare tire
installed, if the system detects dissimilar size tires, or if there is an
issue with another vehicle system preventing 4WD operation. The
system resumes normal operation and clears this message after
you cycle the ignition on and off and drive a short distance with the
road tire re-installed or after the other vehicle system issues are
resolved.
4WD Off
Displays after the system cools and the four wheel drive system
resumes normal function.
4WD Restored
The four wheel drive system is not operating properly and the
powertrain fault indicator illuminates. If the warning stays illumin-
ated or continues to illuminate, contact an authorized dealer as
soon as possible.
4WD Fault Service
Required
Displayed when the transfer case fluid requires service.Change 4WD
Power Transfer
Unit Lube
Displayed when the transfer case fluid has been changed and reset
to new.
4WD Power
Transfer Unit Lube
Set to New
137
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Information Displays
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE
CONTROL
E286493
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls may look different
from what you see here.
Note: You can switch temperature units
between Fahrenheit and Celsius.
Note: You can control some of the climate
features through the touchscreen.
Note: For Hybrid Electric Vehicles and
Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicles, the air
conditioning compressor may run, and you
may feel airflow when the climate control
is off to provide cooling to the battery.
Accessing the Air Distribution
Controls
E265283
Press and release the button to
activate the selection screen.
From the screen, switch directed air from
the windshield, instrument panel or
footwell vents on or off. You can direct air
through any combination of these vents.
See Climate (page 445).
Accessing the Menu
E265038
Press and release the button to
access different climate
features.
Smart Zone - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV), Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(PHEV)
If there is not an occupant in the front
passenger seat, the climate control system
may default to single zone to improve fuel
economy, if you were previously in dual
zone operation. When this occurs, dual
zone turns off and the passenger set point
changes to match the driver set point.
Press the dual zone button on the
touchscreen or adjust the passenger set
point to use dual zone operation without
a passenger present. The system remains
in dual zone operation until you switch the
vehicle off.
You can disable or re-enable the Smart
Zone feature by pressing and holding the
dual zone button on the touchscreen. Both
set point displays begin flashing to signify
when the feature disables. The system
returns to previous state after you release
the dual zone button.
Accessing Rear Climate Controls
E270447
Press and release the button to
access additional controls for
the rear climate system.
Setting the Blower Motor Speed
Press and release + or - to adjust
the volume of air circulated in
the vehicle.
138
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Climate Control
Setting the Temperature
E266187
E266186
Press the toggle button on the left-hand
side of the climate control upward or
downward to set the left-hand
temperature.
Note: This control also adjusts the
right-hand side temperature when you
switch off dual zone mode.
Press the toggle button on the right-hand
side of the climate control upward or
downward to set the right-hand
temperature.
Switching Auto Mode On and Off
Press and release the button to
switch on automatic operation.
Repeatedly press the button to
adjust auto mode.
The system adjusts the blower motor
speed, air distribution, air conditioning
operation, and outside or recirculated air
to reach and maintain the temperature you
have set.
Under high humidity conditions, the system
adjusts the blower motor speed, air
distribution and air conditioning operation
to reduce window fogging.
Note: The system starts at the previous
setting when you switch on AUTO mode.
Note: You can also switch off dual zone
mode by pressing and holding the button
for more than two seconds.
Auto Mode Indicator Status
DescriptionAuto Mode Indicator
Status
One indicator illumin-
ated.
• The blower motor speed is reduced.
• Use this setting to minimize the amount of noise from
the blower motor.
• This setting increases the time taken to cool the
interior.
Two indicators illumin-
ated.
• The blower motor speed is moderate.
Three indicators illumin-
ated.
• The blower motor speed is increased.
• Use this setting to reduce the time taken to cool the
interior.
• This setting increases the amount of noise from the
blower motor.
139
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Climate Control
Switching the Air Conditioning On
and Off
Press and release the button.
Use air conditioning with recirculated air
to improve cooling performance and
efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions, for example,
maximum defrost, the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even
though you switch off the air conditioning.
Note: The A/C LED light may turn on and
off based on the temperature setting or the
current conditions.
Switching the Climate Control On
and Off
Press and release the button.
Switching Maximum Air
Conditioning On and Off
Press and release the button for
maximum cooling.
The driver and passenger temperatures
are set to LO, recirculated air flows through
the instrument panel air vents, air
conditioning turns on and the blower motor
adjusts to the highest speed.
Switching Maximum Defrost On
and Off
Press and release the button for
maximum defrosting.
The driver and passenger temperatures
are set to HI, air flows through the
windshield air vents, and the blower motor
adjusts to the highest speed.
Note: Depending on your region, air
conditioning turns on.
You can also use this setting to defog and
clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you
cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.
Note: The heated rear window also turns
on when you select maximum defrost.
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off
Press and release the button to
switch between outside air and
recirculated air.
The air currently in the passenger
compartment recirculates. This may
reduce the time needed to cool the interior,
when used with A/C, and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off
automatically, or prevent you from switching
on in all air flow modes except MAX A/C to
reduce the risk of fogging. Recirculation may
also turn on and off automatically in various
air distribution control combinations to
improve heating or cooling efficiency.
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
140
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Climate Control
Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
windshield.
Note: To improve the time to reach a
comfortable temperature in hot weather,
drive with the windows open until you feel
cold air through the air vents.
Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary. Automatic mode is best
recommended to maintain set temperature.
Note: The system adjusts to heat or cool
the interior to the temperature you select
as quickly as possible.
Note: For the system to function efficiently,
the instrument panel and side air vents
should be fully open.
Note: If you select AUTO during cold
outside temperatures, the system directs
air flow to the windshield and side window
air vents. In addition, the blower motor may
run at a slower speed until the engine warms
up.
Note: If you select AUTO during hot
temperatures and the inside of the vehicle
is hot, the system uses recirculated air to
maximize interior cooling. Blower motor
speed may also reduce until the air cools.
Quickly Heating the Interior
1. Press and release AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer.
Recommended Settings for
Heating
1. Press and release AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as
a starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
Quickly Cooling the Interior
1. Press and release MAX A/C.
Recommended Settings for
Cooling
1. Press and release AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as
a starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
Defogging the Side Windows in
Cold Weather
1. Press and release defrost or maximum
defrost.
2. Adjust the temperature control to the
setting you prefer. Use 72°F (22°C) as
a starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE
CONTROLS
E289989
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls may look different
from what you see here.
141
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Climate Control
Directing Air to the Overhead Air
Vents
E244097
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to the overhead air
vents.
Directing Air to the Rear Footwell
Air Vents
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to rear footwell air
vents.
Rear Climate Control Lock
Indicator
When illuminated, you can only
operate the rear passenger
settings through the front
controls.
Setting the Rear Blower Motor
Speed
E265389
Turn the control to adjust the volume of
air circulated in the rear passenger
compartment.
Setting the Rear Temperature
E265862
Turn the control to set the temperature in
the rear passenger compartment.
Switching the Rear Climate
Control On and Off
Press and release the button.
Switching the Rear Heated Seats
On and Off (If Equipped)
See Heated Seats (page 157).
HEATED WINDSHIELD
Windshield Wiper De-Icer
E184884
When you switch the heated rear
window on, the windshield wiper
de-icer turns on.
142
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Climate Control
HEATED REAR WINDOW
E184884
Press the button to clear the rear
window of thin ice and fog. The
heated rear window turns off
after a short period of time.
Note: Do not use harsh chemicals, razor
blades or other sharp objects to clean or
remove decals from the inside of the heated
rear window. The vehicle warranty may not
cover damage to the heated rear window
grid lines.
HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS
When you switch the heated rear window
on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products. The
vehicle warranty may not cover damage
caused to the mirror housing or glass.
REMOTE START
The climate control system adjusts the
interior temperature during remote start.
You can switch this feature on or off and
adjust the settings using the touchscreen.
See Settings (page 458).
You cannot adjust the climate control
setting during remote start operation.
Switch the ignition on to make
adjustments.
Based on your remote start settings, the
following vehicle-dependent features may
or may not remain on after remote starting
your vehicle:
• Climate controlled seats.
• Heated steering wheel.
• Heated mirrors.
• Heated rear window.
• Windshield wiper de-icer.
Note: For dual zone climate controlled
seats, the passenger seat setting defaults
to match the driver seat during remote start.
Automatic Settings
If Auto is on, the system sets the interior
temperature to 72°F (22°C) and heats or
cools the vehicle interior as required to
achieve comfort.
Note: In cold weather, the heated rear
window and heated mirrors turn on.
Last Settings
If Last Settings is on, the system uses the
settings last selected before you turned
off the vehicle.
Heated and Cooled Features
In Auto mode, certain heated features may
switch on during cold weather, and cooled
features during hot weather.
143
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Climate Control
WHAT IS THE CABIN AIR
FILTER
The cabin air filter improves the quality of
air in your vehicle by trapping dust, pollen
and other particles.
REPLACING THE CABIN AIR
FILTER
Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 476).
The cabin air filter is behind the glove
compartment.
To remove the lower glove compartment
and access the filter:
1. Open the glove compartment.
E311296
2. Press the tab on each side.
3. Fully lower the glove compartment.
4. Pull the glove compartment toward
you.
144
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Interior Air Quality
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out
of position or with the seatback reclined
too far can take weight off the seat
cushion and affect the decision of the
passenger sensing system, resulting in
serious injury or death in the event of a
crash. Always sit upright against your
seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not recline the seat
backrest too far as this can cause the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt,
resulting in personal injury in the event
of a crash.
WARNING: Do not place objects
higher than the top of the seat backrest.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death in the
event of a sudden stop or crash.
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest so that
your torso is more than 30 degrees
from the upright position.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in
(25 cm) between your breastbone and
the airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
seatbelt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNING: Fully adjust the head
restraint before you sit in or operate your
vehicle. This will help minimize the risk
of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do
not adjust the head restraint when your
vehicle is moving.
145
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
WARNING: The head restraint is a
safety device. Whenever possible it
should be installed and properly
adjusted when the seat is occupied.
Failure to adjust the head restraint
properly could reduce its effectiveness
during certain impacts.
Note: Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.
Adjusting the Head Restraints
Front Seat Head Restraints
E291139
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and release
button.
C
Raising the Head Restraint
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold the C button.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Second Row Center Seat Head
Restraint (If Equipped)
E286400
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and release
buttons.
C
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold the C buttons.
2. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
146
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
Second Row Outermost Seat Head
Restraints
E333253
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
buttons.
C
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold the C buttons.
2. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
Third Row Seat Head Restraints
E286397
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Fold strap.C
Folding the Head Restraint
Pull the fold strap (C). Pull the head
restraint back up to reset.
Note: Press the stow or fold button on the
power folding seats to fold the head
restraint.
MANUAL SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver
seat or seat backrest when your vehicle
is moving. This may result in sudden seat
movement, causing the loss of control
of your vehicle.
147
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
WARNING: Make sure the seat fully
locks into place by rocking it backward
and forward. Not securing the seat into
the locked position can be dangerous in
a crash and could cause serious personal
injury or death.
E190838
Adjusting the Seat Backrest
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap
belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seat backrest
before returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure
that it has fully latched after returning
the seat backrest to its original position.
An unlatched seat may become
dangerous if you stop suddenly or have
a crash.
E291151
POWER SEATS
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver
seat or seat backrest when your vehicle
is moving. This may result in sudden seat
movement, causing the loss of control
of your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
148
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
10-Way Seat Controls
E176038
Adjusting the Lumbar Support (If
Equipped)
E176039
149
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
8-Way Seat Controls
E338902
Adjusting the Multi-Contour Front
Seats With Active Motion (If Equipped)
Note: The engine must be running or the
vehicle must be in accessory mode to
activate the seats.
Note: Allow a few seconds for any selection
to activate. The seat backrest and cushion
massage cannot function at the same time.
E156301
150
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
Lumbar and Bolster ModeMassage Mode
Upper lumbarBack massage intensity
adjustment
A
Lumbar decreaseMassage intensity decrease
and off
*
B
Lower lumbar
**
Cushion massage intensity
adjustment
C
Lumbar increaseMassage intensity increaseD
-On and offE
*
The massage feature defaults to an
alternating massage mode with back
massage intensity adjustment. The lumbar
and bolster feature defaults to the middle
lumbar mode.
**
Press C a second time to adjust the back
bolster. Press C a third time to adjust the
cushion bolster.
You can also adjust this feature through
the touchscreen. When switched on, the
system displays directions for you to adjust
the lumbar settings in your seat or to set
the massage function.
MEMORY FUNCTION (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Before activating the
memory seat, make sure that the area
immediately surrounding the seat is clear
of obstructions and that all occupants
are clear of moving parts.
WARNING: Do not use the memory
function when your vehicle is moving.
This feature recalls the position of the
following:
• Driver seat.
• Power mirrors.
• Optional power steering column.
The memory control is on the driver door.
E142554
Saving a PreSet Position
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Adjust the memory features to your
preferred position.
3. Press and hold the preferred preset
button until you hear a single tone.
You can save up to three preset memory
positions. You can save a memory preset
at any time.
151
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
Recalling a PreSet Position
Press and release the preset button
associated with your preferred driving
position. The memory features move to
the position stored for that preset.
Note: You can only recall a preset memory
position when the ignition is off, or when the
transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N)
and the vehicle is not moving if the ignition
is on.
You can also recall a preset memory
position by:
• Pressing the unlock button on your
remote control if it is linked to a preset
position.
• Unlocking the driver door handle if a
linked remote control is present.
Note: Using a linked remote control to
recall your memory position when the
ignition is off moves the seat to the Easy
Entry position.
Note: Pressing any active memory feature
adjustment control, or any memory button
during a memory recall, cancels the
operation.
Linking a PreSet Position to your
Remote Control
Your vehicle can save the preset memory
positions for up to three remote controls.
1. With the ignition on, move the memory
features to the preferred positions.
2. Press and hold the preferred preset
button for about five seconds. A tone
sounds after about two seconds.
Continue holding until you hear a
second tone.
3. Within three seconds, press the lock
button on the remote control you are
linking.
To unlink a remote control, follow the
same procedure – except in step 3, press
the unlock button on the remote control.
Note: If more than one linked remote
control or intelligent access key is in range,
the memory function moves to the settings
of the first key to recall a memory position.
Easy Entry and Exit Feature
If you enable the easy entry and exit
feature, it moves the driver seat position
rearward up to 2 in (5 cm) when you switch
the ignition off.
The driver seat returns to the previous
position when you switch the ignition on.
You can enable or disable this feature
through the touchscreen. See Settings
(page 458).
REAR SEATS
Adjusting the Second Row Rear
Seats
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap
belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Do not recline the seat
backrest too far as this can cause the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt,
resulting in personal injury in the event
of a crash.
152
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
Adjusting the Seat Backrest
E281809
Lift the handle and adjust the seat
backrest rearward or forward.
Folding the Seat Backrest Flat
E281813
Lift the handle and fold the seat backrest
forward until it is flat.
Note: For bench seats, make sure you
unbuckle the center seatbelt before folding
the seat backrest.
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward (If Equipped)
E190838
Adjusting the Second Row Seats for
Easy Entry
WARNING: Do not drive your
vehicle with a seat that is unlatched or
in the folded position. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death in the event of a sudden
stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seat backrest
before returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure
that it has fully latched after returning
the seat backrest to its original position.
An unlatched seat may become
dangerous if you stop suddenly or have
a crash.
WARNING: Do not adjust a seat or
release a seat floor latch when the
vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in a sudden stop or crash.
Note: You may have to move the front row
seat forward to allow the second row seat
to be fully folded.
153
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
Note: You can move the second row
outermost seats forward to allow access to
the third row seats.
This feature allows for easier entry and exit
to and from the third row seat.
E281814
1. Lift the handle on top of the seat
backrest. The seat backrest folds
forward and engages the seat track.
E281818
2. Push the seat forward.
3. To return the seat to the seating
position, push the seat backrest and
move the track rearward. Make sure
the seat backrest locks in the upright
position.
Adjusting the Second Row Seats with
Power Easy Entry (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not fold a seat if it
is occupied. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
The easy entry seat allows for easier entry
and exit to and from the third row seat.
E281819
Press the button on top of the second row
seat backrest to move the seat forward.
This provides access to the third row.
Folding the Second Row Center Seat
E281821
154
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
Pull the strap to fold the seat backrest flat.
To return the seat to the upright position,
rotate the seat backrest until it locks.
Adjusting the Second Row Outermost
Seats
E286395
Lift the handle to move the seat forward
or rearward.
Exiting the Third Row Seats
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
WARNING: Check under the seat
cushion to make sure no cargo or objects
are under the seat cushion before
returning the seat cushion to its original
position, and that the seat cushion locks
into place. Failure to do so may prevent
the seat from operating properly in the
event of a crash, which could increase
the risk of serious injury.
WARNING: Do not adjust a seat or
release a seat floor latch when the
vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not drive your
vehicle with a seat that is unlatched or
in the folded position. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death in the event of a sudden
stop or crash.
E291067
1. Pull the strap on the back of the
second row seat. This moves the seat
forward.
2. To return the seat to the seating
position, push the seat backrest and
move the track rearward. Make sure
the seat backrest locks in the upright
position.
Folding the Third Row Manual Seat
1. Remove all objects from the seat.
155
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
E286398
2. Fold the head restraints by pulling the
head restraint release strap.
3. From the rear of the vehicle, fold the
seat backrest by pulling and holding
the strap while pushing the seat
backrest forward. Release the strap
once the seat backrest starts rotating
forward.
Note: Do not use the seat anchors as cargo
tie downs.
Note: Make sure that the area under the
seat is free of objects before stowing it.
Unfolding the Third Row Manual Seat
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seat backrest
before returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure
that it has fully latched after returning
the seat backrest to its original position.
An unlatched seat may become
dangerous if you stop suddenly or have
a crash.
Note: Make sure that there are no objects
such as books, purses or briefcases on the
load floor before unstowing the seat. Failure
to remove all objects from the top of the
load floor prior to unstowing it may cause
damage to the seat.
Note: Make sure the area under the load
floor is free of objects before unstowing it.
E286399
1. To return the seat backrest to the
upright position, pull the long strap
until the seat backrest locks.
2. Pull the head restraints up to their
normal positions.
Adjusting the Third Row Power
Seats
Note: The power rear seat functions disable
10 minutes after you switch the ignition off.
The transmission must be in park (P) and
the liftgate must be open to operate the
seats.
The buttons are inside the liftgate area.
156
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
E291063
Press to fold the left-hand third
row seat.
A
Press to fold and unfold both
third row seats.
B
Press to fold the right-hand third
row seat.
C
To return the third-row seat backrest to
the original position, press the
corresponding control again.
If the seats are inoperable, do the
following:
1. Make sure that the engine is running
and the tailgate is open.
2. Make sure that there are no objects on
the seats that would prevent them
from folding completely.
3. Press and hold button B for one minute
until both seats completely fold and
unfold.
4. Press button A and button C to confirm
each seat is operational.
Note: During this procedure, the seat may
appear to be fully unfolded. Continue
holding the switch for a few seconds.
If the power rear seat disables after 10
minutes, you can enable the seat by:
• Opening any door.
• Pressing the unlock button on the key
fob.
• Pressing any keyless entry keypad
button.
• Switching the ignition on.
HEATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Use caution when using
the heated seat if you are unable to feel
pain to your skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
injury, medication, alcohol use,
exhaustion or other physical conditions.
The heated seat could cause burns even
at low temperatures, especially if used
for long periods of time. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp
objects into the seat cushion or seat
backrest. This could damage the heated
seat element and cause it to overheat.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place anything
on the seat that blocks the heat, for
example a seat cover or a cushion. This
could cause the seat to overheat. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
Front Seats
Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry thoroughly.
Note: The engine must be running to use
this feature.
157
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings.
Note: The heated seats switch on during a
remote start if they are enabled.
Note: The heated seats may switch on
when you start your vehicle if they were on
when you previously switched your vehicle
off.
Automatic Climate Controlled
Seats (If Equipped)
When you switch on the auto setting, the
seats switch between the heated seats
and ventilated seats to match your climate
control setting.
Second Row Heated Seats
The heated seat controls are on the rear
of the center console.
VENTILATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
Do not do the following:
• Spill liquid on the front seats. This may
cause the air vent holes to become
blocked and not work properly.
• Place cargo or objects under the seats.
They may block the air intake causing
the air vents to not work properly.
The engine must be running to use this
feature.
E224689
Press this symbol to cycle through the
various ventilation settings and off. More
indicator lights indicate higher fan speeds.
Note: The ventilated seats switch on during
a remote start if they are enabled.
Note: The ventilated seats may switch on
when you start your vehicle if they were on
when you previously switched your vehicle
off.
If the engine falls below 350 RPM when
the ventilated seats are on, the system
turns off. You need to switch it back on.
Note: To improve comfort, use the
ventilated seats along with the vehicle’s air
conditioning system.
Automatic Climate Controlled
Seats (If Equipped)
When you switch on the auto setting, the
seats switch between the heated seats
and ventilated seats to match your climate
control setting.
158
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Seats
WHAT IS THE REAR
OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
The rear occupant alert system monitors
vehicle conditions and notifies you to check
for rear seat occupants when you switch
the ignition off.
HOW DOES THE REAR
OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
WORK
The system monitors when rear doors have
been opened and closed to indicate the
potential presence of an occupant in the
rear seat.
A message displays in the information and
entertainment display screen and an
audible warning sounds when you switch
the ignition off after any of the following
conditions have been met:
• A rear door is opened or closed while
the ignition is on.
• You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of a rear door opening and
closing.
• You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of the alert having displayed
or sounded.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or
animals to these high temperatures for
even a short time can cause death or
serious heat related injuries, including
brain damage. Small children are
particularly at risk.
WARNING: Do not leave children
or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
The system does not detect the presence
of objects or passengers in the rear seat.
It monitors when rear doors are opened
and closed.
Note: It is possible to receive an alert when
there is no rear seat occupant, but alert
conditions are met.
Note: It is possible to receive no alert when
there is an occupant in the rear seat, if alert
conditions are not met. For example, if a rear
seat occupant does not enter the vehicle
through a rear door.
Note: The audible warning does not sound
when the front door is opened before you
switch the ignition off.
SWITCHING REAR OCCUPANT
ALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFF
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Vehicle.
3. Switch Rear Occupant Alert on or off.
Note: The default setting is on.
Note: Performing a master reset causes the
system to switch on again.
Semiannual Reminder (If Equipped)
When you switch the system off, a
message appears every six months as a
reminder that the system is off. You can
switch the system back on or leave it off.
159
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT
SYSTEM INDICATORS
E350472
Message
Check rear seats for occupants.
Displays when you switch your vehicle off
after the alert conditions are met.
The message displays for a short period of
time. Press Close to acknowledge and
remove the message.
Note: Depending on your SYNC version, the
graphic may look different from what you
see here.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT
SYSTEM AUDIBLE WARNINGS
Sounds when you switch your vehicle off
after the alert conditions are met.
The warning sounds for a short period of
time.
160
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)
UNIVERSAL GARAGE DOOR
OPENER
HomeLink Wireless Control
System
WARNING: Do not use the system
with any garage door opener that does
not have the safety stop and reverse
feature as required by U.S. Federal
Safety Standards (this includes any
garage door opener manufactured
before April 1, 1982). A garage door
opener which cannot detect an object,
signaling the door to stop and reverse,
does not meet current federal safety
standards. Using a garage door opener
without these features increases the risk
of serious injury or death.
Note: Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from obstruction
when you are programming. Do not program
the system with the vehicle in the garage.
Note: Make sure you keep the original
remote control transmitter for use in other
vehicles as well as for future system
programming.
Note: We recommend that upon the sale
or lease termination of your vehicle, you
erase the programmed function buttons for
security reasons. See Erasing the Function
Button Codes.
Note: You can program a maximum of
three devices. To change or replace any of
the three devices after it has been initially
programmed, you must first erase the
current settings. See Erasing the Function
Button Codes.
E142657
The universal garage door opener replaces
the common hand-held garage door
opener with a three-button transmitter
that is integrated into the driver’s sun visor.
The system includes two primary features,
a garage door opener and a platform for
remote activation of devices within the
home. As well as being programmed for
garage doors, the system transmitter can
be programmed to operate entry gate
operators, security systems, entry door
locks and home or office lighting.
Additional system information can be
found online at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or
by calling the toll-free help line on
1-800-355-3515.
In-Vehicle Programming
This process is to program your hand-held
transmitter and your in-vehicle HomeLink
button.
Note: The programming steps below
assume you will be programming HomeLink
that was not previously programmed.
Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held
transmitter. This will ensure quicker training
and accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
161
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
E142658
1. With your vehicle parked outside of the
garage, turn your ignition to the on
position, but do not start your vehicle.
2. Hold your hand-held garage door
transmitter 2–6 in (5–14 cm) away
from the HomeLink button you want
to program.
3. Using both hands, simultaneously,
press and hold the desired HomeLink
button and the hand-held transmitter
button. DO NOT release either one until
the HomeLink indicator light flashes
slowly and then rapidly. When the
indicator light flashes rapidly, both
buttons may be released. The rapid
flashing indicates successful training.
Note: You may need to use a different
method if you live in Canada or have
difficulties programming your gate operator
or garage door opener. See Gate Operator
/ Canadian Programming.
4. Press and hold the HomeLink button
you programmed for two seconds, then
release. You may need to do this twice
to activate the door. If your garage door
does not operate, watch the HomeLink
indicator light.
If the indicator light stays on, the
programming is complete. No further
action is needed.
If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2
seconds and then turns to a constant light,
the HomeLink button is not programmed
yet. See Programming Your Garage Door
Opener Motor.
To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1 – 4.
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or
1-800-355-3515.
Programming Your Garage Door
Opener Motor
Note: You may need a ladder to reach the
unit and you may need to remove the cover
or lamp lens on your garage door opener.
E142659
1. Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor and then you have
30 seconds to complete the next two
steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.
E142658
3. Press and hold the function button you
want to program for 2 seconds, then
release. Repeat this step. Depending
on your brand of garage door opener,
you may need to repeat this sequence
a third time.
162
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
Gate Operator / Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission –
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian law,
some U.S. gate operators are designed to
“time-out” in the same manner.
Note: If programming a garage door opener
or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the
device during the “cycling” process to
prevent possible overheating.
1. Press and hold the HomeLink button
while you press and release,every two
seconds, your hand-held transmitter
until the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light.
2. Release both the HomeLink and
hand-held transmitter buttons.
3. Continue programing HomeLink. See
In-Vehicle Programming.
Erasing the Function Button Codes
Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.
E142660
1. Press and hold the outer two function
buttons simultaneously for
approximately 20 seconds until the
indicator lights above the buttons flash
rapidly.
2. When the indicator lights flash, release
the buttons. The codes for all buttons
are erased.
Reprogramming a Single Button
To program a device to a previously trained
button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired button. Do
NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
button, follow Step 1 in the
Programming section.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or
1-800-355-3515.
Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2
Garage Door Opener
Note: The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter
must already be programmed to operate
with the garage door opener.
Note: To program HomeLink to the
transmitter you must first put the
transmitter into programming mode.
163
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
BA
E142661
Red indicator lightA.
Green indicator lightB.
1. Press and hold one of the buttons on
the hand-held transmitter for 10
seconds. The indicator light will change
from green to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm
the change to programming mode. If
done properly the indicator light will
appear red.
3. Hold the transmitter within 1–3 in
(2–8 cm) of the button on the visor you
want to program.
4. Press and hold both the programmed
Genie button on the hand-held
transmitter and the button you want
to program. The indicator light on the
visor will flash rapidly when the
programming is successful.
Note: The Genie transmitter will transmit
for up to 30 seconds. If HomeLink does not
program within 30 seconds the Genie
transmitter will need to be pressed again. If
the Genie transmitter indicator light displays
green and red, release the button until the
indicator light turns off before pressing the
button again.
Once HomeLink has been programmed
successfully, the Genie transmitter must
be changed out of program mode. To do
this:
1. Press and hold the previously
programmed Genie button on the
hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds.
The indicator light will change from red
to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm
the change. If done correctly the
indicator light will turn green.
Programming HomeLink to the Genie
Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor
Note: You may need a ladder to access the
garage door opener motor.
E142662
1. Press and hold the program button on
the garage door opener motor until
both blue indicator lights turn on.
2. Release the program button. Only the
smaller round indicator light should be
on.
3. Press and release the program button.
The larger purple indicator light will
flash.
Note: The next two steps must be
completed in 30 seconds.
4. Press and release the Genie Intellicode
2 hand-held transmitter’s previously
programmed button. Both indicator
lights on the garage door opener motor
unit should now flash purple.
164
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
5. Press and hold the previously
programmed button on the visor for 2
seconds. Repeat this step up to 3 times
until the garage door moves.
Programming is now complete.
Clearing a HomeLink Device
To erase programming from the three
HomeLink buttons press and hold the two
outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator
light begins to flash. The indicator light will
begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds, at which
time both buttons should be released.
Programming has now been erased, and
the indicator light should blink slowly to
indicate the device is in train mode when
any of the three HomeLink buttons are
pressed.
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. End Users must
follow the specific operating instructions
for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This
transmitter must be at least 8 in (20 cm)
from the user and must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
The term “IC:” before the
certification/registration number only
signifies that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
165
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)
12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNING: Do not plug optional
electrical accessories into the cigar
lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar
lighter can cause damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty, and can result
in fire or serious injury.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps.
Note: If the power supply does not work
after you switch the ignition off, switch the
ignition on.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or
a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
damages the power point and may blow
the fuse.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is not
running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
USB Port and Power Point
Locations
USB Ports and Power Points may be in the
following locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• Inside the center console.
• On the front of the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
• In the cargo area.
• On the passenger side floor panel.
• 3rd row on the quarter trim panels.
Note: Some of the USB ports may not have
data transfer capabilities.
Note: Incorrect use of the USB ports can
cause damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
110 Volt AC Power Point
WARNING: Do not keep electrical
devices plugged into the power outlet
whenever the device is not in use. The
outlet provides power when the vehicle
is on. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use an
extension cord or connect multiple
devices to the power outlet. Doing so
could result in overloading the power
outlet. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or
property damage.
Note: The power point turns off when you
switch off the ignition, when the vehicle is
not in accessory mode or when the battery
voltage drops below 11 volts.
You can use the power point for electric
devices that require up to 150 watts. It is
on the rear of the center console.
166
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
E247586
When the indicator light on the power point
is:
• On: The power point is working, the
ignition is ON or the vehicle is in
accessory mode.
• Off: The power point is OFF, the ignition
is OFF or the vehicle is not in accessory
mode.
• Flashing: The power point is in fault
mode.
Due to the different technologies used on
its construction, some devices may exceed
the capacity shown on its label when they
are initially plugged-in.
The power outlet temporarily turns off
power when in fault mode if the device
exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your
device and switch the ignition off. Switch
the ignition back on, but do not plug your
device back in. Let the system cool off and
switch the ignition off to reset the fault
mode. Switch the ignition back on and
make sure the indicator light remains on.
Do not use the power point for certain
electric devices, including:
• Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions.
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws and other electric power
tools or compressor-driven
refrigerators.
• Measuring devices, which process
precise data, such as medical
equipment or measuring equipment.
• Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch-sensor lamps.
WIRELESS ACCESSORY
CHARGER (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Wireless charging
devices can affect the operation of
implanted medical devices, including
cardiac pacemakers. If you have any
implanted medical devices, we
recommend that you consult with your
physician.
Note: Devices without built-in Qi wireless
charging receivers require an additional Qi
receiver or sleeve.
Note: For compatible devices with built-in
Qi wireless charging capability, the charging
performance may be affected if your device
is in a case. It may be necessary to remove
the case to wirelessly charge your device.
The system supports one Qi wireless
charging compatible device on the
charging area.
Keep the charging area clean and remove
foreign objects prior to charging a device.
Do not place items with a magnetic strip,
for example passports, parking tickets or
credit cards, near the charging area when
charging a device. Damage may occur to
the magnetic strip.
Do not place metal objects, for example
remote controls, coins and candy
wrappers, on or near the charging area
when charging a device. Metal objects may
heat up and degrade the charging
performance.
167
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
Note: This device controls the rate of
charge, or charging power. During charging,
the device and the charger may heat up, this
is normal. If the battery gets hotter than
usual, the charger may stop charging.
E250812
The charging area is on the center console
or lower instrument panel.
You can charge a device if the vehicle is
on, when in accessory, mode or when
SYNC is on.
To begin charging, place the device on the
center of the charging surface with the
charging side down. The charging stops
after your device reaches a full charge.
Note: If the system detects a foreign object
or if the device is misaligned on the charging
area, a message appears in the display.
Note: Software and firmware updates may
affect device compatibility, including the
use of unofficial software or firmware.
Customers should verify charging
functionality with their specific devices
in-vehicle.
DescriptionBehaviorMessage
This message appears when
wireless charging begins.
Message on screen display
or pop-up window.
Wireless Charger Active
The system stops charging
your device if the system
detects the phone is
misaligned, or a foreign
metal object is on the char-
ging surface.
Pop-up window.
Charging Terminated
Phone misaligned or object
between phone and charger
detected. Correct the condi-
tion to resume charging.
FCC ID: L2C0066T
This equipment has been tested and found
to comply with part 18 of the FCC Rules.
• This equipment generates, uses and
can radiate radio frequency energy and
may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. There is no
guarantee that the interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television
reception, please consult the dealer.
• This product is not end-user
serviceable.
168
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
• This device may not cause interference,
and
• This device must accept any
interference, including interference that
may cause undesired operation of the
device.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
169
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
CUP HOLDERS
Note: Stow items in the cupholders
carefully as items may become loose during
hard braking, acceleration or crashes,
including hot drinks which may spill.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
E307323
Press near the rear edge of the door to
open it.
170
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Storage Compartments
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Extended idling at high
engine speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire or other
damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other
dry ground cover. The emission system
heats up the engine compartment and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic.
Always open the garage door before you
start the engine.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You
can disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.
IGNITION SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)
E300927
0 (off) - The ignition is off.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and
leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
battery to lose charge.
I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories, such as the radio, to operate
while the engine is not running.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this
position for too long. This could cause your
vehicle battery to lose charge.
II (on) - All electrical circuits are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
III (start) - Cranks the engine.
KEYLESS STARTING (IF EQUIPPED)
Note: The system may not function if the
remote control is close to metal objects or
electronic devices, for example keys or a cell
phone.
Note: A valid remote control must be
located inside your vehicle to switch the
ignition on and start your vehicle.
171
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: If the remote remains motionless for
40 or more seconds you need to move the
remote for the passive entry feature to
function. If the remote remains motionless
for 8 or more hours you need to move the
remote for the push button start feature to
function.
Ignition Modes
E357532
The keyless starting system has three
modes:
Off: Turns the ignition off.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once
when the ignition is in the on mode, or
when your vehicle is running but is not
moving.
On: All electrical circuits are operational
and the warning lamps and indicators
illuminate.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
Start: Starts your vehicle. The engine may
not start when your vehicle starts.
• Press the brake pedal, and then press
the button for any length of time.
STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE
When you start the engine, the idle speed
increases. This helps to warm up the
engine. If the engine idle speed does not
slow down, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Note: You can crank the engine for a total
of 60 seconds without the engine starting
before the starting system temporarily
disables. The 60 seconds does not have to
be all at once. For example, if you crank the
engine three times for 20 seconds each
time, without the engine starting, you
reached the 60-second time limit. A
message appears in the information display
alerting you that you exceeded the cranking
time. You cannot attempt to start the
engine for at least 15 minutes. After 15
minutes, you are limited to a 15-second
engine cranking time. You need to wait 60
minutes before you can crank the engine for
60 seconds again.
Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
• Make sure all occupants fasten their
seatbelt.
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.
• Make sure the transmission is in park
(P).
• Switch the ignition on. For vehicles with
a keyless ignition, see the following
instructions.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Turn the key to the start position to
start your vehicle.
172
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: The engine may continue cranking
for up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: If you cannot start the engine on the
first try, wait for a short period and try again.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: You must have your intelligent access
key in your vehicle in order to shift the
transmission out of park (P).
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
The system does not function if:
• The passive key frequencies are
jammed.
• The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start your vehicle, do
the following:
E297184
1. Open the floor console storage
compartment lid.
2. Insert the passive key into the backup
slot.
3. With the key in this position, press the
brake pedal then press the push button
ignition switch to switch the ignition on
and start your vehicle.
Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to
restart your vehicle within 20 seconds of
switching it off, even if it does not detect
a valid passive key.
After 20 seconds, you can no longer start
your vehicle if it does not detect a valid
passive key. Within 20 seconds of
switching the engine off, press the brake
pedal and press the push button ignition
switch.
Once your vehicle starts, it remains running
until you press the push button ignition
switch, even if your vehicle does not detect
a valid passive key. If you open and close
a door while your vehicle is running, the
system searches for a valid passive key.
You cannot start your vehicle if the system
does not detect a valid passive key within
20 seconds.
Failure to Start
If you cannot start the engine after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this
procedure:
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P).
3. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
4. Attempt to start your vehicle and wait
until the engine stops cranking.
5. Release the accelerator pedal.
6. Start the engine.
173
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Automatic Engine Shutdown
For vehicles with a keyless ignition, this
feature shuts down the engine if it has
been idling for an extended period. The
ignition also turns off in order to save
battery power. Before your vehicle shuts
down, a message appears in the
information display showing a timer
counting down from 30 seconds. If you do
not intervene within 30 seconds, your
vehicle shuts down. Another message
appears in the information display to
inform you that your vehicle has shut down
to save fuel. Start your vehicle as you
normally do.
Automatic Engine Shutdown Override
You can stop the shutdown, or reset the
timer, at any point before the 30-second
countdown has expired by doing any of the
following:
• You can reset the timer by interacting
with your vehicle, for example pressing
the brake or accelerator pedal.
• You can temporarily switch off the
shutdown feature any time the ignition
is on. Use the vehicle settings on your
touchscreen to switch the 30min Max
Idle on or off. The feature only remains
off for the current ignition cycle.
• During the 30-second countdown, the
system prompts you to press OK or
RESET to temporarily switch the
feature off for the current ignition cycle
only.
Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic shutdown feature. When you
temporarily switch it off, it turns on at the
next ignition cycle.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Switch the ignition off.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: The ignition, all electrical circuits and
all warning lamps and indicators will be
turned off.
Note: If the engine is idling for 30 minutes,
the ignition and engine automatically shut
down.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving
WARNING: Switching off the
engine when your vehicle is still moving
results in a significant decrease in
braking assistance. Higher effort is
required to apply the brakes and to stop
your vehicle. A significant decrease in
steering assistance could also occur. The
steering does not lock, but higher effort
could be required to steer your vehicle.
When you switch the ignition off, some
electrical circuits, for example airbags,
also turn off. If you unintentionally switch
the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and
restart the engine.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Press and hold the push button ignition
switch, or press it three times within
two seconds.
174
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
2. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
3. Shift into park (P).
4. Apply the parking brake.
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and then leave the
engine idling for long periods, we
recommend that you do one of the
following:
• Open the windows at least 1 in (3 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.
STARTING A HYBRID
ELECTRIC VEHICLE SYSTEM
Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
• Make sure all occupants fasten their
seatbelt.
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.
• Make sure the transmission is in park
(P).
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The green ready indicator illuminates
letting you know that your vehicle is ready
for driving. Since your vehicle comes with a
silent key start, the engine may not start
when your vehicle starts. See Hybrid
Vehicle Operation (page 181).
When the engine starts for the first time
on your drive, the idle speed increases, this
helps to warm up the engine. If the engine
idle speed does not slow down, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
The system does not function if:
• The passive key frequencies are
jammed.
• The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start your vehicle, do
the following:
E297184
1. Open the floor console storage
compartment lid.
2. Insert the passive key into the backup
slot.
3. With the key in this position, press the
brake pedal then press the push button
ignition switch to switch the ignition on
and start your vehicle.
175
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to
restart your vehicle within 20 seconds of
switching it off, even if it does not detect
a valid passive key.
Within 20 seconds of switching your
vehicle off, press the brake pedal and press
the push button ignition switch. After 20
seconds, you can no longer start your
vehicle if it does not detect a valid passive
key.
Once your vehicle starts, it remains running
until you press the push button ignition
switch, even if your vehicle does not detect
a valid passive key. You cannot start your
vehicle if the system does not detect a
valid passive key within 20 seconds.
Automatic Engine Shutdown
For vehicles with a keyless ignition, this
feature shuts down the engine if it has
been idling for an extended period. The
ignition also turns off in order to save
battery power. Before your vehicle shuts
down, a message appears in the
information display showing a timer
counting down from 30 seconds. If you do
not intervene within 30 seconds, your
vehicle shuts down. Another message
appears in the information display to
inform you that your vehicle has shut down
to save fuel. Start your vehicle as you
normally do.
Note: Automatic Engine Shutdown may be
more frequent for hybrid vehicles.
Automatic Engine Shutdown Override
Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic shutdown feature. When you
switch it off temporarily, it turns on at the
next ignition cycle.
You can stop the shutdown, or reset the
timer, at any point before the 30-second
countdown expires by doing any of the
following:
• You can reset the timer by interacting
with your vehicle, for example pressing
the brake or accelerator pedal.
• You can temporarily switch off the
shutdown feature any time the ignition
is on using the information display. See
Information Displays (page 111). The
feature only remains off for the current
ignition cycle.
• During the 30-second countdown, the
system prompts you to press OK or
RESET to temporarily switch the
feature off for the current ignition cycle
only.
Switching Off Your Vehicle When
It Is Stationary
1. Put the transmission in park (P).
2. Press the push button ignition switch
once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, warning
lamps and indicators.
Switching Off Your Vehicle When
It Is Moving
WARNING: Switching off the
engine when your vehicle is still moving
results in a significant decrease in
braking assistance. Higher effort is
required to apply the brakes and to stop
your vehicle. A significant decrease in
steering assistance could also occur. The
steering does not lock, but higher effort
176
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
could be required to steer your vehicle.
When you switch the ignition off, some
electrical circuits, for example airbags,
also turn off. If you unintentionally switch
the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and
restart the engine.
1. Put the transmission into neutral (N)
and use the brakes to bring your vehicle
to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, put
the transmission in park (P).
3. Press and hold the push button ignition
switch for one second, or press it three
times within two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and then leave the
engine idling for long periods of time, we
recommend that you do one of the
following:
• Open the windows at least 1 in (3 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Failure to follow engine
block heater instructions could result in
property damage or serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not use your heater
with ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of
electrical shock.
WARNING: Do not fully close the
hood, or allow it to drop under its own
weight when using the engine block
heater. This could damage the power
cable and may cause an electrical short
resulting in fire, injury and property
damage.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).
The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element, installed in the engine block and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 120-volt AC
electrical source.
We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by
Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or
Canadian Standards Association
(CSA). This extension cord must be
suitable for use outdoors, in cold
177
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
• If the block heater cord is under the
hood, Do Not remove the wiring from
its original location. Do Not close the
hood on the extension wiring.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
• Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.
• Make sure the system is unplugged and
properly stowed before starting and
driving your vehicle. Make sure the
protective cover seals the prongs of the
block heater cord plug when not in use.
• Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are
clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with
a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It achieves
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours
does not improve system performance and
unnecessarily uses electricity.
178
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
AUTO-START-STOP (IF EQUIPPED)
The system helps reduce fuel consumption
by automatically stopping and restarting
the engine when your vehicle has stopped.
The engine restarts automatically when
you release the brake pedal.
In some situations, your vehicle may restart
automatically, for example:
• To maintain interior comfort.
• To recharge the battery.
Note: Power assist steering turns off when
the engine is off.
Note: If your vehicle is flex fuel capable,
Auto-Start-Stop will be inhibited for a short
time after a refuel event while the system
is verifying the fuel type being used.
WARNING: Apply the parking
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Apply the parking
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before
you open the hood or have any service
or repair work completed. If you do not
switch the ignition off, the engine could
restart at any time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: The system may
require the engine to automatically
restart when the auto-start-stop
indicator illuminates green or flashes
amber. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
The Auto-Start-Stop system status is
available at a glance within the information
display. See Information Displays (page
111).
Enabling Auto-Start-Stop
The system automatically enables every
time you start your vehicle if:
• You do not press the Auto-Start-Stop
button (not illuminated).
• Your vehicle exceeds an initial speed
of 3 mph (5 km/h) after you have
initially started your vehicle.
• You have stopped your vehicle.
• Your foot is on the brake pedal.
• The driver door is closed.
• The interior compartment has cooled
or warmed to an acceptable level.
• The front windshield defroster is off.
• You have not turned the steering wheel
rapidly or you do not have it at a sharp
angle.
• The vehicle is not on a steep road
grade.
• The battery is within optimal operating
conditions (battery state of charge and
temperature in range).
• The engine coolant is near operating
temperature.
• Elevation is below about 12,000 ft
(3,650 m).
• Ambient temperature is moderate.
• The trailer is not connected.
• If you select Normal, Eco, Snow/Wet
or Grass/Gravel/Snow modes.
• You are not in 4H or 4L.
• You have not selected Manual shift
mode.
• Hill descent control is not active.
• You have not selected Tow haul, Sport,
Sand or Mud/Rut modes.
179
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Note: Note when in Sport mode it can be
enabled by pressing the Auto-Start-Stop
button.
The green Auto-Start-Stop
indicator light on the instrument
cluster will illuminate to indicate
when the automatic engine stop occurs.
E146361
If the instrument cluster is
equipped with a grey
Auto-Start-Stop indicator light,
it illuminates when automatic engine stop
is not available due to one of the above
noted conditions not being met.
Automatic Engine Restart
Any of the following conditions will result
in an automatic restart of the engine:
• You have removed your foot from the
brake pedal.
• You press the accelerator pedal.
• You press the accelerator and the
brake pedal at the same time.
• The driver safety belt becomes
unfastened or the driver door is ajar.
• Your vehicle is moving.
• The interior compartment does not
meet customer comfort when air
conditioning or heat is on.
• Fogging of the windows could occur
and the air conditioning is on.
• The battery is not within optimal
operating conditions.
• You have exceeded the maximum
engine off time.
• When you press the Auto-Start-Stop
button with the engine automatically
stopped.
• The front defroster is turned to the Max
setting.
• When you shift into park (P), the engine
will restart.
Any of the following conditions may result
in an automatic restart of the engine:
• You have increased the blower fan
speed or changed the climate control
temperature.
• You have an electrical accessory
turned on or plugged in.
Note: You may notice that the climate seat
fan fluctuates during an automatic restart.
Disabling Auto-Start-Stop
E255783
Press the Auto-Start-Stop button on the
center console to switch the system off.
The button will illuminate. Deactivating
using the button lasts only 1 key cycle.
Press the button again to restore
Auto-Start-Stop function.
Note: If the Shift to park (P), Restart Engine
message appears and the amber
Auto-Start-Stop indicator light flashes, this
indicates automatic restart is unavailable.
You must restart the vehicle manually. See
Information Displays (page 111).
If your vehicle is in engine off
Auto-Start-Stop, shifting from drive (D) to
reverse (R) will not cause a restart if you
do not press the brake pedal. The message
Auto-Start-Stop Press Brake to Start
Engine appears. You must press the brake
pedal within 60 seconds or the system
requires you to shift into park (P) and
manually restart your vehicle.
180
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION
- HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
This hybrid vehicle combines electric and
gasoline propulsion to provide
breakthrough performance and improved
efficiency. Familiarizing yourself with these
unique characteristics provides an optimal
driving experience from your vehicle.
Starting
E293827
When you start your vehicle, a
green READY indicator light
appears in the instrument cluster
letting you know that your vehicle is ready
for driving.
The engine may not start because your
vehicle has a silent key start feature. This
fuel saving feature allows your vehicle to
be ready to drive without requiring the gas
engine to be running. The indicator remains
on when your vehicle is on, whether the
engine is running or not, to indicate your
vehicle is capable of movement using the
electric motor, gas engine or both.
Typically, the engine does not start unless
the vehicle is cold, a climate control
change is requested or you press the
accelerator pedal.
Driving
The gas engine automatically starts and
stops to provide power when needed and
to save fuel when not needed. When
coasting at low speeds, coming to a stop,
or standing, the gas engine normally shuts
down and your vehicle operates in
electric-only mode.
Conditions that may cause the engine to
start up or remain running include:
• Considerable vehicle acceleration.
• Climbing a hill.
• Charge level of high voltage battery is
low.
• High or low outside temperatures in
order to provide system heating or
cooling.
• Engine not warm enough to provide
passenger requested cabin
temperature.
• Towing a trailer.
• Selectable drive modes: Certain
selectable drive modes may cause the
engine to run. See What Is Drive Mode
Control (page 277).
• Live in Drive: Use of the paddle shifters
while in drive (D) may cause the engine
to run. See Automatic Transmission
(page 200).
Stopping
The gas engine may shut off to conserve
fuel as you come to a stop. Restarting your
vehicle is not required. Simply step on the
accelerator when you are ready to drive.
Transmission Operation
The engine and electric motor together
propel the vehicle through the automatic
transmission. This is normal hybrid
operating and helps deliver fuel efficiency
and performance.
Battery
Your hybrid is equipped with a high voltage
battery. A cool battery maintains battery
life and provides the best possible
performance. The high voltage battery is
cooled by the vehicle's air conditioning
system. When the air conditioning system
is on, you may notice a slight increase in
air temperature coming from the climate
control vents while the battery is cooling.
You may also notice cool air flowing from
the vents when the air conditioning or
blower is off.
181
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Braking
Your hybrid is equipped with standard
hydraulic braking and regenerative braking.
Regenerative braking is performed by your
transmission and it captures brake energy
and stores it in the high voltage battery.
You may also notice during extending
downhill driving that your engine continues
to run instead of shutting off. During this
engine braking, the engine stays on, but it
is not using any fuel. You may also hear a
slight whine or whistle when operating your
vehicle. This is the normal operation of the
electric motor in the hybrid system.
Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy
Note: Having your engine running is not
always an indication of inefficiency. In some
cases, it is actually more efficient than
driving in electric mode.
Your fuel economy should improve
throughout your hybrid's break-in period.
As with any vehicle, your driving habits and
accessory usage can significantly impact
your fuel economy. For best results, keep
these tips in mind:
• Keep the tires properly inflated and
only use the recommended size.
• Aggressive driving increases the
amount of energy required to move
your vehicle. In general, you can
achieve better fuel economy with mild
to moderate acceleration and
deceleration. Moderate braking is
particularly important since it allows
you to maximize the energy captured
by the regenerative braking system.
Additional Tips:
• Do not carry extra loads.
• Be mindful of adding external
accessories that may increase
aerodynamic drag.
• Observe posted speed limits.
• Perform all scheduled maintenance.
• There is no need to wait for your engine
to warm up. The vehicle is ready to
drive immediately after starting.
182
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
HYBRID VEHICLE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS - HYBRID
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV)
AnswerQuestion
The high voltage battery is electrically isol-
ated from the rest of the vehicle when the
ignition is off. When you switch the ignition
on, the high voltage contacts inside the
battery are closed. This makes the electri-
city available to the motor and generator
and allows your vehicle to proceed. The
clicks are the sound of these contacts as
they close and open during start up and
shut down.
What are the series of clicks from the cargo
area when I switch the ignition on?
The vehicle's computer determines if an
engine start is required at key-on. Silent key
starts the engine if it is necessary for cabin
heating, windshield defrost, or if the outside
temperature is low.
Why does the engine sometimes start at
key-on?
There are several reasons the engine stays
on for an extended amount of time when
you first start it. One common reason is to
make sure that the emission's components
are warm enough to minimize tailpipe
emissions. As the climate gets cooler, this
engine-on time is extended.
Why does it take a long time before the
engine shuts down?
In order to make sure that the climate
control system can begin heating the cabin
or defrosting the windshield as soon as you
request it, the engine coolant temperature
has to be kept sufficiently hot. Keeping the
engine on is required to maintain the correct
coolant temperature.
Why does my engine stay on when it is
extremely cold outside?
Your hybrid vehicle can use E15 fuel (15%
ethanol, 85% gasoline), but you could
notice slightly reduced fuel economy
because ethanol contains less energy per
gallon than gasoline. Your hybrid vehicle is
not designed to use E85 (85% ethanol).
Can I put E15 or E85 in my vehicle, and how
will it affect my fuel economy?
The high voltage battery system is designed
to last the life of the vehicle and requires
no maintenance.
How long will my high voltage battery last?
Does it need maintenance?
183
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Fuels can cause serious
injury or death if misused or mishandled.
WARNING: Fuel may contain
benzene, which is a cancer-causing
agent.
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Always switch the engine off before
refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic
and if swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed
immediately call a physician, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
apparent for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel
vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases,
excessive or prolonged breathing of
fuel vapor can cause serious illness and
permanent injury.
• Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
remove contact lenses (if worn), flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek
medical attention. Failure to seek
proper medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
• Fuels can be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If you splash fuel on
your skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
thoroughly wash your skin with soap
and water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing fuel vapors could cause an
adverse reaction, serious personal
injury or sickness. Immediately call a
physician if you experience any adverse
reactions.
FUEL QUALITY - E85
Choosing the Right Fuel - Flex Fuel
Vehicles
Flex fuel vehicles have one of the following
identifiers:
• Yellow fuel filler cap.
• Yellow bezel around the fuel filler inlet.
• Yellow fuel filler housing.
• Yellow E85 label on the fuel tank filler
door.
184
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E161513
Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 or
regular unleaded gasoline blended with a
maximum of 85% ethanol (E85).
Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. The use of these fuels
could result in engine damage that will not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well
as other conditions, for example when
towing a trailer. See Towing (page 287).
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact
an authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines, where available to help minimize
engine deposits and maintain optimal
vehicle and engine performance. For
additional information, refer to
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle
was not designed can impair the emission
control system, cause loss of vehicle
performance, and cause damage to the
engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuels containing more than 85%
ethanol or E100 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
Switching Between E85 and
Gasoline
We do not recommend repeatedly
alternating between E85 and gasoline. If
you switch from using E85 to gasoline, or
from gasoline to E85, add as much fuel as
possible, at least half a tank. Drive your
vehicle immediately for a minimum of 5 mi
(8 km) to allow it to adapt to the change
in ethanol concentration. If you use E85
exclusively, we recommend that you fill
the fuel tank with regular unleaded
gasoline at each scheduled oil change.
185
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY - GASOLINE
Choosing the Right Fuel
E161513
Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.
Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. The use of these fuels
could result in engine damage that will not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well
as other conditions, for example when
towing a trailer. See Towing (page 287).
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact
an authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines, where available to help minimize
engine deposits and maintain optimal
vehicle and engine performance. For
additional information, refer to
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle
was not designed can impair the emission
control system, cause loss of vehicle
performance, and cause damage to the
engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is in the spare wheel
storage tray.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
186
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
• Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel
to restart the engine.
• You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the
engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.
Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope,
more fuel may be required.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
WARNING: Flow of fuel through a
fuel pump nozzle can produce static
electricity. This can cause a fire if you are
filling an ungrounded fuel container.
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNING: Do not insert the nozzle
of a fuel container or an aftermarket
funnel into the fuel filler neck. This may
damage the fuel system filler neck or its
seal and cause fuel to run onto the
ground.
WARNING: Do not try to pry open
or push open the capless fuel system
with foreign objects. This could damage
the fuel system and its seal and cause
injury to you or others.
WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel
in the household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized waste
disposal facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
Funnel Location (page 186).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
they may not work with the capless fuel
system and can damage it.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
187
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E157452
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING - EXCLUDING:
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
Refueling System Overview
E267248
B
C
A
Fuel filler door.A
Fuel tank filler valve.B
Fuel tank filler pipe.C
Your vehicle does not have a fuel tank filler
cap.
188
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E206911
Left-hand side. To open the fuel
filler door, press the center rear
edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
A
Right-hand side. To open the
fuel filler door, press the center
rear edge of the fuel filler door
and then release.
B
Left-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel filler door to open it.
C
Right-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel filler door to open it.
D
Refueling Your Vehicle
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Do not pry open the
fuel tank filler valve. This could damage
the fuel system. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel
pump nozzle from its fully inserted
position when refueling.
WARNING: Stop refueling when
the fuel pump nozzle automatically
shuts off for the first time. Failure to
follow this will fill the expansion space
in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel
overflowing.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: Wait at least five
seconds before removing the fuel pump
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain
into the fuel tank.
WARNING: Read and follow all the
instructions on the pump island.
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Select the correct fuel pump nozzle for
your vehicle.
189
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E139202
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep the
fuel pump nozzle resting on the fuel
tank filler pipe.
E139203
A
B
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
pump nozzle in position A can affect
the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel
pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
E337395
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
E119081
6. When the nozzle shuts off, wait at least
5 seconds, then slightly raise the fuel
pump nozzle and slowly remove it.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Do not attempt to start the engine if you
have filled the fuel tank with incorrect fuel.
Incorrect fuel use could cause damage that
the vehicle Warranty may not cover. See
your authorized dealer immediately.
Refueling System Warning (If Equipped)
If the fuel tank filler valve does not fully
close, a message could appear in the
information display.
Message
Check Fuel Fill Inlet
If the message appears, do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
190
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Fully open the fuel filler door.
5. Check the fuel tank filler valve for any
debris that may be restricting its
movement.
6. Remove any debris from the fuel tank
filler valve.
7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the
fuel filler funnel provided with your
vehicle into the fuel filler pipe. See
Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page
186). This action should dislodge any
debris that may be preventing the fuel
tank filler valve from fully closing.
8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel
filler funnel from the fuel filler pipe.
9. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: The message may not immediately
reset. If the message continues to appear
and a warning lamp illuminates, see your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
REFUELING - HYBRID
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV)
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Do not pry open the
fuel tank filler valve. This could damage
the fuel system. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel
pump nozzle from its fully inserted
position when refueling.
WARNING: Stop refueling when
the fuel pump nozzle automatically
shuts off for the first time. Failure to
follow this will fill the expansion space
in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel
overflowing.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: Wait at least five
seconds before removing the fuel pump
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain
into the fuel tank.
WARNING: Read and follow all the
instructions on the pump island.
1. When you stop your vehicle, shift into
park (P) and switch the ignition off.
E293006
191
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
2. Press the button on the left side of the
instrument panel next to the headlamp
switch to open the fuel filler door. The
fuel filler door can take up to 15
seconds to open before you can insert
a fuel filler nozzle.
E139202
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it
resting on the cover of the fuel tank
filler pipe opening.
E139203
A
B
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
pump nozzle in position A can affect
the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel
pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
E206912
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
E119081
6. When the pump shuts off, wait 5
seconds, then slowly lift and remove
the nozzle.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: To close the fuel filler door, press the
center rear edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
Complete the refueling process within 20
minutes. If 20 minutes elapses, press the
button on the left side of the instrument
panel again. Fuel pump nozzle automatic
shut off could occur if you do not press the
button on the left side instrument panel.
System Warnings
If the fuel filler door fails to open, an
information message appears in the
information display.
192
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
ActionMessage
Your vehicle has a sealed
fuel system that may be
under pressure. This inform-
ation message appears
while the fuel system is
depressurizing with the fuel
filler door closed. Wait for
the fuel system to depres-
surize and for the fuel filler
door to unlatch.
Please
wait for
fuel door
to open
This information message
appears when the fuel
system depressurizes and
the fuel filler door opens.
Fully open the fuel filler door
to refuel and fully close the
fuel filler door when
refueling is complete.
Fuel Door
Open
Your vehicle has a sealed
fuel system that requires the
fuel filler door to be fully
closed after refueling. This
warning message appears
when the fuel filler door is
ajar. Please fully close the
fuel filler door to avoid a
"Check Engine" Light.
Fuel door
ajar Close
fully to
avoid
""Check
Engine""
light
ActionMessage
If you see this message and
a "Check Engine" lamp illu-
minates, please fully close
the fuel filler door. The
"Check Engine" Light should
clear within five seconds. If
the "Check Engine" light
persists, please see your
dealer.
A warning message appears
in the information display
when the fuel system fails
to depressurize or the fuel
filler door fails to open. You
may have to use the fuel
filler door manual override
lever.
Refuel
Error See
Manual
If the Refuel Error information message
appears, do the following:
1. Check the fuel filler door for anything
that may be obstructing its movement,
for example ice or snow.
2. Remove any obstruction from the fuel
filler door.
3. Press the button on the left side of the
instrument panel to open the fuel filler
door.
4. If the fuel filler door fails to open and
the Refuel Error message remains in
the information display, use the fuel
filler door manual override lever.
Fuel Filler Door Manual Override
Lever
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
193
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: The transmission must be in park (P)
or neutral (N).
When using the manual override lever do
the following:
1. Switch the ignition on.
E297793
Note: The manual override lever is in the
driver side rear wheel well area.
2. Pull the manual override lever.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Complete the refueling process within
20 minutes.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
Advertised Capacity
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 385).
In addition, the fuel tank contains an empty
reserve. The empty reserve is an
unspecified amount of fuel that remains
in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge
indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Your vehicle calculates fuel economy
figures through the trip computer average
fuel function. See Information Displays
(page 111).
The first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving is
the break-in period of the vehicle.
Resetting average fuel in your trip
computer after 2,000–3,000 mi
(3,200–4,800 km) provides a more
accurate measurement.
Conditions Influencing Fuel Efficiency
See Driving Economically (page 292).
194
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuel and Refueling
EMISSION LAW
WARNING: Do not remove or alter
the original equipment floor covering or
insulation between it and the metal floor
of the vehicle. The floor covering and
insulation protect occupants of the
vehicle from the engine and exhaust
system heat and noise. On vehicles with
no original equipment floor covering
insulation, do not carry passengers in a
manner that permits prolonged skin
contact with the metal floor. Failure to
follow these instructions may result in
fire or personal injury.
U.S. federal laws and certain state laws
prohibit removing or rendering inoperative
emission control system components.
Similar federal or provincial laws may
apply in Canada. We do not approve of any
vehicle modification without first
determining applicable laws.
Tampering with emissions
control systems including
related sensors or the Diesel
Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced
engine power and the illumination of the
service engine soon light.
Tampering With a Noise Control
System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:
• Removal or rendering inoperative by
any person other than for purposes of
maintenance.
• Repair or replacement of any device or
element of the design incorporated into
a new vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or delivery to
the ultimate purchaser or while it is in
use.
• The use of the vehicle after any person
removes or renders inoperative any
device or element of the design.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
may presume to constitute tampering as
follows:
• Removal of hood blanket, fender apron
absorbers, fender apron barriers,
underbody noise shields or acoustically
absorptive material.
• Tampering or rendering inoperative the
engine speed governor, to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
If the engine does not start, runs rough,
experiences a decrease in engine
performance, experiences excess fuel
consumption or produces excessive
exhaust smoke, check for the following:
• A plugged or disconnected air inlet
system hose.
• A plugged engine air filter element.
• Water in the fuel filter and water
separator.
• A clogged fuel filter.
• Contaminated fuel.
• Air in the fuel system, due to loose
connections.
• An open or pinched sensor hose.
• Incorrect engine oil level.
195
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
• Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
• Incorrect engine oil viscosity for
climactic conditions.
Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel
filter that is integrated with the fuel tank.
Regular maintenance or replacement is not
needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you
correct the concern, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Noise Emissions Warranty,
Prohibited Tampering Acts and
Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation
became effective governing the noise
emission on trucks over 10,000 lb
(4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The preceding statements
concerning prohibited tampering acts and
maintenance, and the noise warranty
found in the Warranty Guide, are
applicable to complete chassis cabs over
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other
dry ground cover. The emission system
heats up the engine compartment and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: The normal operating
temperature of the exhaust system is
very high. Never work around or attempt
to repair any part of the exhaust system
until it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short
period of engine operation and stays hot
after the engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle has various emission control
components and a catalytic converter that
enables it to comply with applicable
exhaust emission standards.
To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time.
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 297).
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
Note: Resulting component damage may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than Ford,
Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability.
196
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.
An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’ s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement.
Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:
1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 188).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed city and
highway driving. No additional vehicle
service is required.
If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and
lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, your vehicle may need
service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
197
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing.
If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system checks the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway or highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
start the vehicle and complete the
above driving cycle. The vehicle must
warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.
198
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Engine Emission Control
GENERAL INFORMATION -
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
WARNING: This battery pack
should only be serviced by an authorized
electric vehicle technician. Improper
handling can result in personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Apply the parking
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before
you open the hood or have any service
or repair work completed. If you do not
switch the ignition off, the engine could
restart at any time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not touch the
electronic ignition system parts after you
have switched the ignition on or when
the engine is running. The system
operates at high voltage. Failure to
adhere to this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Keep your hands and
clothing clear of the engine cooling fan.
Your vehicle consists of various
high-voltage components and wiring. All
of the high-voltage power flows through
specific wiring assemblies labeled as such
or covered with a solid orange convolute,
or orange striped tape, or both. Do not
come in contact with these components.
The high-voltage battery system is a
high-voltage, lithium-ion battery system.
The pack is located underneath the vehicle.
The high voltage battery system uses an
advanced active liquid heating and cooling
system to regulate high voltage battery
temperature and help maximize the life of
the high voltage battery.
Note: The high-voltage battery does not
require regular service maintenance.
199
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
High Voltage Battery (If Equipped)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNING: Always fully apply the
parking brake and make sure you shift
into park (P). Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not apply the brake
pedal and accelerator pedal
simultaneously. Applying both pedals
simultaneously for more than a few
seconds will limit engine performance,
which may result in difficulty maintaining
speed in traffic and could lead to serious
injury.
Note: You may not be able to shift out of
park (P) unless the intelligent access key is
inside your vehicle.
Automatic Transmission Position
Indicators
The instrument cluster displays the current
position.
E317778
E317777
Note: The position may illuminate on the
transmission selector.
Understanding Your Transmission
Selector Positions
Your vehicle has an electronic transmission
shifter. The transmission selector is on the
center console.
E227917
Park.P
Reverse.R
Neutral.N
Drive.D
Manual.M
Low.L
The instrument cluster displays the current
gear.
Note: Your vehicle may come with low (L)
or manual (M) in the center of the selector
depending on trim level.
Park (P)
With the transmission in park (P), your
vehicle locks the transmission and
prevents the wheels from turning. Always
come to a complete stop before putting
your vehicle into and out of park (P).
When you switch the ignition off, your
vehicle shifts into park (P). If you switch
the ignition off while your vehicle is moving,
the transmission first shifts into neutral (N)
until it reaches a speed less than 3 mph
(5 km/h) and then shifts into park (P).
200
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Transmission
The electric parking brake could apply
when you shift to park (P) without the
brake pedal fully pressed. The electric
parking brake applies when you shift to
park (P) on large slopes. The electric
parking brake releases with the drive away
release function or manually. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 214).
Note: A warning tone sounds if you open
the driver door and you have not shifted the
transmission selector to park (P).
Automatic Return to Park
What is Automatic Return to Park (P)
Your vehicle shifts in park (P) if you
attempt to exit your vehicle without the
transmission in park (P).
How Does Automatic Return to Park (P)
Work
Your vehicle shifts into park (P) when your
vehicle is stationary and any of the
following occur:
• You switch the vehicle off.
• You open the driver door with your
seatbelt unlatched.
• You unlatch the driver seatbelt when
the driver door is open.
Note: Do not use automatic return to park
(P) when your vehicle is moving, except in
an emergency. See Starting and Stopping
the Engine (page 171).
Automatic Return to Park (P) Limitations
Automatic return to park (P) may not work
if the door ajar switch is malfunctioning.
Have the system checked immediately if
any of the following occur:
• Door ajar indicator does not illuminate
with the driver door open.
• Door ajar indicator illuminates with the
driver door closed.
• Transmission not in park message
appears with the driver door closed,
after you shift out of park (P).
Reverse (R)
With the transmission selector in reverse
(R), your vehicle moves backward. Always
come to a complete stop before shifting
into and out of reverse (R).
Neutral (N)
With the transmission selector in neutral
(N), you can start your vehicle and it is free
to roll. Hold the brake pedal down when in
this position.
Temporary Neutral Mode
What is Temporary Neutral Mode
This mode keeps your vehicle in neutral
(N) when you switch your vehicle off. Use
this mode at an automatic car wash if you
exit your vehicle or switch your vehicle off.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: Automatic return to park (P) delays
when your vehicle is in this mode.
Temporary Neutral Mode Limitations
Your vehicle may shift to park (P) after 30
minutes, or when the vehicle battery
charge level is low. Prolonged use of this
mode can cause the vehicle battery to run
out of charge.
Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Failure to follow these instructions could
result in vehicle damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Entering Temporary Neutral Mode
1. Switch your vehicle on.
201
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Transmission
2. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
3. Press and hold the brake pedal.
4. Shit into neutral (N).
Note: A instructional message appears.
5. Press the manual (M), or low (L)
button.
Note: A confirmation message appears
when your vehicle enters the mode.
6. Release the brake pedal.
Note: Your vehicle is free to roll.
7. Switch your vehicle off.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: The neutral (N) indicator on the
transmission selector may flash in this
mode.
Exiting Temporary Neutral Mode
1. Press the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P), or switch your
vehicle on and shift into drive (D), or
reverse (R).
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for
the best fuel economy and smoothness.
Shift the transmission selector to drive (D)
to allow your vehicle to move forward and
shift automatically through the forward
gears.
The transmission shifts to the appropriate
gear for optimum performance based on
ambient temperature, road slope, vehicle
load and your input.
Manual Mode (M) - Vehicles with
Paddle Shifters
With the transmission selector in manual
(M), the driver can change gears up or
down. After selecting the Manual (M)
button while the transmission range
selector is in the Drive (D) position, you
now have control of selecting the gear you
desire using shift buttons on the steering
wheel.
To exit manual mode, push the manual
(M) button on your transmission selector.
Low (L) - Vehicles without Paddle
Shifters
With the transmission selector in low (L),
your vehicle provides maximum engine
braking. You can shift the transmission into
low (L) at any vehicle speed. Do not use
under extended or normal driving
conditions as it results in lower fuel
economy.
Manually Shifting Gears
Shifting Using Paddle Shifters
The instrument cluster displays the current
gear. The current gear flashes when your
vehicle cannot shift into the requested
gear. Your vehicle will not shift if the
requested gear raises or lowers the engine
speed beyond the limit.
Your vehicle may shift when you fully press
the accelerator or brake pedal.
Note: Prolonged driving with high engine
speed could cause vehicle damage not
covered by vehicle warranty.
Note: When the vehicle shifts into the
requested gear, it could affect drive modes.
202
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Transmission
E144821
Manually Shifting Gears in Drive (D)
Use this feature when overtaking another
vehicle, or to temporarily change gear.
• Pull any paddle to switch the feature
on.
• Pull the right (+) paddle to upshift.
• Pull the left (-) paddle to downshift.
• Hold the (+) paddle for a few seconds
to switch the feature off.
Note: If you do not pull either paddle, the
feature switches off after a short period of
time.
Manually Shifting Gears in Manual (M)
Use this feature for engine braking on hilly
or mountainous roads, or to select a
specific gear.
• Shift to manual (M) to switch the
feature on.
• Pull the right (+) paddle to upshift.
• Pull the left (-) paddle to downshift.
• Shift to drive (D) to switch the feature
off.
Tow Mode (If Equipped)
E161509
To activate tow mode, use the
drive mode switch on the center
console. See Selecting a Drive
Mode (page 277).
The indicator light illuminates and a
message displays in the instrument cluster
when the system becomes active. Select
a different mode to switch the system off.
The Tow Mode Feature:
• Moves upshifts to higher engine speeds
to reduce the frequency of
transmission shifting.
• Provides engine braking in all forward
gears, which slows your vehicle and
assists you in controlling your vehicle
when descending a slope.
• Depending on driving conditions and
load conditions, it may downshift the
transmission, slow your vehicle and
control your vehicle speed when
descending a hill, without pressing the
accelerator pedal. The amount of
downshift braking provided varies
based upon the amount you press the
brake pedal.
The tow mode feature improves
transmission operation when towing a
trailer or a heavy load. All transmission
gear ranges are available when using tow
mode.
Transmission Not in Park (P)
Audible Warning
Sounds if you open the driver door before
shifting into park (P).
Manual Park Release (MPR)
WARNING: When doing this
procedure, you need to take the
transmission out of park (P) which
means your vehicle can roll freely. To
avoid unwanted vehicle movement,
always fully apply the parking brake prior
to doing this procedure. Use wheel
chocks if appropriate.
203
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Transmission
WARNING: If the parking brake is
fully released, but the brake warning
lamp remains illuminated, the brakes
may not be working properly. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: Do not drive your
vehicle until you verify that the
stoplamps are working.
Use the manual park release to move your
transmission from the park (P) position in
the event of an electrical malfunction or
emergency.
Activating the Manual Park Release
Cable
E292050
1. Apply the parking brake. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 214).
Note: If the vehicle battery is dead, for
example, no electrical power is available,
you require an external power to apply the
parking brake.
2. Using the key or a flat head screwdriver,
maximum length 5 in (120 mm), as
shown in the picture, carefully open the
access cover under the arm rest
console. See Keys and Remote
Controls (page 57).
3. Switch the vehicle ignition on without
starting the vehicle by pressing the
ignition push to start without pressing
the brake.
4. Once in the driver seat, fully apply the
brake pedal and hold. Do not release.
E317360
Note: A: 2.0 in (50 mm) B: 0.1 in (3.3 mm)
5. Insert a screwdriver type tool, see
description, or your car key into the
Manual Park Release (MPR) lever slot.
Pull the manual park release lever
toward the rear until the detent in the
slot pops up, against the tool or key.
Allow full upward travel of detent,
approximately 0.28 in (7 mm) in the
park override mode (Click). You can
remove the tool. If done correctly, a
message on the instrument cluster
displays Park Not Available,
Transmission Not in Park, or Shift
System Fault.
6. With your foot still fully applied on the
brake pedal, disengage the parking
brake. See Electric Parking Brake
(page 214).
7. Your vehicle remains in neutral (N) for
emergency towing purposes.
8. Switch off the ignition.
9. Once safe, and there is no risk of your
vehicle rolling, disconnect the negative
(black) battery cable from the battery.
204
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Transmission
E297270
Returning Your Vehicle to Normal
Mode
1. Reconnect the negative (black) battery
cable to the battery.
2. Apply the parking brake. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 214).
Note: If the vehicle battery is dead, for
example, no electrical power is available,
you require an external power to apply the
parking brake.
3. Fully apply the brake pedal and hold,
do not release.
4. Insert the screwdriver tool or car key
fully into the manual park release lever
slot. Push the tool downwards. The
system detent releases and the manual
park release lever moves forward,
allowing the vehicle to go back into
park (P). Remove the tool or car key.
5. Install the access cover.
6. With your foot fully applied on the
brake pedal, start your vehicle. Confirm
that your vehicle is in the park (P)
position and that the instrument
cluster indicates park (P).
7. If the instrument cluster does not
display the park (P) position or there
is a message stating park (P) is not
available, transmission not in park (P)
or a shift system fault, apply the
parking brake before exiting your
vehicle and have your vehicle checked
immediately.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud
or Snow
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
rock it out by shifting between forward and
reverse gears, stopping between shifts in
a steady pattern. Press lightly on the
accelerator in each gear.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission could occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than
a minute or damage to the transmission and
tires may occur, or the engine could
overheat.
205
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Transmission
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
This system is a proactive system. It has
the ability to anticipate wheel slip and
transfer torque to the front wheels before
slip occurs. Even when wheel slip is not
present, the system is continuously
adjusting to the torque distribution, in an
attempt to improve straight line and
cornering behavior, both on and off road.
The system automatically turns on every
time you switch the ignition on.
If any component requires maintenance,
a message appears in the information
display.
USING FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
The intelligent 4WD system continuously
monitors vehicle conditions and adjusts
the power distribution between the front
and rear wheels. It combines transparent
all-surface operation with highly capable
four-wheel drive.
The 4WD system is always active and
requires no driver input. It is capable of
handling all road conditions including
street and highway driving as well as
off-road and winter driving. You can
optimize more 4WD control by selecting
different drive modes. See Selecting a
Drive Mode (page 277).
Note: A warning message displays in the
information display when a 4WD system
fault is present. See Information
Messages (page 120). A 4WD system fault
causes the 4WD system to default to
rear-wheel drive only mode. When this
warning message is displayed, have your
vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer.
Note: A warning message displays in the
information display if the 4WD system
overheats. See Information Messages
(page 120). This condition could occur if the
vehicle is operated in extreme conditions
with excessive wheel slip, such as deep
sand. To resume normal 4WD function as
soon as possible, stop the vehicle in a safe
location and stop the engine for at least 10
minutes. After the engine is restarted and
the 4WD system is adequately cooled, the
warning message turns off and normal 4WD
function returns.
Operating Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)
Vehicles With Spare Tires
Do not use a different size spare tire other
than the tire provided. If the mini-spare tire
is installed, the 4WD system will disable
and enter rear-wheel drive only mode to
protect driveline components. Some
limited 4WD traction could be provided if
the mini-spare is installed on one of the
front wheels. If you are in driving conditions
where limited 4WD traction is needed
while the mini-spare is installed, it is
recommended the mini-spare be installed
on the front axle. See Information
Messages (page 120).
If the mini-spare is installed, this condition
is indicated by a warning in the information
display. If there is a warning message in
the information display from using the
spare tire, this indicator should turn off
after reinstalling or replacing the normal
road tire and cycling the ignition off and
on. We recommended reinstalling or
206
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
replacing the normal road tire as soon as
possible. Major dissimilar tire sizes
between the front and rear axles could
cause the 4WD system to stop functioning
and default to rear-wheel drive or damage
the 4WD system.
The slip response system could activate if
the mini spare is installed on the front
wheels. If the mini spare was installed on
the rear wheels the slip response system
will fully disable. In situations where there
is a wintery mix or an off road situation,
and you need to use a mini spare, you must
install the mini spare in the front tire
position and move a full size tire to the rear
tire position for the slip response system
to function.
Operating Four-Wheel drive (4WD)
Vehicles with Mismatched Tires
WARNING: Only use replacement
tires and wheels that are the same size,
load index, speed rating and type (such
as P-metric versus LT-metric or
all-season versus all-terrain) as those
originally provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel size may
be found on either the Safety
Compliance Certification Label (affixed
to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch
post, or the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver's
seating position), or the Tire Label which
is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the
driver's door. If this information is not
found on these labels, then you should
contact your authorized dealer as soon
as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not
recommended by Ford can affect the
safety and performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front
and rear axles (for example, 17 inch low
profile tires on the front axle and 22 inch
high profile tires on the rear axle) could
cause the 4WD system to stop functioning
and default to rear-wheel drive or damage
the 4WD system.
For optimum 4WD Performance, it is
recommended to follow the tire rotation
maintenance schedule. To avoid potential
4WD malfunction or 4WD system damage,
it is recommended to replace all four tires
rather than mixing significantly worn tires
with new tires. For example, using 3 worn
tread tires and 1 new tread tire all of the
same original tire size/brand, can be
tolerated by the 4WD system as long as
the worn tires still have usable tread depth.
How Your Vehicle Differs from
Other Vehicles
Truck and utility vehicles can differ from
some other vehicles. Your vehicle could be
higher to allow it to travel over rough
terrain without getting hung up or
damaging underbody components.
The differences that make your vehicle so
versatile also make it handle differently
than an ordinary passenger car.
Maintain steering wheel control at all
times, especially in rough terrain. Since
sudden changes in terrain can result in
abrupt steering wheel motion, make sure
you grip the steering wheel from the
outside. Do not grip the spokes.
Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage
from concealed objects such as rocks and
stumps.
You should either know the terrain or
examine maps of the area before driving.
Map out your route before driving in the
area. To maintain steering and braking
control of your vehicle, you must have all
four wheels on the ground and they must
be rolling, not sliding or spinning.
207
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Driving in Special Conditions With
Four-Wheel drive (4WD)
Note: Use of the 4WD system in slippery,
deep snow, and sand drive modes on dry
surfaces could produce some vibration,
driveline bind up, or excessive tire wear as
these drive modes are intended for slippery
and loose surfaces.
Note: The design of 4WD vehicles are for
driving on sand, snow, mud and rough roads
and have operating characteristics that are
somewhat different from conventional
vehicles, both on and off the highway.
Basic Operating Principles in Special
Conditions
• Drive slower in strong crosswinds which
can affect the normal steering
characteristics of your vehicle.
• Be extremely careful when driving on
pavement made slippery by loose sand,
water, gravel, snow or ice.
If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the
Pavement
• If your vehicle goes off the edge of the
pavement, slow down, but avoid severe
brake application, ease the vehicle
back onto the pavement only after
reducing your speed. Do not turn the
steering wheel too sharply while
returning to the road surface.
• It could be safer to stay on the apron
or shoulder of the road and slow down
gradually before returning to the
pavement. You could lose control if you
do not slow down or if you turn the
steering wheel too sharply or abruptly.
• It often could be less risky to strike
small objects, such as highway
reflectors, with minor damage to your
vehicle rather than attempt a sudden
return to the pavement which could
cause the vehicle to slide sideways out
of control or rollover. Remember, your
safety and the safety of others should
be your primary concern.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck
WARNING: Apply the parking
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: If the parking brake is
fully released, but the brake warning
lamp remains illuminated, the brakes
may not be working properly. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: Do not spin the wheels
at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The tires may
fail and injure a passenger or bystander.
208
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow
you can rock it out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
If your vehicle comes with AdvanceTrac®
with Roll Stability Control™, it could be
beneficial to disengage the AdvanceTrac®
with Roll Stability Control™ system while
attempting to rock the vehicle.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission could occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than
a few minutes or damage to the
transmission and tires could occur or the
engine could overheat.
Emergency Maneuvers
• In an unavoidable emergency situation
where a sudden sharp turn must be
made, remember to avoid
"over-driving" your vehicle (for
example, turn the steering wheel only
as rapidly and as far as required to
avoid the emergency). Excessive
steering can result in less vehicle
control, not more. Additionally, smooth
variations of the accelerator and/or
brake pedal pressure should be utilized
if changes in vehicle speed are called
for. Avoid abrupt steering, acceleration
or braking which could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle control,
vehicle rollover and/or personal injury.
Use all available road surface to return
the vehicle to a safe direction of travel.
• In the event of an emergency stop,
avoid skidding the tires and do not
attempt any sharp steering wheel
movements.
• If the vehicle goes from one type of
surface to another (i.e., from concrete
to gravel) there is a change in the way
the vehicle responds to a maneuver
(steering, acceleration or braking).
Again, avoid these abrupt inputs.
Sand
When driving over sand, try to keep all four
wheels on the most solid area of the trail.
Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift
to a lower gear and drive steadily through
the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly
and avoid spinning the wheels.
Avoid excessive speed because vehicle
momentum can work against you and
cause the vehicle to become stuck to the
point that assistance could be required
from another vehicle. Remember, you
could be able to back out the way you
came if you proceed with caution.
Mud and Water
If you must drive through high water, drive
slowly. Traction or brake capability could
be limited.
Note: Driving through deep water could
damage your vehicle.
When driving through water, determine the
depth; avoid water higher than the bottom
of the hubs (if possible) and proceed
slowly. If the ignition system gets wet, the
vehicle could stall.
209
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Once through water, always try the brakes.
Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as
effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be
improved by moving your vehicle slowly
while applying light pressure on the brake
pedal.
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle
speed or direction when you are driving in
mud. Even 4WD vehicles can lose traction
in slick mud. As when you are driving over
sand, apply the accelerator slowly and
avoid spinning your wheels. If the vehicle
does slide, steer in the direction of the slide
until you regain control of the vehicle.
After driving through mud, clean off residue
stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires.
Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating
driveshafts causes an imbalance that
could damage drive components.
E143950
“Tread Lightly” is an educational program
designed to increase public awareness of
land-use regulations and responsibilities
in our nations wilderness areas. Ford Motor
Company joins the U.S. Forest Service and
the Bureau of Land Management in
encouraging you to help preserve our
national forest and other public and private
lands by “treading lightly.”
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain
Although natural obstacles could make it
necessary to travel diagonally up or down
a hill or steep incline, you should always
try to drive straight up or straight down.
Note: Avoid driving crosswise or turning on
steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing
traction, slipping sideways and possibly
rolling over. Whenever driving on a hill,
determine beforehand the route you will
use. Do not drive over the crest of a hill
without seeing what conditions are on the
other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill
without the aid of an observer.
When climbing a steep slope or hill, start
in a lower gear rather than downshifting to
a lower gear from a higher gear once the
ascent has started. This reduces strain on
the engine and the possibility of stalling.
If you do stall out, do not try to turn around
because you might roll over. It is better to
back down to a safe location.
Apply just enough power to the wheels to
climb the hill. Too much power can cause
the tires to slip, spin or lose traction,
resulting in loss of vehicle control.
E143949
Descend a hill in the same gear you would
use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive
brake application and brake overheating.
Do not descend in neutral; instead,
disengage overdrive or manually shift to a
lower gear. When descending a steep hill,
avoid sudden hard braking as you could
lose control. The front wheels have to be
turning in order to steer the vehicle.
210
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, therefore
apply the brakes steadily. Do not “pump”
the brakes.
Driving on Snow and Ice
WARNING: If you are driving in
slippery conditions that require tire
chains or cables, then it is critical that
you drive cautiously. Keep speeds down,
allow for longer stopping distances and
avoid aggressive steering to reduce the
chances of a loss of vehicle control
which can lead to serious injury or death.
If the rear end of your vehicle slides while
cornering, steer in the direction of the
slide until you regain control of your
vehicle.
Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause
driveline damage.
4WD vehicles have advantages over 2WD
vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like
any other vehicle.
Should you start to slide while driving on
snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel
in the direction of the slide until you regain
control.
Avoid sudden applications of power and
quick changes of direction on snow and
ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and
steadily when starting from a full stop.
Avoid sudden braking as well. Although a
4WD vehicle could accelerate better than
a two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice,
it will not stop any faster, because as in
other vehicles, braking occurs at all four
wheels. Do not become overconfident as
to road conditions.
Make sure you allow sufficient distance
between you and other vehicles for
stopping. Drive slower than usual and
consider using one of the lower gears. In
emergency stopping situations, apply the
brake steadily. Since your vehicle comes
with a four wheel (ABS), do not “pump”
the brakes. See Hints on Driving With
Anti-Lock Brakes (page 214).
Maintenance and Modifications
The suspension and steering systems on
your vehicle have been designed and
tested to provide predictable performance
whether loaded or empty and durable load
carrying capability. For this reason, we
strongly recommend that you do not make
modifications such as adding or removing
parts (such as lowering kits or stabilizer
bars) or by using replacement parts not
equivalent to the original factory
equipment.
Any modifications to a vehicle that raise
the center of gravity can make it more likely
the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss
of control. We strongly recommend that
caution be used with any vehicle equipped
with a high load or device (such as ladder
or luggage racks).
Failure to maintain your vehicle properly
could void the warranty, increase your
repair cost, reduce vehicle performance
and operational capabilities and adversely
affect driver and passenger safety.
Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis
components is recommended if the vehicle
is subjected to off-highway usage.
211
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL
This axle provides added traction on
slippery surfaces, particularly when one
wheel is on a poor traction surface. Under
normal conditions, the limited-slip axle
functions like a standard rear axle. The axle
may exhibit a slight noise or vibration
during tight turns with low vehicle speed.
This is normal behavior and indicates the
axle is working.
212
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Rear Axle
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out and an
authorized dealer should check them. If the
vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder
in the steering wheel while braking, an
authorized dealer should check your vehicle.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels
(page 345).
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Switch the engine off, move the
transmission to park (P) and apply the
parking brake. Inspect the accelerator
pedal and the area around it for any items
or debris that may be obstructing its
movement. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.
Emergency Brake Assist
Emergency brake assist detects when you
brake heavily by measuring the rate at
which you press the brake pedal. It
provides maximum braking efficiency as
long as you press the pedal. Emergency
brake assist can reduce stopping distances
in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily
illuminates when you switch the
ignition on or apply the parking
brake. If the light does not illuminate
during start up, remains on or flashes,
except when you switch the ignition on or
apply the parking brake, the anti-lock
braking system may be disabled. Have the
system checked by an authorized dealer.
If the anti-lock brake system is disabled,
normal braking is still effective. See
Warning Lamps and Indicators (page
106).
Note: Indicators vary depending on region.
E270480
This lamp also illuminates
momentarily when you switch
the ignition on or apply the
parking brake to confirm the
lamp is working. If it does not
illuminate when you switch the
ignition on, apply the parking brake, or if it
begins to flash at any time, have the
system checked by an authorized dealer.
If the brake warning lamp illuminates with
the parking brake released, have the
system checked immediately.
Regenerative Braking System
This feature is used to simulate the engine
braking of an internal combustion engine
and assist the standard brake system while
recovering some of the energy of motion
and storing it in the battery to improve fuel
economy. The standard brake system is
designed to fully stop the car if
regenerative braking is not available.
During regenerative braking, the motor is
213
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Brakes
spun as a generator to create electrical
current. This recharges the battery and
slows the vehicle. In effect, once the
accelerator pedal is released, the motor
changes from an energy user to an energy
producer.
When you release the accelerator pedal or
press the brake pedal, the brake controller
automatically detects the amount of
deceleration requested and optimizes how
much of the deceleration will be produced
by regenerative braking. The remaining
portion is generated by standard friction
braking. When the battery is almost fully
charged, the amount of regenerative
braking is limited to avoid overcharging,
and the requested deceleration is
produced by standard friction braking
alone.
Regenerative braking does not take the
place of the standard friction brakes; it only
assists them. Regenerative braking has
also been designed to interact with the
anti-lock brake system. Regenerative
braking is disabled when the anti-lock
brake system is activated or the battery is
fully charged.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
The anti-lock brake system does not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
Note: If the system activates, the brake
pedal could pulse and may travel further.
Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You
may also hear a noise from the system. This
is normal.
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
WARNING: Always fully apply the
parking brake and make sure you shift
into park (P). Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: If you drive extended
distances with the parking brake applied,
you could cause damage to the brake
system.
WARNING: The electric parking
brake does not operate if the vehicle
battery is running out of charge.
Your vehicle has an electric parking brake.
You operate it with a switch instead of a
lever. The switch is on the center console
or to the left-hand side of the steering
wheel, on the lower part of the instrument
panel.
Note: The electric parking brake makes
noises during operation. This is normal.
Applying the Electric Parking
Brake
E267156
Pull the switch upward.
E270480
The red warning lamp flashes
during operation and illuminates
when the parking brake is
applied.
Note: It remains illuminated for a short
period of time after you switch the ignition
off.
214
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Brakes
If it continues to flash or does not
illuminate, the system has malfunctioned.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Note: You can apply the electric parking
brake when the ignition is off.
Note: The electric parking brake could
automatically apply when you shift into park
(P). See Transmission (page 200).
Applying the Electric Parking Brake in
an Emergency
Note: Do not apply the electric parking
brake when your vehicle is moving, except
in an emergency. If you repeatedly use the
electric parking brake to slow or stop your
vehicle, you could cause damage to the
brake system.
You can use the electric parking brake to
slow or stop your vehicle in an emergency.
E267156
Pull the switch upward and hold
it.
E270480
The red warning lamp
illuminates, a tone sounds and
the stoplamps turn on.
The electric parking brake continues to
slow your vehicle down unless you release
the switch.
Manually Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake
Switch the ignition on.
Press and hold the brake pedal.
E267156
Push the switch downward.
E270480
The red warning lamp turns off.
If it remains illuminated or flashes, the
system has malfunctioned. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Pulling Away on a Hill When Towing a
Trailer
Press and hold the brake pedal.
E267156
Pull the switch upward and hold
it.
Shift into gear.
Press the accelerator pedal until engine
has developed sufficient torque to prevent
your vehicle from rolling down the hill.
E267156
Release the switch and pull
away in a normal manner.
Automatically Releasing the
Electric Parking Brake
Close the driver door.
Shift into gear.
Press the accelerator pedal and pull away
in a normal manner.
E270480
The red warning lamp turns off.
If it remains illuminated or flashes, the
electric parking brake has not released.
Manually release the parking brake.
215
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Brakes
Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake if the Vehicle Battery is
Running Out of Charge
Connect a booster battery to the vehicle
battery to release the electric parking brake
if the vehicle battery is running out of
charge. See Jump Starting the Vehicle
(page 297).
HILL START ASSIST
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you
leave your vehicle, always apply the
parking brake.
WARNING: You must remain in
your vehicle when the system turns on.
At all times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system will turn
off if a malfunction is apparent or if you
rev the engine excessively. Failure to take
care may result in the loss of control of
your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle
remains stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows time to move your foot
from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
The system releases the brakes
automatically once the engine has
developed sufficient torque to prevent your
vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
a parking space.
The system activates on any slope that
causes your vehicle to roll.
Note: There is no warning light to indicate
the system is either on or off.
Using Hill Start Assist
1. Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed and shift into
first gear when facing uphill or reverse
(R) when facing downhill.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system activates
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle remains on
the slope without rolling away for
about two to three seconds. This hold
time automatically extends if you are
in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
system releases the brakes
automatically.
Note: When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal and press the pedal again when
the system is active, you will experience
significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This
is normal.
Switching the System On and Off
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
You can switch this feature on or off in the
information display. The system
remembers the last setting when you start
your vehicle.
216
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Brakes
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
You cannot turn the system on or off.
When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.
AUTO HOLD
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you
leave your vehicle, always apply the
parking brake.
WARNING: You must remain in
your vehicle when the system turns on.
At all times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system turns off if
there is a malfunction.
The system is designed to apply the brakes
to hold your vehicle at a standstill after you
stop your vehicle and release the brake
pedal. This could be beneficial in certain
situations, for example when waiting on a
hill or in traffic.
Switching Auto Hold On and Off
E297843
Press the button on the center
console. The button illuminates
when you switch the system on.
Note: You can only switch the system on
after you close the driver door, and start the
engine.
Note: The system remembers the last
setting when you start your vehicle.
Make sure you switch the system off before
towing with your vehicle or before using an
automatic car wash.
Using Auto Hold
1. Use the brakes to bring your vehicle to
a complete stop. The auto hold active
indicator illuminates in the information
display.
2. Release the brake pedal. The system
holds your vehicle at a standstill. The
auto hold active indicator remains
illuminated in the information display.
Note: The system only activates if you
apply enough brake pressure. If your vehicle
is on a steep slope, you might need to press
the brake pedal harder before the system
activates.
Note: Under certain conditions, the system
could apply the electric parking brake. The
brake system warning lamp illuminates. The
electric parking brake releases when you
press the accelerator pedal. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 214).
Note: If auto-start-stop turns off the
engine, auto hold remains active.
Note: The system deactivates if you shift
into reverse (R) and press the brake pedal.
3. Pull away in the normal manner. The
system releases the brakes and the
auto hold active indicator turns off.
Auto Hold Indicator
The auto hold indicator illuminates in the
information display when the system is on
and is either active or unavailable.
E197933
Illuminates when the system is
active. Your vehicle remains
stationary after you release the
brake pedal.
E197934
Illuminates when the system is
on but unavailable to hold your
vehicle at a standstill.
217
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Brakes
The system could be unavailable when any
of the following occur:
• During an active park assist maneuver.
• Your vehicle is in stay in neutral mode.
• The driver door is open.
• You shift into reverse (R) before the
system is active.
218
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Brakes
WHAT IS REVERSE BRAKING
ASSIST
E205199
Reverse braking assist design is to reduce
impact damage or assists in avoiding a
collision by using the sensors on the rear
of your vehicle to detect a possible
collision and applies the brakes. The
system functions when in reverse (R) and
traveling at a speed of 1–7 mph
(1.5–12 km/h).
If the system detects an obstacle behind
your vehicle, it provides a warning through
the rear parking aid or cross traffic alert
system.
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in
reverse (R) and when using the sensing
system.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due
care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems,
inclement weather, air brakes, external
motors and fans may affect the correct
operation of the sensing system. This
may cause reduced performance or false
alerts.
WARNING: Some situations and
objects prevent hazard detection. For
example low or direct sunlight, inclement
weather, unconventional vehicle types,
and pedestrians. Apply the brakes when
necessary. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with accessories that extend beyond the
front or rear of your vehicle, for example
a trailer hitch or bike rack. The system is
not able to make corrections for the
additional length of the accessories.
The system only applies the brakes for a
short period of time when an event occurs.
Act as soon as you notice the brakes apply
in order to remain in control of the vehicle.
Note: Certain add-on devices around the
bumper or fascia may create false alerts.
For example, large trailer hitches, bicycle or
surfboard racks, license plate brackets,
bumper covers or any other device that may
block the normal detection zone of the
system. Remove the add-on device to
prevent false alerts.
Note: The system does not react to small
or moving objects, particularly those close
to the ground.
219
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Reverse Braking Assist (If Equipped)
Note: The system does not operate during
hard acceleration or steering.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia leaving it misaligned
or bent, it could alter the sensing zone
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alerts.
Note: Vehicle loading and suspension
changes can impact the angle of the sensors
and may change the normal detection zone
of the system resulting in inaccurate
measurement of obstacles or false alerts.
Note: When you connect a trailer, the
system may detect the trailer and provide
an alert, or the system turns off. If the
system does not turn off, switch the system
off manually after you connect the trailer.
Note: You may experience reduced system
performance on road surfaces that limit
deceleration. For example, roads with ice,
loose gravel, mud or sand.
SWITCHING REVERSE
BRAKING ASSIST ON AND OFF
You can switch the system on or off
through the touchscreen. See Settings
(page 458).
Note: The system is unavailable when rear
parking aid or cross traffic alert is off.
OVERRIDING REVERSE
BRAKING ASSIST
There could be instances when
unexpected or unwanted braking occurs.
Firmly pressing the accelerator pedal or
switching the feature off overrides the
system.
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST
INDICATORS
If the system determines that a collision
with an obstacle may occur, full braking
may apply. Bring your vehicle to a stop a
safe distance away from the obstacle.
E293490
A message and warning
indicator appear when the
system applies the brakes.
220
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Reverse Braking Assist (If Equipped)
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST – TROUBLESHOOTING
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Make sure that all doors, liftgate and hood
are closed. Drive the vehicle on a straight
road for a short period. Make sure the
parking aids and cross traffic alert systems
are on. If the message remains on, have the
system checked as soon as possible.
Reverse Brake Assist Not Available See
Manual
Displays when a system error has occurred.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Reverse Brake Assist Fault
Displays when reverse brake assist is off.Reverse Brake Assist Off
221
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Reverse Braking Assist (If Equipped)
REVERSE BRAKING ASSIST –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Note: If the frequently asked questions and
answers that are shown in the following
chart do not assist you in returning the
system to available, contact an authorized
dealer to have the system checked for
proper operation.
Why is the system off?
Make sure you switch the system on.
See Switching Reverse Braking
Assist On and Off (page 220).
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure that the liftgate and all
doors are closed.
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure the cross traffic alert
system is on. See Cross Traffic Alert
(page 267).
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure the rear parking aid system
is on. See Rear Parking Aid (page
229).
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure traction control is on. See
Using Traction Control (page 223).
Why is the system unavailable?
The vehicle has sustained a rear end
impact. Contact an authorized dealer
to have the sensors checked for proper
coverage and operation.
Why is the system unavailable?
An ABS, traction control or stability
control event may have occurred. The
system resumes operation when the
event is complete.
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure the rear view camera and
360 degree camera are not dirty or
obstructed. If it is dirty, clean the
camera. See Rear View Camera
(page 237). See 360 Degree Camera
(page 240). If the message still appears
after cleaning the camera, wait a short
time and the message should clear. If
the message does not clear, contact
an authorized dealer.
Why is the system unavailable?
Make sure the sensors are not blocked
or faulted. See Cross Traffic Alert
(page 267). See Rear Parking Aid
(page 229).
Why is the system unavailable?
You recently had your vehicle serviced,
or the battery disconnected. Drive your
vehicle a short distance to resume
system operation.
Why does the system turn off when I
connect a trailer?
The system does not function when
you connect a trailer. Operation
resumes when you disconnect the
trailer.
222
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Reverse Braking Assist (If Equipped)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
WARNING: Operating your vehicle
with the traction control disabled could
lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off
When you switch the system off or on, a
message appears in the information
display showing system status.
You can switch the system off by using the
switch.
Using a Switch (If Equipped)
Use the traction control switch on the
center console near the shifter to switch
the system off or on.
E297971
The traction control switch.
System Indicator Lights and
Messages
E138639
The stability and traction control
light:
• Temporarily illuminates on engine
start-up.
• Flashes when a driving condition
activates either of the systems.
• Illuminates if a problem occurs in either
of the systems.
E130458
The stability and traction control
off light temporarily illuminates
on engine start-up and stays on
when you switch the traction control
system off.
223
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Vehicle modifications
involving braking system, aftermarket
roof racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of your vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the electronic
stability control system. In addition,
installing any stereo loudspeakers may
interfere with and adversely affect the
electronic stability control system. Install
any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as
far as possible from the front center
console, the tunnel, and the front seats
in order to minimize the risk of interfering
with the electronic stability control
sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of
the electronic stability control system
could lead to an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: Remember that even
advanced technology cannot defy the
laws of physics. It’s always possible to
lose control of a vehicle due to
inappropriate driver input for the
conditions. Aggressive driving on any
road condition can cause you to lose
control of your vehicle increasing the risk
of personal injury or property damage.
Activation of the electronic stability
control system is an indication that at
least some of the tires have exceeded
their ability to grip the road; this could
reduce the operator’s ability to control
the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss
of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. If your
electronic stability control system
activates, SLOW DOWN.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or the traction control
system you may experience the following
conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
flashes.
• Your vehicle slows down.
• Reduced engine power.
• A vibration in the brake pedal.
• The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
• If the driving condition is severe and
your foot is not on the brake, the brake
pedal may move as the systems
applies higher brake forces.
The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent skids or lateral slides by
applying brakes to one or more of the
wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Roll Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent rollovers by detecting your
vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which
it changes by applying the brakes to one
or more wheels individually.
Curve Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to follow the road when cornering severely
or avoiding objects in the roadway. Curve
Control operates by reducing engine power
and, if necessary, applying brakes to one
or more of the wheels individually.
224
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Stability Control
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
Using Traction Control (page 223).
E72903
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
USING STABILITY CONTROL
Electronic Stability Control - Base
Model
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
You cannot switch the stability control and
roll stability control systems off, but when
you shift into reverse (R), the systems
deactivate.
You can switch the traction control system
off or on. See Using Traction Control
(page 223).
Electronic Stability Control - ST
Model
E138639
The system turns on each time
you switch the ignition on. You
can switch off the traction
control portion of the system
independently. See Using Traction
Control (page 223).
225
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Stability Control
ESC Features for ST model
Traction Control
System
Electronic
Stability Control
Stability Control
Off Light
ModeButton Func-
tions
EnabledEnabledOn during bulb
check
Default - Trac-
tion Control On
and Normal
AdvanceTrac
Default at start-
up
DisabledEnabledOnTraction Control
Off
Button
momentarily
pressed - single
press
DisabledDisabledOnAdvanceTrac
Off
Button pressed
and held for five
seconds
EnabledEnabledOffReturn to
Default
Button pressed
when in Trac-
tion Control Off
or AdvanceTrac
Off
Note: Do not use the AdvanceTrac Off
setting on public roadways.
226
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Stability Control
WHAT IS HILL DESCENT
CONTROL
WARNING: Hill descent control
cannot control descent in all surface
conditions and circumstances, such as
ice or extremely steep grades. Hill
descent control is a driver assist system
and cannot substitute for good judgment
by the driver. Failure to do so may result
in loss of vehicle control, crash or serious
injury.
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you
leave your vehicle, always apply the
parking brake and shift the transmission
into park (P) for automatic transmission
or first gear for manual transmission.
Note: The system does not function below
3 mph (5 km/h).
Hill descent control allows the driver to set
and maintain vehicle speed while
descending steep slopes in various surface
conditions.
The system can maintain vehicle speeds
on downhill slopes between 3–20 mph
(5–32 km/h). Above 20 mph (32 km/h),
the system remains on but the descent
speed cannot be set or maintained.
The system requires a cool down interval
after a period of sustained use. The
amount of time that the system can
remain active before cooling varies with
conditions. The system provides a warning
in the message center and a tone sounds
when the system is about to disengage for
cooling. At this time, manually apply the
brakes as needed to maintain descent
speed.
SWITCHING HILL DESCENT
CONTROL ON AND OFF
Press the button on the center
console. A light illuminates in the
control and a tone sounds when
the system is active.
SETTING THE HILL DESCENT
SPEED
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you
leave your vehicle, always apply the
parking brake and shift the transmission
into park (P) for automatic transmission
or first gear for manual transmission.
WARNING: The system does not
control speed in low traction conditions
or extremely steep slopes. The system
is designed to be an aid and does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
To increase the descent speed, press the
accelerator pedal until you reach the speed
you prefer.
To decrease the descent speed, press the
brake pedal until you reach the speed you
prefer.
When you reach the speed you prefer,
either by accelerating or decelerating,
remove your feet from the pedals. The
system maintains the chosen vehicle
speed.
227
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Hill Descent Control
HILL DESCENT CONTROL
INDICATOR
Illuminates when you switch hill
descent control on.
228
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Hill Descent Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in
reverse (R) and when using the sensing
system.
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems,
inclement weather, air brakes, external
motors and fans may affect the correct
operation of the sensing system. This
may cause reduced performance or false
alerts.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground.
Note: If your vehicle has MyKey™, the
sensing system cannot be switched off
when a MyKey™ is present. See Principle
of Operation (page 64).
Note: Keep the sensors on the bumper or
fascia free from snow, ice and large
accumulations of dirt. If the sensors are
covered, the system’s accuracy can be
affected. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned
or bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alerts.
Note: Certain add-on devices installed
around the bumper or fascia may create
false alerts. For example, large trailer
hitches, bike or surfboard racks, license plate
brackets, bumper covers or any other device
that may block the normal detection zone
of the system. Remove the add-on device
to prevent false alerts.
Note: When you connect a trailer to your
vehicle, the rear parking aid may detect the
trailer and therefore provide an alert. Disable
the rear parking aid when you connect a
trailer to prevent the alert.
The sensing system warns the driver of
obstacles within a certain range of your
vehicle. The system turns on automatically
whenever you switch the ignition on.
You can switch the system off through the
touchscreen, information display or from
the pop-up message that appears once
you shift the transmission into reverse (R).
If your vehicle has a parking aid button, you
can switch the system off by pressing the
button.
If a fault is present in the system, a warning
message appears in the information
display. See Information Messages
(page 120).
REAR PARKING AID
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground.
229
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in
reverse (R) and when using the sensing
system.
WARNING: The parking aid system
can only assist you to detect objects
when your vehicle is moving at parking
speeds. To help avoid personal injury you
must take care when using the parking
aid system.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover up the sensors.
Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this may
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts.
Note: Some accessories, for example large
trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks, can
cause reduced performance or false alerts.
The sensors are on the rear bumper.
The sensors are active when the
transmission is in reverse (R) and the
vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
When the parking aid system sounds a
tone, the audio system may reduce the set
volume.
A warning tone sounds when your vehicle
approaches an object. As your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the rate of the
tone increases. The warning tone
continuously sounds when an object is 12 in
(30 cm) or less from the center of the rear
bumper.
Note: There is a decreased coverage area
at the outer corners.
E130178
The sensor coverage area is up to 70 in
(180 cm) from the rear bumper.
If the system detects a fault, a warning
message appears in the information
display.
The system detects large objects when
you shift into reverse (R) and any of the
following occur:
• Your vehicle is moving backward at low
speed.
• Your vehicle is stationary, but an object
is approaching the rear of your vehicle
at low speed.
• Your vehicle is moving backward at low
speed and an object is moving toward
your vehicle, for example another
vehicle, at low speed.
If your vehicle remains stationary for two
seconds, the audible warning turns off. If
your vehicle moves backward, the tone
sounds again.
Note: If the detected object is 12 in (30 cm)
or less from the rear bumper, the audible
warning does not turn off.
230
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)
E190459
The system provides object distance
indication through the information display.
• As the distance to the object
decreases, the indicator blocks
illuminate and move toward the vehicle
icon.
• If the system does not detect an object,
the distance indicator blocks are gray.
When you shift into reverse (R), the system
provides audible warnings and visual
indication when your vehicle is moving, and
the detected object is moving toward your
vehicle. When you stop your vehicle, the
audible warnings stop after two seconds.
Visual indication remains on when the
transmission is in reverse (R).
FRONT PARKING AID (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground.
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in
reverse (R) and when using the sensing
system.
WARNING: The parking aid system
can only assist you to detect objects
when your vehicle is moving at parking
speeds. To help avoid personal injury you
must take care when using the parking
aid system.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover up the sensors.
Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this may
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts.
Note: Some accessories, for example large
trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can
cause reduced performance or false alerts.
The sensors are on the front bumper.
The sensors are active when the
transmission is in any position other than
park (P). When the parking aid system
sounds a tone, the audio system may
reduce the set volume.
231
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
A warning tone sounds when your vehicle
approaches an object. As your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the rate of the
tone increases. The warning tone
continuously sounds when an object is 12 in
(30 cm) or less from the front bumper.
Note: There is a decreased coverage area
at the outer corners.
The system turns off when the vehicle
speed reaches 5 mph (8 km/h).
E187330
The sensor coverage area is up to 28 in
(70 cm) from the center of the bumper.
If the transmission is in reverse (R), the
system detects objects when your vehicle
is moving at low speed or an object is
moving toward your vehicle, for example
another vehicle at low speed. When you
stop your vehicle, the audible warning turns
off after two seconds.
If the transmission is in any forward gear,
the system provides audible warnings
when your vehicle is moving and an object
is within the detection area. When you stop
your vehicle, the audible warning turns off
after two seconds and the visual warning
turns off after four seconds.
If the system detects a fault, a warning
message appears in the information
display.
Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)
E190459
The system provides object distance
indication through the information display.
• As the distance to the object
decreases, the indicator blocks
illuminate and move toward the vehicle
icon.
• If there is no object detected, the
distance indicator blocks are gray.
When you shift into any forward gear, the
system provides audible warnings and
visual indication when your vehicle is
moving at a speed of approximately 5 mph
(8 km/h) or below and the system detects
an object within the detection zone. When
you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings
stop after two seconds and visual
indication stops after four seconds.
Note: If the detected object is 12 in (30 cm)
or less from your vehicle, visual indication
remains on.
232
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
When you shift into neutral (N), the system
only provides visual indication if your
vehicle is moving at a speed of
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or below,
for example, your vehicle is moving on a
slope, and the system detects an object
moving toward your vehicle. When you
stop your vehicle, visual indication stops
after four seconds.
SIDE SENSING SYSTEM (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground.
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in
reverse (R) and when using the sensing
system.
WARNING: The parking aid system
can only assist you to detect objects
when your vehicle is moving at parking
speeds. To help avoid personal injury you
must take care when using the parking
aid system.
The system uses the front and rear
outermost parking aid sensors to detect
objects that are near to the sides of your
vehicle. The system displays them on a
virtual map in the information display as
your vehicle moves past them.
The sensors are on the front and rear
bumpers.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover up the sensors.
Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this may
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts.
The system may not function if:
• You switch the ignition on, off and back
on within a few seconds.
• Your vehicle remains stationary for over
two minutes.
• The anti-lock brake system activates.
• The traction control system activates.
Note: If you switch traction control off, the
side sensing system also turns off.
Note: Some accessories, for example large
trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can
cause reduced performance or false alerts.
To reinitialize the system, you may have to
drive your vehicle approximately 10 ft
(3 m).
E190458
The sensor coverage area is up to 24 in
(60 cm) from the side of your vehicle.
233
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
When the system detects an object within
the coverage area and the driving path of
your vehicle, an audible warning sounds.
As your vehicle moves closer to the object,
the rate of the tone increases.
Note: The system does not detect an object
that is moving toward the side of your
vehicle, for example another vehicle moving
at low speed, if it does not pass a front or
rear sensor.
Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)
E190459
The system provides object distance
indication through the information display.
• As the distance to the object
decreases, the indicator blocks
illuminate and move toward the vehicle
icon.
• If there is no object detected, the
distance indicator blocks are gray.
When you shift into reverse (R), the system
provides audible warnings and a visual
indication when detected objects are
within 24 in (60 cm) and are inside the
driving path of your vehicle. When you stop
your vehicle, the audible warnings turn off
after two seconds.
When you shift into any forward gear, the
system provides audible warnings and a
visual indication when your vehicle is
moving at a speed of approximately 5 mph
(8 km/h) or below and the system detects
an object within the detection zone. When
you stop your vehicle, the audible warnings
turn off after two seconds and the visual
indication turns off after four seconds.
When you shift into neutral (N), the system
only provides a visual indication if your
vehicle is moving at a speed of
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or below.
For example, your vehicle is moving on a
slope, and the system detects an object
moving toward your vehicle. When you
stop your vehicle, the visual indication
turns off after four seconds.
If the system is not available, the side
distance indicator blocks do not display.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: You must remain in
your vehicle when the system turns on.
At all times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The sensors may not
detect objects in heavy rain or other
conditions that cause interference.
234
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
The system assists parking into and out of
parking spaces. It uses sensors to detect
parking spaces. The system then steers,
accelerates, brakes and shifts gear as
required to maneuver into or out of a
parking space.
Using Active Park Assist
E146186
The parking button is near the
transmission selector on the
center console.
Press the parking button to bring up full
screen notifications. Press either the
parking button or the soft keys on the
display screen to switch between Parallel
Park In, Perpendicular Park In or Parallel
Park Out parking modes.
Driving into a Parking Space
Note: When parking perpendicularly, the
system backs your vehicle into parking
spaces.
1. Press the active park assist button.
Note: The system does not recognize
parking space lines and centers your vehicle
between objects.
Note: The system detects other vehicles
and curbs to find a parking space.
Note: The system searches for parallel
parking spaces on the passenger side. Press
the active park assist button again to make
the system search for perpendicular spaces.
2. Use the direction indicator lever to
search for a parking space on the driver
or passenger side of your vehicle.
3. Drive your vehicle approximately 3 ft
(1 m) away from and parallel to the
other parked vehicles when searching
for a parking space.
Note: A tone sounds and a message
appears in the information display when
active park assist finds a suitable parking
space.
4. Press and hold the brake pedal.
5. Release the steering wheel and shift
into neutral (N).
6. Press and hold the active park assist
button.
7. Release the brake pedal to allow the
vehicle to park.
Note: When parallel parking between
objects, the system parks closer to the
object in front of your vehicle to allow easier
access to your luggage compartment.
Note: When perpendicular parking, the
system aligns the front end of your vehicle
with the object next to it.
Note: When perpendicular parking, if the
system detects only one object, it allows
enough distance to open the door on either
side.
Note: You can slow down your vehicle at
any time by pressing the brake pedal.
Note: When parking is complete the vehicle
shifts into park (P).
Leaving a Parking Space
The system assists leaving only parallel
parking spaces.
1. Press the active park assist button.
2. Use the direction indicator lever to
choose the direction to leave.
3. Press and hold the brake pedal.
235
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
4. Release the steering wheel and shift
into neutral (N).
5. Release the parking brake.
6. Press and hold the active park assist
button.
7. Release the brake pedal to allow the
vehicle to move.
Note: You can slow down your vehicle at
any time by pressing the brake pedal.
Note: After the system drives your vehicle
to a position where you can exit the parking
space in a forward movement, a message
appears instructing you to take full control
of your vehicle.
Canceling Active Park Assist
To cancel parking assistance at any time,
shift out of neutral (N).
Note: If you turn the steering wheel or open
the driver door the parking assistance also
cancels.
Pausing Active Park Assist
To pause parking assistance at any time,
release the active park assist button.
The vehicle stops moving until you press
and hold the active park assist button
again.
Note: If you open the passenger or rear
doors the parking assistance also pauses.
Active Park Assist Troubleshooting
Possible CauseSymptom
The system is unable to detect a vehicle, curb or object
to park next to, or in-between. This could occur because
of sensors not operating correctly, not enough room
for your vehicle, or the traction control is off.
The system does not correctly
operate.
You may have switched traction control off.The system does not search for
a parking space.
The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must
be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space.
There could be blockage on the sensors. For example,
snow, ice or large accumulations of dirt. Blocked
sensors can affect how the system functions.
The system does not offer a
parking space.
The sensors in the front or rear bumper could be
damaged.
There is not enough room in the parking space for your
vehicle to safely park.
There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on
the opposite side of the parking space.
The parking space is more than 5 ft (1.5 m) or less than
2 ft (0.5 m) away.
236
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
Possible CauseSymptom
The vehicle speed is greater than 22 mph (35 km/h)
for parallel parking or greater than 19 mph (30 km/h)
for perpendicular parking.
You recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After
you reconnect the battery you must drive your vehicle
on a straight road for a short period of time.
An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the
system from correctly aligning your vehicle.
The system does not correctly
position your vehicle in a
parking space.
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be
correctly parked.
Your vehicle stopped too far past the parking space.
The tires may not be correctly installed or maintained.
For example, not inflated correctly, improper size, or of
different sizes.
A repair or alteration changes the detection capabilities.
A parked vehicle has a high attachment. For example,
a salt sprayer, snowplow or moving truck bed.
The parking space length or position of parked objects
changes after your vehicle passes the space.
You are using a spare tire or a tire more significantly
worn than the other tires.
The temperature around your vehicle quickly changes.
For example, driving from a heated garage into cold
outside temperature, or after leaving a car wash.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNING: The rear view camera
system is a reverse aid supplement
device that still requires the driver to use
it in conjunction with the interior and
exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close
to either corner of the bumper or under
the bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.
WARNING: Reverse your vehicle
slowly. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
237
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
WARNING: Use caution when the
rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo
door is ajar, the camera will be out of
position and the video image may be
incorrect. All guidelines disappear when
the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: Use caution when
turning camera features on or off when
the transmission is not in park (P). Make
sure your vehicle is not moving.
Note: Some vehicles may not come
equipped with guidelines.
The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind your
vehicle.
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’ s path
and proximity to objects behind your
vehicle.
E253742
The camera is located on the luggage
compartment door.
Using the Rear View Camera
System
The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R).
Note: The reverse sensing system is not
effective at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h)
and may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
The system uses three types of guides to
help you see what is behind your vehicle:
• Active guidelines (if equipped): Show
the intended path of your vehicle when
reversing.
• Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
your vehicle is moving in while reversing
in a straight line. This can be helpful
when backing into a parking space or
aligning your vehicle with another
object behind you.
• Centerline: Helps align the center of
your vehicle with an object (for
example, a trailer).
Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R)
and the luggage compartment door or
liftgate is open, no rear view camera
features will display.
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what you are towing. This might not provide
adequate coverage as it usually provides in
normal operation and some objects might
not be seen. In some vehicles, the guidelines
may disappear when you connect the trailer
tow connector.
The camera may not operate correctly
under the following conditions:
• Nighttime or dark areas if one or both
reverse lamps are not operating.
• Mud, water or debris obstructs the
camera's view. Clean the lens with a
soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive
cleaner. You can also use the rear
washer to clean the camera. See Rear
Window Wiper and Washers (page
86).
• The rear of your vehicle is hit or
damaged, causing the camera to
become misaligned.
238
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
Camera System Settings
The rear view camera system settings can
be accessed through the touchscreen. See
Settings (page 458).
Camera Guidelines
Note: Active guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
A B C D
F
E
E142436
Active guidelines (If equipped)A
CenterlineB
Fixed guideline: Green zoneC
Fixed guideline: Yellow zoneD
Fixed guideline: Red zoneE
Rear bumperF
Active guidelines are only shown with fixed
guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn
the steering wheel to point the guidelines
toward an intended path. If you change
the steering wheel position while reversing,
your vehicle might deviate from the original
intended path.
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guidelines do not
display when the steering wheel position
is straight.
Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of the vehicle.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If
Equipped)
E190459
239
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
The system will provide an image of your
vehicle and the sensor zones. The zones
will highlight green, yellow and red when
the parking aid sensors detect an object in
the coverage area.
Manual Zoom
WARNING: When manual zoom is
on, the full area behind your vehicle may
not show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: When you enable manual zoom, only
the centerline is shown.
Selectable settings for this feature are
Zoom in (+) and Zoom out (-). Press the
symbol in the camera screen to change the
view. The default setting is Zoom OFF.
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind your vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only
active while the transmission is in reverse
(R).
Rear Camera Delay
Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF.
The default setting for the rear camera
delay is OFF.
When shifting the transmission out of
reverse (R) and into any gear other than
park (P), the camera image remains in the
display until:
• Your vehicle speed reaches
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
• You shift your vehicle into park (P).
360 DEGREE CAMERA (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: The 360 degree
camera system still requires the driver
to use it in conjunction with looking out
of the windows, and checking the interior
and exterior mirrors for maximum
coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close
to either corner of the bumper or under
the bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.
WARNING: Use caution when
turning camera features on or off when
the transmission is not in park (P). Make
sure your vehicle is not moving.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
Note: Use caution using the 360 view when
any of the doors are ajar. If a door is ajar, the
camera becomes out of position and the
video image could be incorrect.
The 360 degree camera system consists
of front, side and rear cameras. The
system:
• Allows you to see what is directly in
front or behind your vehicle.
• Provides cross traffic view in front and
behind your vehicle.
240
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
• Allows you to see a top-down view of
the area outside your vehicle, including
the blind spots.
• Provides you with visibility around your
vehicle in parking maneuvers such as:
• Centering in a parking space.
• Obstacles near the vehicle.
• Parallel parking.
E205884
The front camera enable button
is near the display screen and
turns on the front camera when
your vehicle is not in reverse (R).
Using the System
Note: The 360 degree camera system turns
off when your vehicle is in motion at low
speed, except when in reverse (R).
The front and rear cameras have multiple
screens which consist of normal view with
360, normal view, and split view. When in
park (P), neutral (N) or drive (D), only the
front images display when you press the
button. When in reverse (R), only the rear
images display.
E224483
Press to access the different
camera views.
E224783
Normal + 360 view: Contains
the normal camera view next to
a 360 degree camera view.
E224784
Normal view: Provides an
image of what is directly in front
or behind your vehicle.
E224785
Split view: Provides an
extended view of what is in front
or behind your vehicle.
E224485
Zooms in on the image.
Keep Out Zone
E225016
The yellow dotted lines running parallel to
your vehicle represent the keep out zone.
Front Camera
WARNING: The front camera
system still requires the driver to use it
in conjunction with looking out of your
vehicle.
Note: The system turns off the front video
image when your vehicle is in motion at low
speeds, except when in reverse (R).
E188845
241
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
The front video camera is on the grille and
provides a video image of the area in front
of your vehicle. To use the front video
camera system, place the transmission in
any gear except reverse (R). An image
displays once you press the front camera
enable button. The image on the screen
may vary according to your vehicle's
orientation or road condition.
Side Camera
E231401
The side view camera, in the outside mirror,
provides a video image of the area on the
sides of your vehicle as part of the front
360 + normal view and rear 360 + normal
view. It aids you while parking your vehicle
either forward or backward.
242
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Parking Aids
WHAT IS CRUISE CONTROL
Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal.
Requirements
Use cruise control when the vehicle speed
is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h).
SWITCHING CRUISE CONTROL
ON AND OFF
WARNING: Do not use cruise
control on winding roads, in heavy traffic
or when the road surface is slippery. This
could result in loss of vehicle control,
serious injury or death.
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel.
Switching Cruise Control On
E71340
Press the button to put the
system in standby mode.
Switching Cruise Control Off
E71340
Press the button when in
standby mode or switch the
ignition off.
Note: When you switch cruise control off
the set speed clears.
SETTING THE CRUISE
CONTROL SPEED
WARNING: When you are going
downhill, your vehicle speed could
increase above the set speed. The
system does not apply the brakes.
Drive to the speed you prefer.
Press the toggle button upward
or downward to set the current
speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Note: The indicator changes color in the
information display.
Changing the Set Speed
Press and release the toggle
button upward to increase the
set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the toggle button upward
to accelerate. Release the button when
you have reached your preferred speed.
Press and release the toggle
button downward to decrease
the set speed in small
increments.
Press and hold the toggle button
downward to decelerate. Release the
button when you have reached your
preferred speed.
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
accelerator pedal, the set speed does not
change. When you release the accelerator
pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.
243
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
CANCELING THE SET SPEED
E280804
Press the button, or tap the
brake pedal to cancel the set
speed.
Note: The system remembers the set
speed.
Note: The system cancels if the vehicle
speed drops below 10 mph (16 km/h) under
the set speed when driving uphill.
RESUMING THE SET SPEED
Press the button.
CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATORS
E71340
Illuminates when you switch the
system on.
244
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
HOW DOES ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL WITH STOP AND GO
WORK
Adaptive cruise control with stop and go
uses radar and camera sensors to adjust
the speed of your vehicle to maintain a set
gap from the vehicle in front of you in the
same lane while following it to a complete
stop. You can also engage the system to
follow a vehicle in front of you and adjust
set speed while stopped.
WHAT IS ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL WITH LANE
CENTERING
Adaptive cruise control with lane centering
uses radar and camera sensors to help
keep your vehicle in the lane by applying
continuous assistance steering torque
input toward the lane center on highways.
Note: The adaptive cruise control gap
setting operates normally.
WHAT IS INTELLIGENT
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
Intelligent adaptive cruise control
combines speed sign recognition with
adaptive cruise control to adjust the cruise
set speed to the speed limit detected by
the speed sign recognition system. For
example, if the speed sign recognition
system detects a 50 mph (80 km/h)
speed limit, the cruise set speed is updated
to 50 mph (80 km/h) +/- the driver's
selected speed offset.
Note: The adaptive cruise control gap
setting operates normally.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS - VEHICLES
WITH: LANE CENTERING
Adaptive cruise control precautions apply
to lane centering unless stated otherwise
or contradicted by a lane centering
precaution. See Adaptive Cruise Control
Precautions (page 245).
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use the system
if any changes or modifications to the
steering wheel have been made. Any
changes or modifications to the steering
wheel could affect the functionality or
performance of the system. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS - VEHICLES
WITH: STOP AND GO
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
245
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
WARNING: Pay close attention to
changing road conditions such as
entering or leaving a highway, on roads
with intersections or roundabouts, roads
without visible lanes of travel, roads that
are winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep
slopes.
WARNING: The system does not
control speed in low traction conditions
or extremely steep slopes. The system
is designed to be an aid and does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: The system is not a
crash warning or avoidance system.
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer that has
aftermarket electronic trailer brake
controls. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes
other than those recommended because
this can affect the normal operation of
the system. Failure to do so may result
in a loss of vehicle control, which could
result in serious injury.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with a snow plow blade installed.
WARNING: Do not use the system
in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy
rain, spray or snow.
When Following a Vehicle
WARNING: When following a
vehicle that is braking, your vehicle does
not always decelerate quickly enough to
avoid a crash without driver intervention.
Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
Hilly Condition Usage
You should select a lower gear when the
system is active in situations such as
prolonged downhill driving on steep
grades, for example in mountainous areas.
The system needs additional engine
braking in these situations to reduce the
load on the vehicle’s regular brake system
to prevent it from overheating.
Note: An audible alarm sounds and the
system shuts down if it applies brakes for
an extended period of time. This allows the
brakes to cool. The system functions
normally again after the brakes cool.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
LIMITATIONS - VEHICLES
WITH: LANE CENTERING
Adaptive cruise control limitations apply
to lane centering unless stated otherwise
or contradicted by a lane centering
limitation. See Adaptive Cruise Control
Limitations (page 247).
The system may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
• The lane is too narrow or wide.
• The system does not detect at least
one lane marking or when lanes merge
or split.
• Limited steering torque input is applied.
246
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
• Areas under construction or new
infrastructure.
• When modifications to the steering
system have been made.
• When using a spare tire.
Note: The driving assistance torque is
limited and may not be sufficient for all
driving situations such as driving through
tight curves or driving through curves at high
speeds.
Note: In exceptional conditions, the system
may deviate from the center line.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
LIMITATIONS - VEHICLES
WITH: STOP AND GO
Sensor Limitations
WARNING: On rare occasions,
detection issues can occur due to the
road infrastructures, for example bridges,
tunnels and safety barriers. In these
cases, the system may brake late or
unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and intervening,
if required.
WARNING: If the system
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
WARNING: Large contrasts in
outside lighting can limit sensor
performance.
WARNING: The system only warns
of vehicles detected by the radar sensor.
In some cases there may be no warning
or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes
when necessary. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: The system may not
detect stationary or slow moving
vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h).
WARNING: The system does not
detect pedestrians or objects in the road.
WARNING: The system does not
detect oncoming vehicles in the same
lane.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from
obstruction.
WARNING: The sensor may
incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in
a false or missed warning.
E307893
The camera is mounted on the windshield
behind the interior mirror.
247
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
E307892
The radar sensor is in the lower grille.
Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is
behind a fascia panel.
Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of
dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors, aftermarket lights, additional
paint or plastic coatings could also degrade
sensor performance.
A message displays if something obstructs
the camera or the sensor. When something
blocks the sensor, the system cannot
detect a vehicle ahead and does not
function. See Adaptive Cruise Control
– Information Messages (page 254).
The radar sensor has a limited field of view.
It may not detect vehicles at all or detect
a vehicle later than expected in some
situations. The lead vehicle image does
not illuminate if the system does not
detect a vehicle in front of you.
Detection issues can occur:
E71621
When driving on a different line
than the vehicle in front.
A
With vehicles that edge into your
lane. The system can only detect
these vehicles once they move
fully into your lane.
B
There may be issues with the
detection of vehicles in front
when driving into and coming out
of a bend or curve in the road.
C
In these cases, the system may brake late
or unexpectedly.
If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs, the
radar-sensing zone may change. This could
cause missed or false vehicle detection.
248
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Optimal system performance requires a
clear view of the road by the
windshield-mounted camera.
Optimal performance may not occur if:
• The camera is blocked.
• There is poor visibility or lighting
conditions.
• There are bad weather conditions.
SWITCHING ADAPTIVE
CRUISE CONTROL ON AND OFF
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel. See Cruise Control (page 83).
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
On
E144529
Press the button to set the
system in standby mode.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the information display.
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
Off
E144529
Press the button when the
system is in standby mode, or
switch the ignition off.
Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.
Automatic Cancellation or
Deactivation
The system may cancel if:
• The tires lose traction.
• You apply the parking brake.
The system may cancel and set the parking
brake if:
• You unbuckle the seatbelt and open
the driver door after you stop your
vehicle.
• Your vehicle is at a stop continuously
for more than three minutes.
The system may turn off or prevent
activating when requested if:
• The vehicle has a blocked sensor.
• The brake temperature is too high.
• There is a failure in the system or a
related system.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE
CRUISE CONTROL SPEED
Drive to the speed you prefer.
Press the toggle button upward
or downward to set the current
speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the information display.
E255686
A vehicle image illuminates if there is a
vehicle detected in front of you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is
active, the speedometer may vary slightly
from the set speed displayed in the
information display.
249
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed
from a Complete Stop
Press the toggle button upward
or downward while keeping the
brake pedal fully pressed.
The set speed adjusts to 20 mph
(30 km/h).
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the information display.
Note: The system activates from a
complete stop only when it detects a lead
vehicle in close proximity.
Manually Changing the Set Speed
Press and release the toggle
button upward to increase the
set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the toggle button upward
to increase the set speed in large
increments. Release the button when the
set speed is equal to your desired speed.
Press and release the toggle
button downward to decrease
the set speed in small
increments.
Press and hold the toggle button
downward to decrease the set speed in
large increments. Release the button when
the set speed is equal to your desired
speed.
You can also press the accelerator or brake
pedal until you reach the speed you prefer.
Press the toggle button upward or
downward to select the current speed as
the set speed.
The system may apply the brakes to slow
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed continuously displays in the
information display when the system is
active.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE
CRUISE CONTROL GAP
Press the button to cycle
through the four gap settings.
E255686
The selected gap appears in the
instrument cluster display as shown by the
bars in the image.
Note: The gap setting is time dependent
and therefore, the distance adjusts with your
vehicle speed.
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions.
Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings
Dynamic
Behavior
Gap DistanceGraphic
Display,
Bars Indic-
ated
Between
Vehicles
Sport.Closest.1
Normal.Close.2
Normal.Medium.3
Comfort.Far.4
250
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Each time you switch the system on, it
selects the last chosen gap setting.
Following a Vehicle
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in
the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts
to maintain the gap setting.
Note: When you are following a vehicle and
you switch on a turn signal lamp, adaptive
cruise control may provide a small,
temporary acceleration to help you pass.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap
from the vehicle ahead until:
• The vehicle in front of you accelerates
to a speed above the set speed.
• The vehicle in front of you moves out
of the lane you are in.
• You set a new gap distance.
The system applies the brakes to slow
down your vehicle to maintain a safe gap
distance from the vehicle in front of you.
The system only applies limited braking.
You can override the system by applying
the brakes.
Note: The brakes may emit noise when
applied by the system.
If the system determines that its maximum
braking level is not sufficient, an audible
warning sounds, a message appears in the
instrument cluster display and an indicator
flashes when the system continues to
brake. Take immediate action.
CANCELING THE SET SPEED
E280804
Press the button or tap the brake
pedal.
The set speed does not erase.
RESUMING THE SET SPEED
Press the button.
Your vehicle speed returns to the
previously set speed and gap setting. The
set speed displays continuously in the
information display when the system is
active.
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of
the set speed and intend to return to it.
Resuming the Set Speed from a
Complete Stop
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to a
complete stop and remains stationary for
less than three seconds, your vehicle
accelerates from a stationary position to
follow the vehicle ahead.
If your vehicle follows a vehicle
to a complete stop and remains
stationary for more than three
seconds, press and release the button or
press the accelerator pedal to follow the
vehicle ahead.
OVERRIDING THE SET SPEED
WARNING: If you override the
system by pressing the accelerator
pedal, it does not automatically apply
the brakes to maintain a gap from any
vehicle ahead.
When you press the accelerator pedal, you
override the set speed and gap distance.
Use the accelerator pedal to intentionally
exceed the set speed limit.
251
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
When you override the system, the green
indicator illuminates and the vehicle icon
does not appear in the instrument cluster
display.
The system resumes operation when you
release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
speed decreases to the set speed, or a
lower speed if following a slower vehicle.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATORS - VEHICLES
WITH: INTELLIGENT ADAPTIVE
CRUISE CONTROL
E292490
A bracket appears around the set speed
and the detected speed limit sign in the
information display.
System Warnings
If the set speed is increased beyond the
speed limit or speed limit plus a positive
tolerance value, the set speed indicator
flashes.
The warning does not occur if:
• You override the set speed using the
accelerator pedal.
• The vehicle speed exceeds the set
speed due to being on a downhill slope.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATORS - VEHICLES
WITH: LANE CENTERING
E262175
Illuminates when you switch
lane centering on. The color of
the indicator changes to indicate
the system status.
Gray indicates the system is on but
inactive.
Green indicates the system is active and
applying assistance steering torque input
to keep your vehicle in the center of the
lane.
Amber with an audible tone and then gray
indicates a system auto-cancellation.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATORS - VEHICLES
WITH: STOP AND GO
E144529
Illuminates when you switch
adaptive cruise control on. The
color of the indicator changes to
indicate the system status.
White indicates the system is on but
inactive.
Green indicates that you set the speed and
the system is active.
SWITCHING FROM ADAPTIVE
CRUISE CONTROL TO CRUISE
CONTROL
WARNING: Normal cruise control
will not brake when your vehicle is
approaching slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have selected
and apply the brakes when necessary.
252
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Use the touchscreen to select the
following:
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Driver Assist.
3. Select Cruise Control.
4. Select Normal.
E71340
The cruise control indicator
replaces the adaptive cruise
control indicator if you select
normal cruise control. The gap setting
does not display, and the system does not
respond to lead vehicles. Automatic
braking remains active to maintain set
speed. The system remembers the last
setting when you start your vehicle.
SWITCHING LANE CENTERING
ON AND OFF
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel. See Cruise Control (page 82).
E262175
Press the button.
The indicator appears in the information
display. When the system is on, the color
of the indicator changes to indicate the
system status. See Adaptive Cruise
Control Indicators (page 252).
Note: Adaptive cruise control must be on
before you can switch lane centering on.
Activating Lane Centering
The system only activates when all of the
following occur:
• You have adaptive cruise control with
stop-and-go on.
• Your hands are on the steering wheel.
• The system detects both lane
markings.
Note: If it does not detect valid lane
markings, the system stays inactive until
valid markings are available.
You can override the system at any time
by steering your vehicle.
System Alerts and Automatic
Cancellation
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
When the system is active and detects no
steering activity for a certain period of time,
the system alerts you to put your hands on
the steering wheel. If you do not react to
the warnings the system cancels and slows
your vehicle down to idle speeds while
maintaining steering control.
The system also alerts you if your vehicle
crosses lane markings without detected
steering activity.
Note: The system may detect a light grip
or touch on the steering wheel as hands-off
driving.
When an external condition cancels the
system, for example, no lane markings
available, a tone sounds and a message
appears in the information display.
If your vehicle starts to slow
down, you must provide steering
input to the wheel and press and
release the button to regain full system
performance.
Automatic cancellation can also occur if:
• The lane becomes too wide or too
narrow.
• The system cannot detect valid lane
markings.
• Lane markings are crossed.
Note: The system disables until the next
key cycle if your vehicle slows down due to
driver inactivity twice within a key cycle.
253
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
SWITCHING INTELLIGENT
MODE ON AND OFF
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Cruise Control.
4. Press Intelligent.
Changing the Set Speed with
Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control
When intelligent mode is on, the system
adjusts the set speed to the speed limit
detected by the camera and the speed
limit information provided by the
navigation system.
Note: The set speed adjusts when the
system detects a different maximum speed
limit.
Note: The speed limit information provided
by the navigation map data may be
inaccurate or out of date. See Navigation
(page 449).
Note: The system alerts you if the set speed
increases beyond the speed limit. See
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators (page
252).
If the system does not detect a speed limit,
the vehicle speed remains at the current
set speed.
You can override the set speed at any time.
You may need to override or cancel the
system in certain situations such as
inclement weather or if an incorrect speed
is set.
Note: The system may not detect and read
speed limit signs with conditional
information, for example, when a sign is
flashing, during specific time ranges, or
when children are present.
Note: Under certain conditions, the system
may not adjust the vehicle speed until after
your vehicle passes the speed limit sign.
ADJUSTING THE SET SPEED
TOLERANCE
You can set a permanent speed tolerance
that is above or below the detected speed
limit.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Cruise Control.
4. Press Intelligent.
5. Press Tolerance.
6. Use + and - to set the tolerance.
Note: You cannot set the tolerance more
than 20 mph (30 km/h) above or below the
recognized speed.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
– TROUBLESHOOTING
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL –
INFORMATION MESSAGES -
VEHICLES WITH: LANE
CENTERING
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all
messages display or are available.
254
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Note: The system could abbreviate or
shorten certain messages depending upon
which cluster type you have.
ActionMessage
Make sure you return your hands to the steering wheel and
provide steering input.
Keep Hands on Steering
Wheel
Lane centering assist conditions exist preventing the system
from being available.
Lane Centering Assist
Not Available
The system is going to cancel and you must take control.Resume Control
Press the accelerator and follow the prompts.Press Accelerator Pedal
to Resume
255
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL –
INFORMATION MESSAGES -
VEHICLES WITH: INTELLIGENT
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all
messages display or are available.
Note: Certain messages may be
abbreviated or shortened depending upon
which cluster type you have.
ActionMessage
Conditions exist preventing the system from being available.Intelligent Cruise Control
Speed Sign Recognition
Not Available
256
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL –
INFORMATION MESSAGES -
VEHICLES WITH: STOP AND GO
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all
messages display or are available.
Note: The system could abbreviate or
shorten certain messages depending upon
which cluster type you have.
ActionMessage
A malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise from engaging.Adaptive Cruise
Malfunction
Front Sensor Not Aligned Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for
proper coverage and operation.
Conditions exist preventing the system from being available.Adaptive Cruise Not
Available
You have a blocked radar because of poor radar visibility due
to inclement weather or ice, mud, or water in front of the radar.
You can typically clean the sensor to resolve this.
Adaptive Cruise Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual
Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a
blockage warning with no actual block. This happens, for
example, when driving in sparse rural or desert environments.
A false blocked condition either self clears, or clears after you
restart your vehicle.
You have selected normal cruise control. The system does
not brake or react to traffic.
Normal Cruise Active
Adaptive Braking Off
Displays when the adaptive cruise control is going to cancel
and you must take control.
Adaptive Cruise - Driver
Resume Control
Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the
adaptive cruise control and there is no lead vehicle in range.
Adaptive Cruise Speed
Too Low to Activate
257
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
DRIVER ALERT
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system may not
function if the sensor is blocked.
WARNING: Take regular rest
breaks if you feel tired. Do not wait for
the system to warn you.
WARNING: Certain driving styles
may result in the system warning you
even if you are not feeling tired.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all
limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the
road lane markings.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by
us.
Note: Keep the windshield free from
obstructions. For example, bird droppings,
insects and snow or ice.
Note: If the camera is blocked or if the
windshield is damaged, the system may not
function.
Note: The system remembers the on or off
setting in the information display menu
through ignition cycles.
Note: If enabled in the menu, the system
activates at speeds above 40 mph
(64 km/h). When below the activation
speed, the information display informs the
driver that the system is unavailable.
E249505
The system automatically monitors your
driving behavior using various inputs
including the front camera sensor.
If the system detects that your driving
alertness is reduced below a certain
threshold, the system alerts you using a
chime and a message in the cluster display.
USING DRIVER ALERT
Switching the System On and Off
Switch the system on or off using the
touchscreen. See Settings (page 458).
When active, the system monitors your
alertness level based upon your driving
behavior in relation to the lane markings,
and other factors.
System Warnings
Note: The system does not issue warnings
below approximately 40 mph (64 km/h).
258
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Note: If you receive a warning you should
consider resting, even if the current
assessment is within the typical range.
The warning system has two stages. At
first, the system issues a temporary
warning that you need to take a rest. This
message only appears for a short time. If
the system detects further reduction in
driving alertness, it may issue another
warning that remains in the information
display for a longer time. You can press OK
on the steering wheel control to clear the
warning.
Resetting the System
You can reset the system by either:
• Switching the ignition off and on.
• Stopping the vehicle and then opening
and closing the driver’s door.
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always drive with due
care and attention when using and
operating the controls and features on
your vehicle.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all
limit sensor performance.
WARNING: Large contrasts in
outside lighting can limit sensor
performance.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the
road lane markings.
WARNING: The sensor may
incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in
a false or missed warning.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from
obstruction.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by
us.
Note: The system works above 40 mph
(64 km/h).
Note: The system works as long as the
camera can detect one lane marking.
Note: When you select aid or alert and aid
mode and the system detects no steering
activity for a short period, the system alerts
you to put your hands on the steering wheel.
The system may detect a light grip or
touch on the steering wheel as hands off
driving.
Note: The system may not function if the
camera is blocked, or if the windshield is
damaged or dirty.
259
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
E249505
When you switch the system on and it
detects an unintentional drift out of your
lane is likely to occur, the system notifies
or assists you to stay in your lane through
the steering system and information
display. In Alert mode (if equipped), the
system provides a warning by vibrating the
steering wheel. In Aid mode, the system
provides steering assistance by gently
counter steering your vehicle back into the
lane.
When the system is functioning in the
combined Alert and Aid mode, the system
first provides steering assistance by gently
counter steering your vehicle back into the
lane, followed by a warning that vibrates
the steering wheel if the vehicle is still out
of the lane markings.
Switching the System On and Off
Note: The system is turned on
automatically at each ignition cycle.
E288067
Press the button on the direction indicator
stalk to switch the system on or off.
System Settings
The system has optional setting menus
available. The system stores the last
known selection for each of these settings.
You do not need to readjust your settings
each time you switch the system on.
Mode: This setting allows you to select
which of the system features you can
enable.
E165515
Alert only (if equipped) – Provides a
steering wheel vibration when the system
detects an unintended lane departure.
260
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
E165516
Aid only – Provides steering assistance
toward the lane center when the system
detects an unintended lane departure.
E165517
AlertA
AidB
Alert + Aid – Provides steering assistance
toward the lane center.
If your vehicle continues drifting out of the
lane after the lane keeping aid corrects the
vehicle, the system provides a steering
wheel vibration.
If your vehicle stays to one side of the lane
after the lane keeping aid corrects your
vehicle and then subsequently drifts out
of the lane again, the system only provides
an alert at the steering wheel.
Note: The alert and aid diagrams illustrate
general zone coverage. They do not provide
exact zone parameters.
Intensity: This setting affects the intensity
of the steering wheel vibration used for the
alert (if equipped) and alert + aid modes.
This setting does not affect the aid
mode.
• Low.
• Normal.
• High.
System Display
E294544
When you switch the system on, a graphic
of lane markings appears in the
information display.
When you switch the system off, the lane
marking graphics do not display.
While the system is on, the color of the
lane markings change to indicate the
system status. These colors represent the
following:
Gray: Indicates that the system is
temporarily unable to provide a warning
or intervention on the indicated side. This
may be because:
261
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
• Your vehicle is under the activation
speed.
• The direction indicator is active.
• Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver.
• The road has no or poor lane markings
in the camera field-of-view.
• The camera is obscured or unable to
detect the lane markings due to
environmental, traffic or vehicle
conditions. For example, significant sun
angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain or
fog, following a large vehicle that is
blocking or shadowing the lane or poor
headlamp illumination.
See Troubleshooting for additional
information.
White: Indicates that the system is
available or ready to provide a warning or
intervention on the indicated side.
Note: If your vehicle has lane centering
assist and the system is active, the walls
appear green instead of white.
Yellow: Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a lane
keeping aid intervention.
Red: Indicates that the system is providing
or has just provided a lane keeping alert
warning.
The system can be temporarily suppressed
at any time by the following:
• Quick braking.
• Fast acceleration.
• Using the direction indicator.
• Evasive steering maneuver.
• Driving too close to the lane markings.
Troubleshooting
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road?
Your vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature.
The sun is shining directly into the camera lens.
A quick intentional lane change has occurred.
Your vehicle stays too close to the lane markings.
Driving at high speeds in curves.
The last alert warning or aid intervention occurred a short time ago.
Ambiguous lane markings, for example in construction zones.
Rapid transition from light to dark, or from dark to light.
Sudden offset in lane markings.
ABS or AdvanceTrac™ is active.
There is a camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield.
You are driving too close to the vehicle in front of you.
262
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road?
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa.
There is standing water on the road.
Faint lane markings, for example partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads.
Lane width is too narrow or too wide.
The camera has not been calibrated after a windshield replacement.
Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads.
Why does the vehicle not come back toward the middle of the lane, as expected, in the
Aid or Aid + Alert mode?
High cross winds are present.
There is a large road crown.
Rough roads, grooves or shoulder drop-offs.
Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure.
The tires have been changed, or the suspension has been modified.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM
WARNING: Do not use the blind
spot information system as a
replacement for using the interior and
exterior mirrors or looking over your
shoulder before changing lanes. The
blind spot information system is not a
replacement for careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due
care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash.
E255695
263
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
The design of the system is to detect
vehicles that could have entered the blind
spot zone. The detection area is on both
sides of your vehicle, extending rearward
from the exterior mirrors to approximately
13 ft (4 m) beyond the rear bumper. The
detection area extends to approximately
59 ft (18 m) beyond the rear bumper when
the vehicle speed is greater than 30 mph
(48 km/h) to alert you of faster
approaching vehicles.
Note: The system does not prevent contact
with other vehicles. It does not detect
parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals or
other infrastructures.
Using the Blind Spot Information
System
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
The system turns on when all of the
following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• You shift into drive (D).
• The vehicle speed is greater than
6 mph (10 km/h).
Note: The system does not operate in park
(P) or reverse (R).
System Lights and Messages
E142442
When the system detects a vehicle, an
alert indicator illuminates in the exterior
mirror on the side the approaching vehicle
is coming from. If you turn the direction
indicator on for that side of your vehicle,
the alert indicator flashes.
Note: The system may not alert you if a
vehicle quickly passes through the detection
zone.
Blocked Sensors
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper
on both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
performance.
Note: Bike and cargo racks could cause
false alerts due to obstruction of the sensor.
We recommend switching the feature off
when using a bike or cargo rack.
If the sensors become blocked, a message
could appear in the information display.
See Information Messages (page 120).
The alert indicators remain illuminated but
the system does not alert you.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault, a warning
lamp illuminates and a message displays.
See Information Messages (page 120).
264
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Switching the System On and Off
To switch the system on or off, adjust the
setting. Depending on your vehicle options,
the setting could be in the following:
• Information display. See General
Information (page 113).
• Touchscreen. See Settings (page 458).
When you switch the system off, a warning
lamp illuminates and the alert indicators
flash twice.
Note: The system remembers the last
setting when you start your vehicle.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
Blind Spot Information System
with Trailer Tow (If Equipped)
E293525
The design of the system is to aid you in
detecting vehicles that could have entered
the detection area zone (A). The detection
area is on both sides of your vehicle and
trailer, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to the end of your trailer.
When you attach and have setup a trailer,
the blind spot information system with
trailer tow becomes active when driving
forward above 6 mph (10 km/h).
You can switch the system off in the
information display. See General
Information (page 113). If you switch the
blind spot information system off, blind
spot information system with trailer tow
turns off.
Setting up a Trailer
You can setup a trailer through the
information display. See General
Information (page 113).
E293526
Trailer length.A
Trailer width.B
Trailer hitch ball.C
Note: Measure the width of the trailer at
the front of the trailer, not the widest point.
The maximum width that the system can
support is 8.2 ft (2.5 m)(B).
Note: The trailer length is the distance
between the trailer hitch ball and the rear
of the trailer. The maximum length that the
system can support is 33 ft (10 m)(A).
When setting up a trailer, a sequence of
screens appear asking for trailer
information:
• Select trailer screen: None, Trailer A,
Trailer B or Trailer C.
Note: You can select only one trailer on
small information displays.
Select one of the trailers and press OK. The
menu goes to the next screen.
• Width less than 8.2 ft (2.5 m) and
length less than 33 ft (10 m)?
265
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Note: You do not need to enter an exact
trailer width measurement. You only need
to confirm that the width of the trailer is
8.2 ft (2.5 m) or less.
If no, the system turns off.
If yes, the menu goes to the next screen.
• Enter length of trailer:
Toggling up or down using the menu
buttons increases or decreases the
measurement by 3 ft (1 m). Select a length
that is equal to or within 3 ft (1 m) of the
actual measured length. For example, if
the actual measured length is 25 ft (7.6 m),
toggle the length in the menu to 8 m or 27
ft. When you enter the length of the trailer,
this saves the system setup.
Note: When you connect a trailer, but do
not setup a trailer in the blind spot
information system, the system turns off
and a warning appears in the information
display.
Note: If the trailer is a bike rack or cargo
rack with electrical lighting, enter a length
of 3 ft (1 m). Cross Traffic Alert remains on
for trailers with a length of 3 ft (1 m) or less.
Note: The system requires proper
measurement and measurement entry to
function as designed.
System Operation
If you select a trailer in the information
display prior to connecting a trailer, the
system loads that configuration and the
information display shows a message
when you connect the trailer. A second
message appears stating cross traffic alert
is off, unless a trailer is set up with a length
of 3 ft (1 m). The blind spot information
system with trailer tow still functions
normally when driving forward.
If you connect a trailer, a message appears
indicating that you attached a trailer. If you
have not selected a trailer previously,
another message appears requesting you
to select one of the trailers in the list or add
a new trailer. The blind spot information
system with trailer tow does not function
without a trailer selected. If you do not
select a trailer, a message appears in the
information display stating it has turned
off the system. This message might not
appear until your vehicle speed reaches
22 mph (35 km/h).
The blind spot information system with
trailer tow activates when driving forward
for that particular trailer set up. If you cycle
the ignition, the blind spot information
system with trailer tow continues to
function using the last trailer you selected.
Trailer Considerations
The system works with a trailer with a front
width of 8.2 ft (2.5 m) or less, and a total
length from the trailer hitch ball to the rear
of the trailer of 33 ft (10 m) or less.
Some trailers could cause a slight change
in system performance:
• Wide box trailers, especially those
wider than the towing vehicle, could
cause false alerts to occur when driving
next to infrastructure or near parked
cars. A false alert could also occur
while making a 90-degree turn or
driving through a roundabout.
• Wide trailers that have a total length
greater than 20 ft (6 m) could cause
delayed alerts when a vehicle is
passing at high speeds.
266
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
• Box trailers that have a width greater
than 8.2 ft (2.5 m) could cause early
alerts when you pass a vehicle.
• Clam shell or V-Nose box trailers with
a width greater than 8.2 ft (2.5 m)
could cause delayed alerts when a
vehicle traveling the same speed as
your vehicle merges lanes.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault, a warning
lamp illuminates and a message displays.
See Information Messages (page 120).
Switching the System On and Off
You can switch the blind spot information
system with trailer tow off by not selecting
a trailer in the information display. See
General Information (page 113). In this
case, the system turns off as long as a
trailer is attached to your vehicle. As soon
as you disconnect the trailer, the blind spot
information system becomes active.
When you switch the system off, a warning
lamp illuminates and the alert indicators
flash twice.
Note: The system remembers the last
trailer setting when you start your vehicle.
You cannot switch off the blind spot
information system with trailer tow when
using MyKey, but you can still change the
trailer settings. See MyKey™ (page 64).
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
WARNING: Do not use the cross
traffic alert system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
reversing out of a parking space. The
cross traffic alert system is not a
replacement for careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due
care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash.
The system alerts you of vehicles
approaching from the sides behind your
vehicle when you shift into reverse (R).
Using Cross Traffic Alert
The system detects vehicles that approach
at a speed between 4 mph (6 km/h) and
37 mph (60 km/h). Coverage decreases
when the sensors are partially, mostly or
fully obstructed. Slowly reversing helps
increase the coverage area and
effectiveness.
The system turns on when you start the
engine and you shift into reverse (R). The
system turns off when you shift out of
reverse (R).
267
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
E142440
The sensor on the left-hand side is only
partially obstructed and zone coverage on
the right-hand side is maximized.
E142441
268
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Zone coverage also decreases when
parking at narrow angles. The sensor on
the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and
zone coverage on that side is severely
reduced.
Cross Traffic Alert System Sensors
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper
on both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
performance.
Note: Bike and cargo racks could cause
false alerts due to obstruction of the sensor.
We recommend switching the feature off
when using a bike or cargo rack.
If the sensors are blocked, a message may
appear in the information display when
you shift into reverse (R).
Cross Traffic Alert System
Limitations
The system may not correctly operate
when any of the following occur:
• The sensors are blocked.
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
are obstructing the sensors.
• Vehicles approach at speeds less than
4 mph (6 km/h) or greater than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
• The vehicle speed is greater than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
• You reverse out of an angled parking
space.
Cross Traffic Alert Behavior When
Trailer is Attached
Note: The system may not correctly operate
when towing a trailer. For vehicles with an
approved trailer tow module and tow bar,
the system turns off when you attach a
trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket
trailer tow module or tow bar, we
recommend that you switch the system off
when you attach a trailer.
Cross traffic alert remains on when you
attach a trailer in vehicles that come with
blind spot information system with trailer
tow under the following conditions:
• You connect a trailer.
• The trailer is a bike rack or cargo rack
with a maximum length of 3 ft (1 m).
• You set the trailer length to 3 ft (1 m)
in the information display.
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 263).
Switching the System On and Off
To switch the system on or off, adjust the
setting. Depending on your vehicle options,
the setting could be in the following:
• Information display. See General
Information (page 116).
• Touchscreen. See Settings (page 458).
Note: The system turns on every time you
switch the ignition on. To permanently
switch the system off, contact an authorized
dealer.
269
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Cross Traffic Alert Indicator
E268294
When the system detects an
approaching vehicle, a tone
sounds, a warning lamp
illuminates in the relevant exterior mirror
and arrows appear in the information
display to show which side the
approaching vehicle is coming from.
Note: If arrows do not display, a message
appears in the information display.
If the system malfunctions, a warning lamp
illuminates in the instrument cluster and
a message appears in the information
display. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Note: In exceptional conditions, the system
could alert you, even when there is nothing
in the detection zone, for example a vehicle
passing further away from your vehicle.
Cross Traffic Alert Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays instead of indication arrows when the system
detects a vehicle. Check for approaching traffic.
Cross Traffic Alert
Indicates blocked cross traffic alert system sensors. Clean
the sensors. If the message continues to appear, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Cross Traffic Not Avail-
able Sensor Blocked See
Manual
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
Cross Traffic System
Fault
Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle.Cross Traffic Alert Deac-
tivated Trailer Attached
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION (IF
EQUIPPED)
Principle of Operation
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all
limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from
obstruction.
The system is designed to detect speed
limit signs to inform you of the current
speed limit. Detected speed signs appear
in the information display. The sensor is
behind the interior mirror.
Note: Do not carry out windshield repairs
in the immediate area surrounding the
sensor.
270
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Note: Speed sign data provided by the
navigation system contains information
integrated to the data carrier release.
Note: The system may not detect or
correctly read all speed signs.
Note: If your vehicle has a suspension kit
not approved by us, the system may not
correctly function.
Note: Always replace headlamp bulbs with
those specifically designed for your vehicle.
Other bulbs could reduce system
performance.
The system turns on when you switch the
ignition on, and you cannot switch the
system off.
Using Speed Sign Recognition
Setting the System Speed Warning
You can set the system speed warning to
alert you when the vehicle speed exceeds
the speed limit recognized by the system
by a certain speed tolerance.
Note: The system remembers the last
setting when you start your vehicle.
System Display
E317824
When the system detects a speed limit
sign, the speed limit appears in the
information display.
Note: If your vehicle has a navigation
system, stored speed sign data could
influence the indicated speed limit value.
To switch the system off or to adjust the
settings, use the touchscreen:
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Press Driver Assistance.
3. Press Speed Sign Recognition.
4. Press Speed Warning.
5. Press Tolerance.
6. Use + and - to set the tolerance.
Information Messages
ActionMessage
The traffic sign data provided by the navig-
ation system is unavailable due to a weak
signal, or no signal. Wait for a short period
of time for the signal to improve. If the
message continues to appear, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Traffic Sign Reduced Performance See
Manual
271
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
STEERING
Electric Power Steering
WARNING: The electric power
steering system has diagnostic checks
that continuously monitor the system. If
a fault is detected, a message displays
in the information display. Stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Switch the ignition off. After at least 10
seconds, switch the ignition on and
watch the information display for a
steering system warning message. If a
steering system warning message
returns, have the system checked as
soon as possible.
WARNING: If the system detects
an error, you may not feel a difference in
the steering, however a serious condition
may exist. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible. Failure to do so may
result in loss of steering control.
Your vehicle has an electric power steering
system, there is no fluid reservoir, no
maintenance is required.
If your vehicle loses electrical power while
you are driving, electric power steering
assistance is lost. The steering system still
operates and you can steer your vehicle
manually. Manually steering your vehicle
requires more effort.
Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort required for you to steer your
vehicle, this increased effort prevents
overheating and permanent damage to
the steering system. You do not lose the
ability to steer your vehicle manually.
Typical steering and driving maneuvers
allow the system to cool and return to
normal operation.
Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• Correct tire pressures.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension
components.
• Loose or worn steering components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.
Note: A high crown in the road or high
crosswinds may also make the steering
seem to wander or pull.
Adaptive Learning (If Equipped)
The electronic power steering system
adaptive learning helps correct road
irregularities and improves overall handling
and steering feel. It communicates with
the brake system to help operate
advanced stability control and accident
avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever
the battery is disconnected or a new
battery installed, you must drive your
vehicle a short distance before the system
relearns the strategy and reactivates all
systems.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
272
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
WARNING: The system does not
detect vehicles that are driving in a
different direction, cyclists or animals.
Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system does not
operate during hard acceleration or
steering. Failure to take care may lead
to a crash or personal injury.
WARNING: The system may fail or
operate with reduced function during
cold and severe weather conditions.
Snow, ice, rain, spray and fog can
adversely affect the system. Keep the
front camera and radar free of snow and
ice. Failure to take care may result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Some situations and
objects prevent hazard detection. For
example low or direct sunlight, inclement
weather, unconventional vehicle types,
and pedestrians. Apply the brakes when
necessary. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: The system cannot
help prevent all crashes. Do not rely on
this system to replace driver judgment
and the need to maintain a safe distance
and speed.
Using the Pre-Collision Assist
System
The system is active at speeds above
approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) and
pedestrian detection is active at speeds
up to 50 mph (80 km/h).
E156130
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching
another stationary vehicle, a vehicle
traveling in the same direction as yours, or
a pedestrian within your driving path, the
system design provides three levels of
functionality:
1. Alert.
2. Brake Support.
3. Active Braking.
E255268
Alert: When active, a flashing visual
warning appears and an audible warning
tone sounds.
Brake Support: The system design helps
reduce the impact speed by preparing the
brakes for rapid braking. Brake support
does not automatically apply the brakes.
If you press the brake pedal, the system
could apply additional braking up to
maximum braking force, even if you lightly
press the brake pedal.
Active Braking: Active braking may
activate if the system determines that a
collision is imminent. The system may help
the driver reduce impact damage or avoid
the crash completely.
273
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Note: Brake support and active braking are
active at speeds up to 80 mph (130 km/h).
If your vehicle has a radar sensor included
with adaptive cruise control, then brake
support and active braking are active up to
the maximum speed of the vehicle.
Note: If you perceive pre-collision assist
alerts as being too frequent or disturbing,
then you can reduce the alert sensitivity,
though the manufacturer recommends
using the highest sensitivity setting where
possible. Setting lower sensitivity would
lead to fewer and later system warnings.
Note: Pre-collision assist turns off when
you manually disable AdvanceTrac, or when
you select deep snow/sand mode.
Distance Indication and Alert (If
Equipped)
Distance indication and alert is a function
that provides the driver with a graphical
indication of the time gap to other
preceding vehicles traveling in the same
direction. Distance indication and alert
shows one of the graphics that follow in
the information display.
E358669
If the time gap to a preceding vehicle is
small, a red visual indication displays to
the driver.
Note: Distance indication and alert
deactivates and the graphics do not display
when adaptive cruise control is active.
Time GapDistance GapGraphicsSensitivitySpeed
>0.9sec>82 ft (25 m)GreyNormal
62 mph
(100 km/h)
0.6sec —
0.9sec
56–82 ft
(17–25 m)
YellowNormal
62 mph
(100 km/h)
<0.6sec<56 ft (17 m)RedNormal
62 mph
(100 km/h)
Evasive Steering Assist (If Equipped)
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching a
stationary vehicle or a vehicle traveling in
the same direction as your vehicle, the
system design helps you steer around the
vehicle.
The system only activates when all of the
following occur:
• The system detects a vehicle ahead
and starts to apply active braking.
• You turn the steering wheel in an
attempt to steer around the vehicle.
274
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
After you turn the steering wheel, the
system applies additional steering torque
to help you steer around the vehicle. After
you pass the vehicle, the system applies
steering torque in the opposite direction to
encourage you to steer back into the lane.
The system deactivates after you fully pass
the vehicle.
Note: The system does not automatically
steer around a vehicle. If you do not turn the
steering wheel, the system does not
activate.
Note: The system does not activate if the
distance to the vehicle ahead is too small
and the system cannot avoid a crash.
Adjusting the Pre-Collision Assist
Settings
You can adjust the following settings by
using the touchscreen. See Settings (page
458).
• You can change Alert and Distance
Alert sensitivity to one of three possible
settings.
• You can switch distance indication and
alert on or off.
• If required, you can switch active
braking on or off.
• If required, you can switch evasive
steering assist on or off.
Note: Active braking and evasive steering
assist automatically turn on every time you
switch the ignition on.
Note: If you switch active braking off,
evasive steering assist turns off.
Blocked Sensors
E273245
Camera.1.
Radar sensor (if equipped).2.
If a message regarding a blocked sensor
or camera appears in the information
display, you have obstructed radar signals
or camera images. If your vehicle has a
radar sensor, it is behind the fascia cover
in the center of the lower grille. With a
blocked sensor or camera, the system may
not function, or performance may reduce.
The following table lists possible causes
and actions for when this message
displays.
Camera Troubleshooting
ActionCause
Clean the outside of the windshield in front
of the camera.
The windshield in front of the camera is
dirty or obstructed in some way.
Wait a short time. It may take several
minutes for the camera to detect that there
is no obstruction.
The windshield in front of the camera is
clean but the message remains in the
display screen.
275
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
Radar Troubleshooting (If Equipped)
ActionCause
Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or remove the object causing the obstruc-
tion.
The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty
or obstructed in some way.
Wait a short time. It may take several
minutes for the radar to detect that there
is no obstruction.
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean
but the message remains in the display
screen.
The system is temporarily disabled. The
system automatically reactivates a short
time after the weather conditions improve.
Heavy rain, spray, snow or fog is interfering
with the radar signals.
The pre-collision assist system is tempor-
arily disabled. The system automatically
reactivates a short time after the weather
conditions improve.
Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface
of the road may interfere with the radar
signals.
Have the radar checked for proper coverage
and operation.
Radar is out of alignment due to a front-
end impact.
Note: Proper system operation requires a
clear view of the road by the camera. Have
any windshield damage in the area of the
camera's field of view repaired.
Note: If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs and your vehicle
has a radar sensor, the radar sensing zone
may change. This could cause missed or
false detections. Contact an authorized
dealer to have the radar checked for proper
coverage and operation.
276
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Aids
WHAT IS DRIVE MODE
CONTROL
Your vehicle has various drive modes that
you can select for different driving
conditions. Depending on the drive mode
that you select, the system adjusts various
vehicle settings.
HOW DOES DRIVE MODE
CONTROL WORK
Selectable drive modes change various
electronic and mechanical settings within
your vehicle to tailor its performance and
driving characteristics to on-road or
off-road driving conditions. Steering feel
and effort, traction control, stability
control, chassis control, powertrain
response, transmission shift points and
four-wheel driveline settings alter to a
pre-determined setting depending upon
the drive mode that you select.
Note: Your vehicle has diagnostic checks
that continuously monitor all systems for
proper operation. If a drive mode is
unavailable due to a system fault, your
vehicle defaults to normal mode.
SELECTING A DRIVE MODE
Note: Drive mode changes may not be
available when the ignition is off or when
the engine is not running.
Note: Button icons shown may vary from
your vehicle.
E298238
Rotate the drive mode dial on the center
console to select or change a drive mode.
E297643
To select drive modes for RWD vehicles
use the console mounted control.
DRIVE MODES
DEEP SNOW/SAND
E295420
For off-road driving on soft dry
sand or deep snow. This mode
optimizes accelerator pedal
response, traction settings, and stability
controls to help maintain forward
momentum when driving through deep
sand or snow. If your vehicle becomes
stuck in deep conditions, using this mode
may help it become unstuck.
277
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Drive Mode Control
Note: Using deep snow/sand mode on dry,
hard surfaces could produce some vibration,
driveline bind up, and potential excessive
tire wear.
ECO
E295413
For efficient driving. This mode
helps deliver maximum fuel
efficiency and helps to increase
driving range.
NORMAL
E225310
For everyday driving. This mode
is a perfect balance of
excitement, comfort and
convenience. This is the default mode after
each ignition cycle.
SLIPPERY
E295414
For less than ideal road
conditions such as snow or ice
covered roads. This mode lowers
throttle response, adjusts transmission
shift points, and optimizes vehicle stability
controls to help mitigate wheel spin and
maintain vehicle control when driving in
winter conditions.
Note: Using slippery mode on dry, hard
surfaces could produce some vibration,
driveline bind up, and potential excessive
tire wear.
SPORT
E246593
For sporty driving with improved
performance handling and
response. This mode increases
accelerator pedal response, enhances
steering to provide a sportier feel, and
adjusts transmission shift points for quicker
vehicle acceleration.
TOW/HAUL
E246592
For improved transmission
operation when towing a trailer
or a heavy load. This mode
moves upshifts to higher engine speeds to
reduce the frequency of transmission
shifting. This mode also provides engine
braking in all forward gears, which slows
your vehicle and assists you in controlling
your vehicle when descending a slope. The
amount of downshift braking provided
varies based on the amount you press the
brake pedal.
TRAIL
E295419
For off-road driving on muddy,
rutted, soft, or uneven terrain.
This mode lowers throttle
response to enhance low speed vehicle
control when driving off road. Additionally,
the mode optimizes traction and stability
control settings, helping the vehicle to
maintain forward momentum through
loose deformable surfaces.
278
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Drive Mode Control
REAR UNDER FLOOR
STORAGE
Spare Tire Cover (If Equipped)
E326709
The system is in the floor of the cargo area.
E298021
Remove the additional cover to access the
spare tire and fuel filler.
Adjustable Load Floor (If Equipped)
E297641
Vehicles with the standard size spare tire
can adjust the load floor to two positions.
At the high position, you can place the front
of the load floor on the ledge behind the
rear seat and on the ledge of the liftgate
scuff trim. At the low position, you can tuck
the front of the load floor into the lower
forward area of the spare tire cover and
rest the load floor on top of the spare tire
cover, or spare tire cover weather mat.
CARGO NETS
WARNING: This net is not designed
to restrain objects during a collision or
heavy braking.
The cargo net secures lightweight objects
in the cargo area. Attach the net to the
anchors provided. Repeat the attachment
on both sides of the vehicle.
279
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Load Carrying
E204323
LUGGAGE COVERS
WARNING: Make sure that the
posts are properly latched in mounting
features. The cover may cause injury in
a sudden stop or accident if it is not
securely installed.
WARNING: Do not place any
objects on the cargo area shade. They
may obstruct your vision or strike
occupants of your vehicle in a sudden
stop or crash.
Use the cargo shade to cover items in the
cargo area of your vehicle.
E142447
Insert the ends of the cargo shade into the
mounting features located behind the rear
seat on the rear trim panels to install the
cargo shade.
To operate the cargo shade:
1. Pull the rear edge of the cargo shade
rearward.
2. Secure both ends of the support rod
into the retention slots located on the
rear quarter trim panels.
ROOF RACKS AND LOAD
CARRIERS
WARNING: When loading the roof
racks, we recommend you evenly
distribute the load, as well as maintain
a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles,
with higher centers of gravity, may
handle differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions, such
as slower speeds and increased stopping
distance, when driving a heavily loaded
vehicle.
For correct roof rack system function, you
must place loads directly on crossbars
affixed to the roof rack side rails. When
using the roof rack system, we recommend
you use Ford Genuine Accessory crossbars
designed specifically for your vehicle.
280
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Load Carrying
Make sure that you securely fasten the
load. Check the tightness of the load
before driving and at each fuel stop.
Note: Never place loads directly on the roof
panel. The roof panel is not designed to
directly carry a load.
Maximum Recommended Load
Amounts
Note: The maximum recommended load
is based on the load being evenly distributed
on the crossbars.
Maximum Recommended LoadDescription
75 lb (35 kg)Vehicles with Moonroof
165 lb (75 kg)Vehicles without Moonroof
Adjusting the Crossbar (If Equipped)
E291741
1. Loosen the crossbar bolt by using the
supplied tool or similar tool.
2. Move the crossbar to the new position.
3. Tighten the bolt by using the supplied
tool or similar tool.
Note: For less wind noise and better
aerodynamics, only install the crossbars
when you need them for carrying cargo.
LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and
without a Trailer
This section guides you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer, or both. Keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return
of vehicle design performance.
Before you load your vehicle,
become familiar with the
following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight rating, with
or without a trailer, from the
vehicle’s Tire and Loading
Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
281
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Load Carrying
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
E198719
Payload
Payload is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that your
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle appears
on the Tire and Loading label. The
label is either on the B-pillar or the
edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and
Canada may not have a tire and
loading label. Look for “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the
Tire and Loading Information label
is the maximum payload for your
vehicle as built by the assembly
plant. If you install any additional
equipment on your vehicle, you
must determine the new payload.
Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire and Loading label.
When towing, trailer tongue
weight or king pin weight is also
part of payload.
WARNING: The
appropriate loading capacity of
your vehicle can be limited either
by volume capacity (how much
space is available) or by payload
capacity (how much weight the
vehicle should carry). Once you
have reached the maximum
payload of your vehicle, do not
add more cargo, even if there is
space available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable
weight that a single axle (front or
rear) can carry. These numbers
are on the Safety Compliance
Certification label. The label is
located on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position.
282
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Load Carrying
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its Gross Axle
Weight Rating.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
GVWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle.
This includes all options,
equipment, passengers and cargo.
It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
The label is located on the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver
seating position.
The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating.
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
E198828
WARNING: Exceeding the
Safety Compliance Certification
label vehicle weight limits can
adversely affect the
performance and handling of
your vehicle, cause vehicle
damage and can result in the
loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight
Maximum loaded trailer weight is
the highest possible weight of a
fully loaded trailer the vehicle can
tow. Consult an authorized dealer
(or the RV and Trailer Towing
Guide available at an authorized
dealer) for more detailed
information.
GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating)
GCWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the vehicle and the
loaded trailer, including all cargo
and passengers, that the vehicle
can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
vehicle’s braking system is rated
for operation at Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, not at Gross
Combined Weight Rating.)
Separate functional brakes should
283
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Load Carrying
be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the
Gross Combined Weight of the
towing vehicle plus the trailer
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating of the towing vehicle.
The gross combined weight must
never exceed the Gross Combined
Weight Rating.
Note: For trailer towing
information refer to the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide available at
an authorized dealer.
WARNING: Do not exceed
the GVWR or the GAWR
specified on the certification
label.
WARNING: Do not use
replacement tires with lower
load carrying capacities than the
original tires because they may
lower your vehicle's GVWR and
GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the
original tires do not increase the
GVWR and GAWR limitations.
WARNING: Exceeding any
vehicle weight rating can
adversely affect the
performance and handling of
your vehicle, cause vehicle
damage and can result in the
loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Steps for determining the
correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
284
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Load Carrying
Helpful examples for calculating
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 -
(5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) -
(5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 -
67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 -
(2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440
- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be:1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 -
900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the front or the rear gross axle
weight rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
Special Loading Instructions
for Owners of Pick-up Trucks
and Utility-type Vehicles
WARNING: When loading
the roof racks, we recommend
you evenly distribute the load,
as well as maintain a low center
of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with
higher centers of gravity, may
285
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Load Carrying
handle differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions,
such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance,
when driving a heavily loaded
vehicle.
286
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Load Carrying
TOWING A TRAILER
WARNING: Towing trailers
beyond the maximum
recommended gross trailer
weight exceeds the limit of your
vehicle and could result in engine
damage, transmission damage,
structural damage, loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover
and personal injury.
WARNING: Do not exceed
the GVWR or the GAWR
specified on the certification
label.
Note: See Recommended
Towing Weights (page 288).
Your vehicle may have electrical
items, such as fuses or relays,
related to towing. See Fuses
(page 309).
Your vehicle's load capacity
designation is by weight, not by
volume, so you cannot necessarily
use all available space when
loading a vehicle or trailer.
Towing a trailer places an extra
load on your vehicle's engine,
transmission, axle, brakes, tires
and suspension. Inspect these
components periodically during,
and after, any towing operation.
Load Placement
To help minimize how trailer
movement affects your vehicle
when driving:
• Load the heaviest items closest
to the trailer floor.
• Load the heaviest items
centered between the left and
right side trailer tires.
• Load the heaviest items above
the trailer axles or just slightly
forward toward the trailer
tongue. Do not allow the final
trailer tongue weight to go
above or below 10-15% of the
loaded trailer weight.
• Select a ball mount with the
correct rise or drop and load
capacity. When both the
loaded vehicle and trailer are
connected, the trailer frame
should be level, or slightly
angled down toward your
vehicle, when viewed from the
side.
When driving with a trailer or
payload, a slight takeoff vibration
or shudder may be present due to
the increased payload weight.
Additional information regarding
proper trailer loading and setting
your vehicle up for towing is
located in another chapter of this
manual. See Load Limit (page
281).
You can also find information in
the RV & Trailer Towing Guide
available at your authorized
dealer, or online.
287
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Towing
RV & Trailer Towing Guide Online
http://www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides/Website
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
WARNING: Turning off trailer sway
control increases the risk of loss of
vehicle control, serious injury or death.
Ford does not recommend disabling this
feature except in situations where speed
reduction may be detrimental (such as
hill climbing), the driver has significant
trailer towing experience, and can control
trailer sway and maintain safe operation.
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
sway, but reduces it when it begins.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
from swaying.
Note: In some cases, if your vehicle speed
is too high, the system may turn on multiple
times, gradually reducing your vehicle speed.
The system applies the brakes to the
individual wheels and reduces engine
torque to aid vehicle stability. If the trailer
begins to sway, the stability control
warning lamp flashes and a message
appears in the information display. See
Information Messages (page 120). Slow
your vehicle down, pull safely to the side
of the road and check for correct load
distribution. See Load Carrying (page
279).
You can switch this feature off in the
information display. When you switch the
ignition on, the system automatically turns
on.
RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS
WebsiteMarket
https://www.fleet.ford.com/
towing-guides/
United States of America
https://www.fleet.ford.ca/towing-
guides/
Canada
288
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Towing
ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS
Follow these guidelines for safe towing:
• Do not tow a trailer until you drive your
vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km).
• Consult your local motor vehicle laws
for towing a trailer.
• See the instructions included with
towing accessories for the proper
installation and adjustment
specifications.
• Service your vehicle more frequently if
you tow a trailer. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 476).
• If you use a rental trailer, follow the
instructions the rental agency gives
you.
You can find information on load
specification terms found on the tire label
and Safety Compliance label as well as
instructions on calculating your vehicle's
load in the Load Carrying chapter. See
Load Limit (page 281).
Remember to account for the trailer
tongue weight as part of your vehicle load
when calculating the total vehicle weight.
Hitches
Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto
the bumper or attaches to the axle.
Distribute the trailer load so 10-15% of the
total trailer weight is on the tongue.
A weight distributing hitch is not required
for your vehicle.
Safety Chains
Note: Do not attach safety chains to the
bumper.
Always connect the safety chains to the
hook retainers of your vehicle hitch.
To connect the trailer’s safety chains, cross
them under the trailer tongue and allow
enough slack for turning tight corners. Do
not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
WARNING: Do not connect a
trailer's hydraulic brake system directly
to your vehicle's brake system. Your
vehicle may not have enough braking
power and your chances of having a
collision greatly increase.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or
surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you
install them properly and adjust them to
the manufacturer's specifications. The
trailer brakes must meet local and federal
regulations.
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking
system operation is at the gross vehicle
weight rating, not the gross combined
weight rating.
Safe control of towed vehicles requires
separate functioning brake systems for
vehicles and trailers weighing more than
1,500 lb (680 kg) when loaded.
Trailer Lamps
WARNING: Never connect any
trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle's tail
lamp wiring; this may damage the
electrical system resulting in fire. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as
possible for assistance in proper trailer
tow wiring installation. Additional
electrical equipment may be required.
Most towed vehicles require trailer lamps.
Make sure all running lights, brake lights,
direction indicators and hazard flashers
are working.
289
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Towing
Before Towing a Trailer
Practice turning, stopping and backing up
to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer
combination before starting on a trip.
When turning, make wider turns so the
trailer wheels clear curbs and other
obstacles.
When Towing a Trailer
• Do not drive faster than 70 mph
(113 km/h) during the first 500 mi
(800 km).
• Do not make full-throttle starts.
• Check your hitch, electrical connections
and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly
after you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).
• When stopped in congested or heavy
traffic during hot weather, place the
gearshift in park (P) to aid engine and
transmission cooling and to help A/C
performance.
• Turn off the speed control with heavy
loads or in hilly terrain. The speed
control may turn off automatically
when you are towing on long, steep
grades.
• Shift to a lower gear when driving down
a long or steep hill. Do not apply the
brakes continuously, as they may
overheat and become less effective.
• If your transmission is equipped with a
Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use
this feature when towing. This provides
engine braking and helps eliminate
excessive transmission shifting for
optimum fuel economy and
transmission cooling.
• Allow more distance for stopping with
a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and
brake gradually.
• Avoid parking on a grade. However, if
you must park on a grade:
1. Turn the steering wheel to point your
vehicle tires away from traffic flow.
2. Set your vehicle parking brake.
3. Place the automatic transmission in
park (P).
4. Place wheel chocks in front and back
of the trailer wheels. (Chocks not
included with vehicle.)
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or
Personal Watercraft (PWC)
Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer
before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after removing the trailer from the water.
When backing down a ramp during boat
launching or retrieval:
• Do not allow the static water level to
rise above the bottom edge of the rear
bumper.
• Do not allow waves to break higher
than 6 in (15 cm) above the bottom
edge of the rear bumper.
Exceeding these limits may allow water to
enter vehicle components:
• Causing internal damage to the
components.
• Affecting driveability, emissions, and
reliability.
Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime
the rear axle has been submerged in water.
Water may have contaminated the rear
axle lubricant, which is not normally
checked or changed unless a leak is
suspected or other axle repair is required.
290
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Towing
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
WARNING: If your vehicle has a
steering wheel lock make sure the
ignition is in the accessory or on position
when being towed.
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without
access to wheel dollies or a vehicle
transport trailer, it can be flat-towed with
all wheels on the ground, regardless of the
powertrain and transmission configuration,
under the following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward for
towing in a forward direction.
• Refer to the Manual Park Release
procedure. See Automatic
Transmission (page 200). Failing to
do so could result in damage to the
transmission.
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).
Note: If you are unsure of the vehicle’s
configuration, contact an authorized dealer.
Recreational Towing - Front-Wheel
Drive Vehicles (If Equipped)
You cannot recreational tow your vehicle
with all wheels on the ground because
vehicle or transmission damage could
occur. Place the front wheels on a
two-wheel tow dolly. If you are using a tow
dolly, follow the instructions specified by
the equipment provider.
Recreational Towing - Rear-Wheel
Drive Vehicles (If Equipped)
You cannot recreational tow your vehicle
with all wheels on the ground because
vehicle or transmission damage could
occur. We recommend towing your vehicle
with all four wheels off the ground, such
as when using a car-hauling trailer.
Otherwise, you cannot recreational tow
your vehicle.
Recreational Towing - All-Wheel
and Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles (If
Equipped)
You cannot recreational tow your vehicle
with all wheels on the ground because
vehicle or transmission damage could
occur. We recommend towing your vehicle
with all four wheels off the ground, such
as when using a car-hauling trailer.
Otherwise, you cannot recreational tow
your vehicle.
291
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Towing
REDUCED ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
WARNING: If you continue to drive
your vehicle when the engine is
overheating, the engine could stop
without warning. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge
needle moves to the upper limit position,
the engine is overheating. See Gauges
(page 105).
You must only drive your vehicle for a short
distance if the engine overheats. The
distance you can travel depends on
ambient temperature, vehicle load and
terrain. The engine continues to operate
with limited power for a short period of
time.
If the engine temperature continues to rise,
the fuel supply to the engine reduces. The
air conditioning switches off and the engine
cooling fan operates continually.
1. Gradually reduce your speed and stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so.
2. Immediately switch the engine off to
prevent severe engine damage.
3. Wait for the engine to cool down.
4. Check the coolant level. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 327).
5. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below approximately
-13°F (-25°C).
BREAKING-IN
Your vehicle requires a break-in period. For
the first 1,000 mi (1,600 km), avoid driving
at high speeds, heavy braking, aggressive
shifting or using your vehicle to tow. During
this time, your vehicle may exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics.
DRIVING ECONOMICALLY
The following helps to improve fuel
consumption:
• Drive smoothly, accelerate gently and
anticipate the road ahead to avoid
heavy braking.
• Regularly check your tire pressures and
make sure that they are inflated to the
correct pressure.
• Follow the recommended maintenance
schedule and carry out the
recommended checks.
• Plan your journey and check the traffic
before you set off. It is more efficient
to combine errands into a single trip
whenever possible.
• Avoid idling the engine in cold weather
or for extended periods. Start the
engine only when you are ready to set
off.
• Do not carry unnecessary weight in your
vehicle as extra weight wastes fuel.
292
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Hints
• Do not add unnecessary accessories
to the exterior of your vehicle, for
example running boards. If you use a
roof rack, remember to fold it down or
remove it when not in use.
• Do not shift into neutral when you are
braking or when your vehicle is slowing
down.
• Shut all windows when driving at high
speeds.
• Switch off all electric systems when
not in use, for example air conditioning.
Make sure that you unplug any
accessories from the auxiliary power
points when not in use.
DRIVING THROUGH SHALLOW
WATER
WARNING: Do not attempt to
cross a deep or flowing body of water.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the front
rocker area of your vehicle.
E266447
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction could
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
Check the function of the following:
• Horn
• Exterior lights
FLOOR MATS
WARNING: Use a floor mat
designed to fit the footwell of your
vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal
area. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Pedals that cannot
move freely can cause loss of vehicle
control and increase the risk of serious
personal injury.
293
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Hints
WARNING: Secure the floor mat
to both retention devices so that it
cannot slip out of position and interfere
with the pedals. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not place additional
floor mats or any other covering on top
of the original floor mats. This could
result in the floor mat interfering with the
operation of the pedals. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Always make sure that
objects cannot fall into the driver foot
well while your vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped
under the pedals causing a loss of
vehicle control.
E142666
To install floor mats that have eyelets,
position the floor mat eyelet over the
retention post and press down to lock in
position. Repeat for all eyelets on the floor
mat.
To remove the floor mats, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to
make sure they are secure.
294
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
The service is available:
• 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
• For the coverage period supplied with
your vehicle.
Roadside Assistance covers:
• A flat tire change with a good spare
(except vehicles supplied with a tire
inflation kit).
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
• Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall deliver up
to 2 gal (8 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (20 L)
of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle.
Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery
service to two no-charge occurrences
within a 12-month period.
• Winch out — available within 100 ft
(30 m) of a paved or county
maintained road, no recoveries.
• Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall tow Ford
eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer
within 35 mi (56 km) of the
disablement location or to the nearest
authorized dealer. If a member
requests a tow to an authorized dealer
that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from
the disablement location, the member
shall be responsible for any mileage
costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).
• Roadside Assistance includes up to
$200 for a towed trailer if the disabled
eligible vehicle requires service at the
nearest authorized dealer. If the towing
vehicle is operational but the trailer is
not, then the trailer does not qualify for
any roadside services.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference. This card is in
the Owner's Manual kit.
United States vehicle customers who
require Roadside Assistance, call
1-800-241-3673.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for
towing to the nearest dealership within
35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement
information, United States vehicle
customers call 1-800-241-3673.
Customers need to submit their original
receipts.
295
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of
Canada, Limited offers a complimentary
roadside assistance program. This program
is eligible within Canada or the continental
United States.
The service is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage
is concurrent with the powertrain coverage
period of your vehicle. Canadian roadside
coverage and benefits may differ from the
U.S. coverage.
If you require more information, please call
us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit
our website at www.ford.ca.
HAZARD FLASHERS
Note: The hazard flashers operate when
the ignition is in any position, or if the key is
not in the ignition. If used when the vehicle
is not running, the battery loses charge. As
a result, there may be insufficient power to
restart your vehicle.
The flasher control is on the
instrument panel. Use your
hazard flashers when your
vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
• Press the flasher control and all front
and rear direction indicators flash.
• Press the button again to switch them
off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING: If your vehicle has been
involved in a crash, have the fuel system
checked. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or
death.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
that various systems are safe to restart.
Once the vehicle determines the systems
are safe, then the vehicle allows you to
restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does
not restart after your third attempt, contact
a qualified technician.
The fuel pump shutoff stops the flow of
fuel to the engine in the event of a
moderate to severe crash. Not every
impact causes a shutoff.
Should your vehicle shut off after a crash,
you may restart your vehicle.
If your vehicle has a key system:
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Switch to start position.
3. Switch off the ignition.
4. Switch on the ignition to re-enable the
fuel pump.
5. If the vehicle does not start, repeat
steps 1 through 4.
If your vehicle has a push button start
system:
1. Press START/STOP to switch off your
vehicle.
2. Press the brake pedal and
START/STOP to switch on your
vehicle.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal
and press START/STOP to switch off
your vehicle.
296
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
4. You can attempt to start the vehicle
by pressing the brake pedal and
START/STOP, or press START/STOP
without pressing the brake pedal.
5. If the vehicle does not start, repeat
steps 1 through 4.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can
cause personal injury. Therefore, do not
allow flames, sparks or lighted
substances to come near the battery.
When working near the battery, always
shield your face and protect your eyes.
Always provide correct ventilation.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain
sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when
working near the battery to protect
against possible splashing of acid
solution. In case of acid contact with skin
or eyes, flush immediately with water for
a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt
medical attention. If acid is swallowed,
call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Use only adequately
sized cables with insulated clamps.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Do not attempt to push-start your
automatic transmission vehicle.
Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle
with an automatic transmission may cause
transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch.
Locating the Jump Starting
Connection Points
E288229
1. Open the hood. See Opening and
Closing the Hood (page 319).
2. Remove the access cover.
3. Remove the red protective cover from
the positive lead jump connection
point.
4. Locate the negative jump connection
point on the rear mounting bolt for the
cross brace, as shown.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING: If the engine is running
while the hood is open, stay clear of
moving engine components. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not connect the
negative jumper cable to any other part
of your vehicle. Use the ground point.
297
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle
represents the booster vehicle.
E281345
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (+) terminal of the
discharged battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the booster vehicle battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Make the final connection of the
negative (-) cable to an exposed metal
part of the stalled vehicle's engine,
away from the battery and the fuel
injection system, or connect the
negative (-) cable to a ground
connection point if available.
Jump Starting
Note: If you are using a hybrid vehicle as
the booster vehicle, you do not need to rev
the engine.
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
RPM, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been
started, run both vehicle engines for an
additional three minutes before
disconnecting the jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
1. Remove the negative (-) jumper cable
from the disabled vehicle.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the disabled
vehicle battery.
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute.
298
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
COLLISION, DAMAGE OR FIRE
EVENT
Guidance for Ford Motor Company
Electric and Hybrid-Electric
Vehicles Equipped With High
Voltage Batteries
(Vehicle Owner/Operator/General
Public)
Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicle
Considerations
In the event of damage or fire involving an
electric vehicle or hybrid-electric vehicle:
• Always assume the high-voltage
battery and associated components
are energized and fully charged.
• Exposed electrical components, wires,
and high-voltage batteries present
potential high-voltage shock hazards.
• Venting high-voltage battery vapors
are potentially toxic and flammable.
• Physical damage to the vehicle or
high-voltage battery may result in
immediate or delayed release of toxic,
flammable gases and fire.
Vehicle information and general safety
practices:
• Know the make and model of your
vehicle.
• Review the owner’s manual and
become familiar with your vehicle’s
safety information and recommended
safety practices.
• Do not attempt to repair damaged
electric and hybrid-electric vehicles
yourself.
Contact an authorized dealer.
Crashes
A crash or impact significant enough to
require an emergency response for
conventional vehicles would also require
the same response for an electric or
hybrid-electric vehicle.
If possible:
• Move your vehicle to a safe, nearby
location and remain on the scene.
• Roll down the windows before
switching your vehicle off.
• Place your vehicle in park (P), set the
parking brake, switch off the vehicle,
activate the hazard warning flashers
and move your key(s) at least 15 ft
(5 m) away from the vehicle.
Always:
• Call emergency assistance if needed
and advise that an electric or
hybrid-electric vehicle is involved.
• Exposed electrical components, wires,
and high-voltage batteries present
potential high-voltage shock hazards.
• Avoid contact with leaking fluids and
gases, and remain out of the way of
oncoming traffic until emergency
responders arrive.
• When emergency responders arrive,
tell them that the vehicle involved is an
electric vehicle or hybrid-electric
vehicle.
Fires
As with any vehicle, call emergency
assistance immediately if you see sparks,
smoke or flames coming from the vehicle.
Remain a safe distance from the vehicle
and try to stay clear of the smoke.
• Exit the vehicle immediately.
• Advise emergency assistance that an
electric or hybrid-electric vehicle is
involved.
299
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
• As with any vehicle fire, do not inhale
smoke, vapors or gas from the vehicle,
as they may be hazardous.
• Stay out of the roadway and stay out
of the way of any oncoming traffic
while awaiting the arrival of emergency
responders.
Post-Incident
• Do not store a severely damaged
vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside
a structure or within 49 ft (15 m) of any
structure or vehicle.
• Make sure that passenger and luggage
compartments remain ventilated.
• Call emergency assistance if you
observe leaking fluids, sparks, smoke
or flames, or hear gurgling or bubbling
from the high-voltage battery.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety
Canopy) or the seatbelt pretensioners.
The horn and indicators turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped).
• Your vehicle runs out of power.
• Sounding of the horn is only enabled
in specific markets.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a
professional towing service or, if you are a
member of a roadside assistance program,
your roadside assistance service provider.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. We do
not approve a slingbelt towing procedure.
If you tow your vehicle incorrectly, or by
any other means, vehicle damage may
occur.
We produce a towing manual for all
authorized tow truck operators. Have your
tow truck operator refer to this manual for
proper hook-up and towing procedures for
your vehicle.
300
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Towing an all-wheel or four-wheel drive
vehicle requires that all wheels be off the
ground, such as using a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment. Wheel lift
may only be done by lifting the rear wheels
and putting the front wheels on dollies.
This prevents damage to the transmission,
all-wheel or four-wheel drive system and
vehicle.
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without
access to wheel dollies, a car-hauling
trailer or a flatbed transport vehicle, you
can flat-tow with all wheels on the ground
under limited conditions. See Towing the
Vehicle on Four Wheels (page 291).
301
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Roadside Emergencies
GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. While
any authorized dealer handling your vehicle
line will provide warranty service, we
recommend you return to your selling
authorized dealer who wants to ensure
your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs
require special training and equipment, so
not all authorized dealers are authorized
to perform all warranty repairs. This means
that, depending on the warranty repair
needed, you may have to take your vehicle
to another authorized dealer.
A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.
Away From Home
If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center or use the
online resources listed below to find the
nearest authorized dealer.
In the United States:
Mailing address
Ford Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126
Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
TDD for the hearing impaired:
7-1-1 (where offered by your telephone
service provider)
If your vehicle is configured as a
motorhome please call 1-800-444-3311
for support.
Additional information and resources are
available online:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
These are some of the items that can be
found online:
• U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State or Zip Code.
• Owner Manuals.
• Maintenance Schedules.
• Recalls.
• Ford Extended Service Plans.
• Ford Genuine Accessories.
• Service specials and promotions.
In Canada:
Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre
Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8
Telephone
1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
TDD for the hearing impaired:
7-1-1 (where offered by your telephone
service provider)
Website
www.ford.ca
Facebook
FordServiceCA (English)
FordServiceQC (Français)
Twitter
@FordServiceCA
302
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:
1. Contact your Sales Representative or
Service Advisor at your selling or
servicing authorized dealer.
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.
In order to help us serve you better, please
have the following information available
when contacting a Customer Relationship
Center:
• Vehicle Identification Number.
• Your telephone number (home and
business).
• The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
• The vehicle’s current odometer reading.
In some states within the United States,
you must directly notify Ford in writing
before pursuing remedies under your
state's warranty laws, and Ford is also
allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the
United States, a consumer has the option
of submitting a warranty dispute to the
BBB Auto Line before taking action under
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to
the extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever
occurs first:
1. Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126
303
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator considers
the testimony provided and makes a
decision after the hearing.
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within 40
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information that follows, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
needs to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB reviews
the claim for eligibility under the Program
Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE a Division of BBB
National Programs, Inc.
1676 International Drive, Suite 550
McLean, VA 22102
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
For additional information, refer to the
Better Business Bureau website.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
304
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.
GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper
sulfur fuel for diesel engines.
If you cannot find the proper fuel
recommended for your vehicle, contact
our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of improper fuels in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company or Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the United States.
If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands
and/or Puerto Rico, Central America, the
Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact the corresponding Ford Customer
Assistance Center:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Centers in:
305
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
E-mailFaxPhone
Customer Relation-
ship Center
apemcrc@ford.comN/AN/AAsia Pacific
atnclien@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673
Caribbean and
Central America
menacac@ford.com971 4 3327 266
Ford
Middle East
80004443673
Lincoln
80004441067
UAE
80004441066
Saudi Arabia
8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell
phone users in Saudi
800850078
Kuwait
22280384
nafcrc@ford.comN/AN/ANorth Africa
atnclien@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673
Puerto Rico and U.S.
Virgin Islands
ssacrc@ford.comN/AN/ASub-Saharan Africa
infokr1@ford.com or
infokr@lincoln.com
N/A+82-02-1600-6003South Korea
If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Global Trade Services
by emailing, expcso@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. In
the event your inquiry is unresolved,
communicate your concern with the
dealership’s Sales Manager, Service
Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
If you require additional assistance or
clarification, please contact the respective
Customer Relationship Center as
previously listed.
Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.
306
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact Helm, LLC at:
HELM, LLC
47911 Halyard Drive, Suite 200
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call
toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
Helm, LLC can also be reached by their
website:
www.helminc.com
(Items in this catalog may be purchased
by credit card, check or money order.)
Obtaining a French Owner’s
Manual
French Owner’s Manual can be obtained
from your authorized dealer or by
contacting Helm, LLC using the contact
information listed previously in this section.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
307
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
Transport Canada Contact Information
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/reporting-defects-motor-
vehicles.html (English)
Website
http://tc.canada.ca/recalls (English) http://tc.canada.ca/rappels (French)Website
1-800-333-0510Phone
Ford of Canada Contact Information
www.ford.caWebsite
1-800-565-3673Phone
308
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Assistance
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
WARNING: Always disconnect the
battery before servicing high current
fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of
electrical shock, always replace the
cover to the power distribution box
before reconnecting the battery or
refilling fluid reservoirs.
The engine compartment fuse box is under
the driver side leaf screen in the engine
compartment. It has high-current fuses
that protect your vehicle's main electrical
systems from overloads.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you need to reset some features.
See Changing the 12V Battery (page 333).
Note: Replace fuses with the same type
and rating. See Changing a Fuse (page
317).
E288347
309
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Body control module - battery power in
feed 1.
40A1
Power outlet main console bin.20A2
Body control module - battery power in
feed 2.
40A3
Fuel pump.30A4
Powertrain control module keep alive
power.
5A5
Powertrain control module power.20A6
Canister vent solenoid.20A7
Evaporative leak control module.
Exhaust gas heat recovery (hybrid electric
vehicle).
Tank pressure control valve (hybrid electric
vehicle).
Refueling valve (plug-in hybrid electric
vehicle).
Vapor blocking valve.
Universal exhaust gas oxygen 11.
Universal exhaust gas oxygen 21.
Catalyst monitor sensor 12.
Catalyst monitor sensor 22.
Canister purge valve.
Cooling fan relay coil.20A8
Battery interrupt box.
Transmission oil pump.
Auxiliary coolant pump.
Fuel flap door (hybrid electric vehicle).
Engine coolant bypass valve.
Active grille shutters.
Ignition coils.20A9
Front blower motor relay.40A13
Transmission oil pump.15A14
A/C compressor variable clutch.
Auxiliary pumps (hybrid electric vehicle).
310
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Windshield and rear window washer pump
relay power.
15A16
Charge status indicator (hybrid electric
vehicle).
5A17
Starter motor.30A18
Headlamp leveling motors.10A21
Adaptive headlamps.
Electric power assisted steering module.10A22
Anti-lock brake system module with
integrated park brake.
10A23
Powertrain control module.10A24
Hybrid powertrain control module.
Air quality sensor.10A25
360 camera with park aid.
Rear view camera.
Blind spot information system.
Adaptive cruise control module.
Transmission control module.15A26
Anti-lock brake system valves with integ-
rated park brake.
40A28
Anti-lock brake system pump with integ-
rated park brake.
60A29
Driver seat module.30A30
Passenger seat motor.30A31
Front media bin power point.20A32
Rear cargo area power point.20A33
Console end cap power point.20A34
Power point 4.20A35
Power inverter.40A36
Climate controlled seat module.30A38
Power liftgate module.30A41
311
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Trailer brake control module.30A42
Body control module.60A43
Brake on and off switch.10A44
Battery charger control module (hybrid
electric vehicle).
15A46
Heated backlite.40A50
Heated steering wheel.20A54
Trailer tow park lamps.20A55
Trailer tow battery charge.30A57
Trailer tow backup lamps.10A58
Multi-contour seat module.15A61
Headlamp washer pump.15A62
Four-wheel drive module.40A64
Front window wiper motor.30A69
Rear window wiper motor.15A71
Not used (spare).20A72
Driver door module.30A73
Left-hand heated windshield.50A78
Right-hand heated windshield.50A79
Trailer tow.20A80
Not used (spare).20A82
Rear blower motor.20A88
Trailer tow lighting module.20A91
Integrated spark control (hybrid electric
vehicle).
15A95
Not used (spare).15A96
Electric AC (hybrid electric vehicle).10A97
312
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
High voltage positive temperature coeffi-
cient heater (hybrid electric vehicle).
Traction battery coolant proportional valve
(hybrid electric vehicle).
10A98
Not used (spare).50A103
Not used (spare).50A104
Not used (spare).40A105
Not used (spare).40A106
Not used (spare).40A107
Not used (spare).20A108
Passenger door module.30A109
Body control module voltage quality
monitor feed.
30A111
Not used (spare).20A112
Not used (spare).50A114
Amplifier.20A115
Not used (spare).5A116
Second row heated seats.30A118
Port fuel injectors.15A120
Rain sensor.5A124
USB smart charger 1.5A125
Amplifier.20A127
Not used (spare).15A128
Power folding seat module.40A131
Heated wiper park.15A133
Family entertainment system.10A134
Not used (spare).20A136
313
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
USB smart charger 2.5A139
Traffic cam.5A142
Battery electronic control module.15A146
Left-hand headlamp module.30A148
Right-hand headlamp module.30A149
Not used (spare).40A150
Transmission control module (hybrid
electric vehicle).
25A155
DC/DC converter (hybrid electric vehicle).15A159
Not used (spare).10A160
Low voltage service disconnect.20A168
Coolant pump (hybrid electric vehicle).10A169
Traction battery coolant pump (hybrid
electric vehicle).
10A170
Pedestrian sounder (hybrid electric
vehicle).
Not used (spare).10A177
Note: Spare fuse amperage may vary.
Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel
The fuse panel is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering column.
Note: It may be easier to access the fuse
panel if you remove the finish trim piece.
314
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
E145984
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used.—1
Moonroof.10A2
ERA-GLONAS.
eCall.
Telematics control unit module.
Inverter.
Driver door switch pack.
Memory seat switch.7.5A3
Wireless accessory charger module.
Seat switches.
Not used (spare).20A4
Not used.—5
Not used.10A6
Smart data link connector power.10A7
Telematics control unit modem.5A8
Hands-free liftgate actuation module.
Power liftgate module.
Keypad switch.5A9
315
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Rear climate control.
Not used.—10
Not used.—11
Climate control head.7.5A12
Gear shift module.
Steering column control module.7.5A13
Smart datalink connector.
Instrument cluster.
Not used (spare).15A14
SYNC.15A15
Integrated control panel.
Not used.—16
Headlamp control module.7.5A17
Not used (spare).7.5A18
Headlamp switch.5A19
Push button ignition switch.
Ignition switch.5A20
Telematics control unit module.
Key inhibit solenoid lock.
Not used.5A21
Not used (spare).5A22
Not used (spare).30A23
Moonroof.30A24
Not used (spare).20A25
Not used (spare).30A26
Not used (spare).30A27
Not used (spare).30A28
Not used (spare).15A29
Trailer brake connector.5A30
316
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Terrain management switch.10A31
Selectable drive mode switch.
Transceiver module.
Audio control module.20A32
Not used.—33
Run/start relay.30A34
Not used (spare).5A35
Park assist module.15A36
Image processing module A.
Not used (spare).20A37
Left-hand rear power window.30A38
Right-hand rear power window.
Note: Spare fuse amperage may vary.
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING: Always replace a fuse
with one that has the specified
amperage rating. Using a fuse with a
higher amperage rating can cause severe
wire damage and could start a fire.
E217331
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
317
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
Fuse Types
E207206
Fuse TypeCallout
Micro 2A
Micro 3B
MaxiC
MiniD
M CaseE
J CaseF
J Case Low ProfileG
318
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Fuses
GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of
authorized dealers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. We believe that their specially
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
They are supported by a wide range of
highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.
Precautions
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space,
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation.
• Keep all open flames and other burning
material (such as cigarettes) away
from the battery and all fuel related
parts.
Working with the Engine Off
1. Set the parking brake and shift the
transmission to park (P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.
Working with the Engine On
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn
injuries, do not start your engine with the
air cleaner removed and do not remove
it while the engine is running.
1. Set the parking brake and shift the
transmission to park (P).
2. Block the wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
E263274
1. Open the left-hand front door.
2. Fully pull the hood release lever and
let it completely retract.
Note: This action releases the hood latch.
3. Fully pull the hood release lever for a
second time.
Note: This action fully releases the hood.
4. Open the hood.
Note: There is no secondary latch under the
hood.
319
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
E318379
5. Support the hood with the prop rod.
Closing the Hood
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
latch the hood before driving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
1. Remove the prop rod from the catch
and secure it correctly in the clip.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last
10–14 in (25–35 cm).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.3L ECOBOOST™
E357684
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 333).A
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 323).B
320
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 323).C
Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 332).D
Engine compartment fuse box. See Changing a Fuse (page 317).E
Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 327).F
Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 324).G
Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 336).H
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.0L
E288092
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 333).A
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 323).B
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 323).C
Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 332).D
Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 309).E
Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 327).F
321
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 325).G
Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 336).H
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.3L
E288595
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 333).A.
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 323).B.
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 323).C.
Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 332).D.
Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 309).E.
Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 327).F.
Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 324).G.
Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap- HEV only.H.
Washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 336).I.
322
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 2.3L
ECOBOOST™
E270482
Minimum.A
Nominal.B
Maximum.C
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 3.0L
E250320
Minimum.A
Nominal.B
Maximum.C
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 3.3L
E354437
C
Minimum.A
Nominal.B
Maximum.C
ENGINE OIL CHECK
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Check the oil level before starting the
engine, or switch the engine off after
warm up and wait 10 minutes for the
oil to drain into the oil pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth.
4. Reinstall the dipstick and make sure it
is fully seated.
5. Remove the dipstick again to check the
oil level.
Note: If the oil level is between the
maximum and minimum marks, the oil level
is acceptable. Do not add oil.
6. If the oil level is at the minimum mark,
immediately add oil.
7. Reinstall the dipstick. Make sure it is
fully seated.
323
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).
Adding Engine Oil
WARNING: Do not add engine oil
when the engine is hot. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the filler
cap when the engine is running.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that the
vehicle warranty may not cover.
1. Clean the area surrounding the engine
oil filler cap before you remove it.
2. Remove the engine oil filler cap.
3. Add engine oil that meets our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 385).
4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Note: Make sure you install the oil filler cap
correctly.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage
with an absorbent cloth.
OIL CHANGE INDICATOR
RESET
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel to reset the oil change
indicator.
From the main menu scroll to:
Action and descriptionMessage
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll
to the following message.
Settings
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll
to the following message.
Vehicle
Press and hold the OK
button until the instrument
cluster displays the
following message.
Hold OK to
Reset
Reset Successful
When the oil change indic-
ator resets the instrument
cluster displays 100%.
Remaining Life
{00}%
If the instrument cluster
displays one of the following
messages, repeat the
process.
Not Reset
Reset Cancelled
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER - 2.3L ECOBOOST™
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn
injuries, do not start your engine with the
air cleaner removed and do not remove
it while the engine is running.
324
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
When changing the engine air filter, do not
allow debris or foreign material to enter
the air induction system. Engine
components are susceptible to damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Change the air filter element at the correct
interval. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 476).
Incorrect component use can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty. See Motorcraft Parts (page
383).
To replace the air filter element do the
following:
E294782
1. Remove the clips that secure the air
filter housing cover.
2. Using a screwdriver, loosen the clamp
on air filter housing cover.
3. Gently pull the boot back away from
the air filter housing cover.
4. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover
from the air filter housing assembly.
5. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
6. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and that you have a
good seal.
7. Install a new air filter element. Be
careful not to crimp the filter element
edges between the air filter housing
and cover. This could cause filter
damage and allow unfiltered air to
enter the engine if it is not properly
seated.
8. Install the air filter housing cover.
9. Engage the clips to secure the air filter
housing cover to the air filter housing.
10. Reconnect the boot to the air filter
housing cover and torque to 3.69 lb.ft
(5 Nm).
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER - 3.0L
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn
injuries, do not start your engine with the
air cleaner removed and do not remove
it while the engine is running.
When changing the engine air filter, do not
allow debris or foreign material to enter
the air induction system. Engine
components are susceptible to damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Change the air filter element at the correct
interval. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 476).
325
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
Incorrect component use can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty. See Motorcraft Parts (page
383).
To replace the air filter element do the
following:
E294778
1. Remove the clips that secure the air
filter housing cover.
2. Using a screwdriver, loosen two clamps
on either side of the air filter housing
cover.
3. Gently pull the two boots back away
from the air filter housing cover.
4. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
5. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
6. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and that you have a
good seal.
7. Install a new air filter element. Be
careful not to crimp the filter element
edges between the air filter housing
and cover. This could cause filter
damage and allow unfiltered air to
enter the engine if it is not properly
seated.
8. Install the air filter housing cover.
9. Engage the clips to secure the air filter
housing cover to the air filter housing.
10. Reconnect the two boots on the air
filter housing cover and torque to
3.69 lb.ft (5 Nm).
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER - 3.3L
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn
injuries, do not start your engine with the
air cleaner removed and do not remove
it while the engine is running.
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. Resulting component damage
may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: When servicing the air cleaner, do
not allow foreign material to enter the air
induction system. The engine is susceptible
to damage from even small particles.
When changing the air filter element, use
only the air filter element listed.
Change the air filter element at the proper
intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 476).
326
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
E295061
x2
1. Release the clamps that secure the air
filter cover to the housing.
2. Using a screwdriver, loosen the clamp
on the air filter housing cover.
3. Gently pull the boot back away from
the air filter housing cover.
4. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
5. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
6. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and that you have a
good seal.
7. Install a new air filter element. Be
careful not to crimp the filter element
edges between the air filter housing
and cover. This could cause filter
damage and allow unfiltered air to
enter the engine if it is not properly
seated.
8. Install the air filter housing cover.
9. Engage the clips to secure the air filter
housing cover to the air filter housing.
10. Reconnect the boot to the air filter
housing cover and torque to 3.69 lb.ft
(5 Nm).
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in
the windshield washer reservoir. If
sprayed on the windshield, coolant could
make it difficult to see through the
windshield.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
personal injury, make sure the engine is
cool before unscrewing the coolant
pressure relief cap. The cooling system
is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid
can come out forcefully when you loosen
the cap slightly.
WARNING: Do not add coolant
further than the MAX mark.
When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the coolant at
the intervals listed in the scheduled
maintenance information. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 476).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and the MAX marks on
the coolant reservoir.
327
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -29°F (-34°C) and -35°F
(-37°C). Coolant concentration should be
checked using a refractometer. We do not
recommend the use of hydrometers or
coolant test strips for measuring coolant
concentration.
Adding Coolant
WARNING: Do not add engine
coolant when the engine is on or the
cooling system is hot. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in
the windshield washer reservoir. If
sprayed on the windshield, coolant could
make it difficult to see through the
windshield.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems. Resulting
component damage may not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable.
It is very important to use prediluted
coolant approved to the correct
specification in order to avoid plugging the
small passageways in the engine cooling
system. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 379). Do not mix
different colors or types of coolant in your
vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using
an incorrect coolant may harm the engine
or cooling system components and may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: If prediluted coolant is not available,
use the approved concentrated coolant
diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 379).
Using water that has not been deionised
may contribute to deposit formation,
corrosion and plugging of the small cooling
system passageways.
Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and
models may not be approved to our
specifications and may cause damage to
the cooling system. Resulting component
damage may not be covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted coolant approved to
the correct specification. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
379).
3. Add enough prediluted coolant to
reach the correct level.
4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn
the cap clockwise until it contacts the
hard stop.
328
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
5. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, add enough
prediluted engine coolant to bring the
coolant level to the correct level.
If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Operating an engine with a low level of
coolant can result in engine overheating
and possible engine damage.
In case of emergency, you can add a large
amount of water without engine coolant
in order to reach a vehicle service location.
In this instance, qualified personnel:
1. Must drain the cooling system.
2. Chemically clean the coolant system.
3. Refill with engine coolant as soon as
possible.
Water alone, without engine coolant, can
cause engine damage from corrosion,
overheating or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.
• Brine.
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine
damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of
the coolant.
Recycled Coolant
We do not recommend the use of recycled
coolant as an approved recycling process
is not yet available.
Note: Dispose of used coolant in the
appropriate manner.
Follow your community's regulations and
standards for recycling and disposing of
automotive fluids.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
• It may be necessary to increase the
coolant concentration above 50%.
• A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point
protection.
• Coolant concentrations above 60%
decrease the overheat protection
characteristics of the coolant and may
cause engine damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
• You can decrease the coolant
concentration to 40%.
• A coolant concentration of 40%
provides improved overheat protection.
• Coolant concentrations below 40%
decrease the overheat and corrosion
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
climates should use prediluted coolant for
optimum cooling system and engine
protection.
Coolant Change
At specific mileage intervals, as listed in
the scheduled maintenance information,
the coolant should be changed. Add
prediluted coolant approved to the correct
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 379).
329
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat,
the coolant temperature gauge
moves toward the red zone:
A warning lamp illuminates and
a message may appear in the
information display.
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder
acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still
operates, however:
• Engine power is limited.
• The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for
use during emergencies only. Operate
your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as
long as necessary to bring your vehicle
to rest in a safe location and seek
immediate repairs. When in fail-safe
mode, your vehicle will have limited
power, will not be able to maintain
high-speed operation, and may
completely shut down without warning,
potentially losing engine power, power
steering assist, and power brake assist,
which may increase the possibility of a
crash resulting in serious injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
Your vehicle has limited engine power
when in the fail-safe mode, drive your
vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not
maintain high-speed operation and the
engine may operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. If you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, we recommend
that you contact your roadside
assistance service provider.
3. If this is not possible, wait for a short
period of time for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools,
you can re-start the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible to
minimize engine damage.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.
330
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management (If Equipped)
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
crash and injury, be prepared that the
vehicle speed may reduce and the
vehicle may not be able to accelerate
with full power until the coolant
temperature reduces.
If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the
engine may temporarily reach a higher
temperature during severe operating
conditions, for example ascending a long
or steep grade in high ambient
temperatures.
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle
speed caused by reduced engine power in
order to manage the engine coolant
temperature. Your vehicle may enter this
mode if certain high-temperature and
high-load conditions take place. The
amount of speed reduction depends on
vehicle loading, grade and ambient
temperature. If this occurs, there is no
need to stop your vehicle. You can
continue to drive.
The air conditioning may automatically
turn on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant
temperature decreases to the normal
operating temperature, the air conditioning
turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves
fully into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine
soon messages appear in your information
display, do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so. Fully apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. If the
temperature does not drop after
several minutes, follow the remaining
steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart
the engine and continue.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK
If required, have an authorized dealer check
and change the transmission fluid at the
correct service interval. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 476).
The automatic transmission does not have
a transmission fluid dipstick.
Refer to your scheduled maintenance
information for scheduled intervals for fluid
checks and changes. Your transmission
does not consume fluid. However, if the
transmission slips, shifts slowly or if you
notice a sign of leaking fluid, contact an
authorized dealer.
Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.
331
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID CHECK
WARNING: Do not use any fluid
other than the recommended brake fluid
as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use
of incorrect fluid could result in the loss
of vehicle control, serious personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Only use brake fluid
from a sealed container. Contamination
with dirt, water, petroleum products or
other materials may result in brake
system damage or failure. Failure to
adhere to this warning could result in the
loss of vehicle control, serious personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid
to touch your skin or eyes. If this
happens, rinse the affected areas
immediately with plenty of water and
contact your physician.
WARNING: The brake system
could be affected if the brake fluid level
is below the MIN mark or above the MAX
mark on the brake fluid reservoir.
E170684
1. Park your vehicle on a level surface.
2. Look at the brake fluid reservoir to see
where the brake fluid level is relative
to the MIN and the MAX marks on the
reservoir.
Note: If the brake fluid level is between the
MIN and the MAX marks on the reservoir, it
is acceptable.
Note: If the brake fluid level is below the
MIN mark or above the MAX mark, have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: To avoid fluid contamination, the
reservoir cap must remain in place and fully
tight, unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 379).
Brake Fluid Service Interval
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which
degrades the effectiveness of the brake
fluid. Change the brake fluid at the
specified intervals to prevent degraded
braking performance.
332
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
For detailed interval information, see
Scheduled Maintenance in your Owner's
Manual or your local maintenance guide.
POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric
power steering (EPS) system. There is no
fluid reservoir to check or fill.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can
cause personal injury. Therefore, do not
allow flames, sparks or lighted
substances to come near the battery.
When working near the battery, always
shield your face and protect your eyes.
Always provide correct ventilation.
WARNING: When lifting a
plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure
on the end walls could cause acid to flow
through the vent caps, resulting in
personal injury and damage to the
vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain
sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when
working near the battery to protect
against possible splashing of acid
solution. In case of acid contact with skin
or eyes, flush immediately with water for
a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt
medical attention. If acid is swallowed,
call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash your hands
after handling.
WARNING: This vehicle may have
more than one battery. Removing the
battery cables from only one battery
does not disconnect your vehicle
electrical system. Make sure you
disconnect the battery cables from all
batteries when disconnecting power.
Failure to do so may cause serious
personal injury or property damage.
WARNING: For vehicles with
Auto-Start-Stop the battery requirement
is different. You must replace the battery
with one of exactly the same
specification.
The battery is in the engine compartment.
See Under Hood Overview (page 321).
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free
battery. It does not require additional
water during service.
If the vehicle battery has a cover and vent
hose, make sure you correctly install it after
cleaning or replacing the battery.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry and the
battery cables tightly fastened to the
battery terminals. If any corrosion is
present on the battery or terminals, remove
the cables from the terminals and clean
with a wire brush. You can neutralize the
acid with a solution of baking soda and
water.
We recommend that you disconnect the
negative battery cable terminal from the
battery if you plan to store your vehicle for
an extended period.
333
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
Note: If you only disconnect the negative
battery cable terminal, make sure it is
isolated or placed away from the battery
terminal to avoid unintended connection or
arcing.
If you replace the battery make sure it
matches the electrical requirements of
your vehicle.
If you disconnect or replace the battery
and your vehicle has an automatic
transmission, it must relearn its adaptive
strategy. Because of this, the transmission
may shift firmly when first driven. This is
normal operation while the transmission
fully updates its operation to optimum
shift feel.
Battery Sensor Reset
When you install a new battery, reset the
battery sensor by doing the following:
1. Switch the ignition on, and leave the
engine off.
Note: Complete Steps 2 and 3 within 10
seconds.
2. Flash the high beam headlamps five
times, ending with the high beams off.
3. Press and release the brake pedal three
times.
The battery warning lamp flashes three
times to confirm that the reset is
successful.
Battery Management System (If
Equipped)
The system monitors battery conditions
and takes actions to extend battery life. If
excessive battery drain is detected, the
system temporarily disables some
electrical systems to protect the battery.
Systems included are:
• Heated rear window.
• Heated seats.
• Climate control.
• Heated steering wheel.
• Audio unit.
• Navigation system.
A message may appear in the information
display to alert you that battery protection
actions are active. This message is only for
notification that an action is taking place,
and not intended to indicate an electrical
problem or that the battery requires
replacement.
After battery replacement, or in some
cases after charging the battery with an
external charger, the battery management
system requires eight hours of vehicle sleep
time to relearn the battery state of charge.
During this time, your vehicle must remain
fully locked with the ignition switched off.
Note: Prior to relearning the battery state
of charge, the battery management system
may temporarily disable some electrical
systems.
Electrical Accessory Installation
To make sure the battery management
system works correctly, do not connect an
electrical device ground connection
directly to the battery negative post. This
can cause inaccurate measurements of
the battery condition and potential
incorrect system operation.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to the vehicle, it may adversely
affect battery performance and durability.
This may also affect the performance of
other electrical systems in the vehicle.
Remove and Reinstall the Battery
Install a battery approved for use by our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 379).
To disconnect or remove the battery, do
the following:
334
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
1. Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off.
2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for
example lights and radio.
3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before
disconnecting the battery.
Note: The engine management system has
a power hold function and remains powered
for a period of time after you switch the
ignition off. This is to allow the system to
store diagnostic and adaptive tables.
Disconnecting the battery without waiting
can cause damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable
terminal.
5. Disconnect the positive battery cable
terminal.
6. Remove the battery securing clamp.
7. Remove the battery.
8. To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
Note: Before reconnecting the battery,
make sure the ignition remains switched off.
Note: Make sure to fully tighten the battery
cables.
If you disconnect or replace the vehicle
battery, you must reset the following
features:
• Window bounce-back. See Power
Windows (page 95).
• Clock Settings.
• Pre-set radio stations.
Battery Disposal
E107998
Make sure that you dispose of
old batteries in an
environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
If your vehicle has been involved in a crash,
have the aim of the headlamp beam
checked by an authorized dealer.
E142592
8 ft (2.4 m)A
Ground to the center of the
headlamp high beam bulb
B
25 ft (7.6 m)C
Horizontal reference lineD
Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure
1. Park your vehicle on level ground
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) from a wall
or screen.
2. Measure the distance from the ground
to the center of the headlamp beam
bulb and mark an 8 ft (2.4 m) long
horizontal reference line on the wall or
screen at this height.
Note: There may be an identifying mark on
the lens to help you locate the center line
of the headlamp beam bulb.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for
adjusting, you may want to block the light
from one headlamp while adjusting the
other.
335
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
3. Switch on the low beam headlamps
and open the hood.
E142465
4. On the wall or screen you will observe
a flat zone of high intensity light
located at the top of the beam pattern.
If the top edge of the flat zone of high
intensity light is not on the horizontal
reference line, adjust the aim of the
headlamp beam.
E292172
5. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver or socket wrench, to turn
the adjuster clockwise or
counterclockwise to adjust the vertical
aim of the headlamp. The horizontal
edge of the brighter light should touch
the horizontal reference line.
6. Close the hood and switch off the
lamps.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING: If you operate your
vehicle in temperatures below 41.0°F
(5°C), use washer fluid with antifreeze
protection. Failure to use washer fluid
with antifreeze protection in cold
weather could result in impaired
windshield vision and increase the risk
of injury or accident.
Note: The front and rear washer systems
are supplied from the same reservoir.
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is
low. Only use a washer fluid that meets
our specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 379).
State or local regulations on volatile
organic compounds may restrict the use
of methanol, a common windshield washer
antifreeze additive. Washer fluids
containing non-methanol antifreeze
agents should be used only if they provide
cold weather protection without damaging
the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or
washer system.
FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime
fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel
tank. Regular maintenance or replacement
is not needed.
336
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
CHANGING THE FRONT WIPER
BLADES
You can improve poor wiper quality by
cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield.
Replace the wiper blades at least annually
for optimum performance.
E129990
1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the
wiper blade locking buttons together.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
CHANGING THE REAR WIPER
BLADES
You can improve poor wiper quality by
cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield.
Replace the wiper blades at least annually
for optimum performance.
E183236
1. Lift the wiper arm.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
2. Remove the wiper blade.
337
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
3. To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
CHANGING A BULB
WARNING: Switch the lamps and
the ignition off. Failure to do so could
result in serious personal injury.
WARNING: Bulbs can become hot.
Let the bulb cool down before removing
it. Failure to do so could result in
personal injury.
Use the correct specification bulb. See
Bulb Specification Chart (page 413).
Install in the reverse order unless otherwise
stated.
Rear Direction Indicator and
Reversing Lamp
E292168
1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition
off.
2. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, to carefully remove the
access cover.
3. Remove the side cover.
4. Remove the screw that secures the
lamp assembly.
5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
6. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
7. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
E292171
Rear direction indicator.A
Reverse lamp.B
LED Lamps
LED lamps are not serviceable items. See
an authorized dealer if they fail.
The following lamps are LED:
• Headlamp low beam.
• Headlamp high beam.
• Front direction indicator.
• Side direction indicator.
• Daytime running lamps.
• Front fog lamps (if equipped).
• Brake and rear lamp.
• Rear side marker lamp.
338
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
• Rear fog lamps (if equipped).
• Front side marker lamps.
• Front signature lamps.
• Central high mounted brake lamp.
License Plate Lamp
E292276
A
B
A
1 2
203
A
A
1. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, to carefully remove the
lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
339
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
Your dealer has many quality products
available to clean your vehicle and protect
its finishes.
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. &
Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with
Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37-
F/M (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner,
ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
340
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft
Detail Wash.
• Never use strong household detergents
or soap, for example dish washing or
laundry liquid. These products can
discolor and spot painted surfaces.
• Never wash your vehicle when it is hot
to the touch, or during strong or direct
sunlight.
• Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft
terry cloth towel to eliminate water
spotting.
• Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar.
These may cause damage to your
vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
We recommend Motorcraft Bug and
Tar Remover.
• Remove any exterior accessories, for
example antennas, before entering a
car wash.
• When filling with AdBlue®, remove any
residue on painted surfaces
immediately.
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents
can damage painted surfaces. If these
substances come in contact with your
vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as
possible.
Cleaning the Exterior Precautions
Immediately remove fuel spillages, AdBlue
residuals, bird droppings, insect deposits
and road tar. These may cause damage to
your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
Remove any exterior accessories, for
example antennas, before entering a car
wash.
Cleaning the Exterior Lamps
Note: Do not scrape the exterior lamps
lenses or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents
or chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not wipe the exterior lamps when
they are dry.
Exterior Chrome Parts
• Apply a high quality-cleaning product
to bumpers and other chrome parts.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
We recommend Motorcraft Custom
Bright Metal Cleaner.
• Do not apply the cleaning product to
hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning
product on chrome surfaces longer
than the time recommended.
• Using non-recommended cleaners can
result in severe and permanent
cosmetic damage.
Note: Never use abrasive materials, for
example steel wool or plastic pads as they
can scratch the chrome surface.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.
Exterior Plastic Parts
For routine cleaning we recommend
Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease
spots are present, we recommend
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped)
Hand washing your vehicle is preferred
however, pressure washing may be used
under the following conditions:
• Do not use water pressure higher than
2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
• Do not use water hotter than 179°F
(82°C).
341
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
• Use a spray with a 40 degree wide
spray angle pattern.
• Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm)
distance and 90 degree angle to your
vehicle's surface.
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away from the vehicle's surface.
Underbody
Regularly clean the underside of your
vehicle using water. Keep body and door
drain holes free of debris or foreign
material.
Under Hood
For removing black rubber marks from
under the hood we recommend Motorcraft
Wheel and Tire Cleaner or Motorcraft Bug
and Tar Remover.
WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
• Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
• Follow the manufacturer’s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
• Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
• Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
• Roof racks.
• Bumpers.
• Grained door handles.
• Side moldings.
• Mirror housings.
• Windshield cowl area.
• Do not apply wax to glass areas.
• After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
• Take care when using a power washer
to clean the engine. The high-pressure
fluid could penetrate the sealed parts
and cause damage.
• Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
• Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and
Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Engine
Shampoo.
Note: If your vehicle has an engine cover
remove the cover before application of
Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser.
Immediately rinse away any over spray.
342
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
• Cover the battery, power distribution
box, and air filter assembly to prevent
water damage when cleaning the
engine.
CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental
fallout can result in windshield and wiper
blade contamination. Dirty windshield and
wipers will result in poor windshield wiper
operation. Keep the windshield and wiper
blades clean to maintain windshield wiper
performance.
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
• Clean the windshield with a
non-abrasive glass cleaner. When
cleaning the interior of the windshield,
avoid getting any glass cleaner on the
instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
• For windshields contaminated with
tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean
the entire windshield using steel wool
(no greater than 0000 grade) in a
circular motion and rinse with water.
• Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
rubbing alcohol or windshield washer
concentrate.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNING: Do not use cleaning
solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's
seatbelts, as these actions may weaken
the belt webbing.
WARNING: On vehicles equipped
with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Such products could contaminate the
side airbag system and affect
performance of the side airbag in a crash.
For fabric, carpets, cloth seats and seats
equipped with side airbags:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Remove light stains and soil with
Motorcraft Professional Strength
Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.
• If grease or tar is present on the
material, spot-clean the area first with
Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose
Cleaner.
• If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately (but do not oversaturate)
or the ring will set.
• Do not use household cleaning
products or glass cleaners, which can
stain and discolor the fabric and affect
the flame retardant abilities of the seat
materials.
Mirrors
Do not clean the housing or glass of any
mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
343
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS
WARNING: Do not use chemical
solvents or strong detergents when
cleaning the steering wheel or
instrument panel to avoid contamination
of the airbag system.
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats
(page 344).
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.
• Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase
the gloss of the upper portion of the
instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from
undesirable windshield reflection.
• Do not use any household cleaning
products or glass cleaners as these
may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
• Wash or wipe your hands clean if you
have been in contact with certain
products such as insect repellent and
suntan lotion to avoid possible damage
to the interior painted surfaces.
• Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Your warranty may not cover these
damages.
If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has
been spilled on the instrument panel or on
interior trim surfaces:
1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,
soft cloth as quickly as possible.
2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and
Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially
available leather cleaning product for
automotive interiors. Test any cleaner
or stain remover on an inconspicuous
area.
3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a
clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a
clean, soft cloth.
4. If necessary, apply more soap and
water solution or cleaning product to
a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the
soiled area. Allow this to set at room
temperature for 30 minutes.
5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a
clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing
motion for 60 seconds on the soiled
area.
6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as
dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium
Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a
commercially available leather cleaning
product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on
an inconspicuous area.
344
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
You should:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Clean and treat spills and stains as
soon as possible.
Do not use the following products as these
may damage the leather:
• Oil and petroleum or silicone-based
leather conditioners.
• Household cleaners.
• Alcohol solutions.
• Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and
plastics.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to
match your vehicle’s color. Your vehicle
color code is printed on a sticker on the
front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your
color code to your authorized dealer to
make sure you get the correct color.
Before repairing minor paint damage, use
a cleaner to remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Read the instructions before using cleaning
products.
CLEANING THE WHEELS
1. Regularly clean them with a wheel
cleaner. We recommend that you use
Ford approved wheel cleaner if
available.
2. Remove dirt and brake dust with a
sponge.
3. Remove tar and grease with a bug and
tar remover. We recommend that you
use Ford approved bug and tar remover
if available.
4. Thoroughly rinse the wheels with water
after cleaning.
If you intend on parking your vehicle for an
extended period after cleaning the wheels
with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for
a few minutes before doing so. This
reduces the risk of corrosion of the brake
discs, brake pads and linings.
Do not clean the wheels when they are hot.
Note: Some car washes could damage
wheel rims and covers.
Note: Using non-recommended cleaners,
harsh cleaning products, chrome wheel
cleaners or abrasive materials could
damage wheel rims and covers.
VEHICLE STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, read the following
maintenance recommendations to make
sure your vehicle stays in good operating
condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles
and their components for reliable, regular
driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you
use specific precautions to preserve engine
components.
General
• Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
• Protect from sunlight, if possible.
• If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and damage.
345
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Body
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing
and the underside of front fenders.
• Periodically wash your vehicle if it is
stored in exposed locations.
• Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
• Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary
when you wash your vehicle.
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with
a light grade oil.
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
Engine
• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil
contains contaminates which may
cause engine damage.
• Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast
idle with the climate controls set to
defrost until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
• With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.
• We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.
Fuel system
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle.
Cooling system
• Protect against freezing temperatures.
• When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
system leaks and that fluid is at the
recommended level.
Disconnecting Your 12 Volt Battery
• Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
• If storing your vehicle for more than 30
days without recharging the battery,
we recommend that you disconnect
the battery cables to maintain battery
charge for quick starting.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if you disconnect the battery
cables.
Brakes
• Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Tires
• Maintain recommended air pressure.
Miscellaneous
• Make sure all linkages, cables, levers
and pins under your vehicle are covered
with grease to prevent rust.
• Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m)
every 15 days to lubricate working parts
and prevent corrosion.
346
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage such as mice or squirrel
nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and
forth to remove rust build-up.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have
any concerns or issues.
BODY STYLING KITS
The distance between the underside of
your vehicle and the ground is less than
that of other models. Drive with extreme
care to avoid damage to your vehicle.
347
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Vehicle Care
GENERAL INFORMATION
The recommended tire inflation pressures
are found on the Tire Label which is
located on the B-pillar or the edge of the
driver door. This information can also be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label, affixed to either the
door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver’s seating position.
We strongly recommend maintaining these
tire pressures at all times. Failure to follow
the tire pressure recommendations can
cause uneven treadwear patterns, reduced
fuel economy, and adversely affect the
way your vehicle handles.
Note: Check and set the tire pressure at the
ambient temperature in which you are
intending to drive your vehicle and when the
tires are cold.
Note: Check your tire pressures at least
once per month.
If your vehicle has a spare tire, set the
pressure to the highest value given for your
vehicle and tire size combination.
Use only approved wheels and tire sizes;
using other sizes could damage your
vehicle.
If you change the diameter of the factory
installed tires, the speedometer could
display the incorrect speed. This could
effect the functionality of the 4WD system
(if equipped). Take your vehicle to an
authorized dealer and have the engine
management system reprogrammed.
If you intend to change the size of the
factory installed tires, check the suitability
with an authorized dealer.
Additional information related to the
functionality and maintenance of your tires
can be found in the Wheels and Tire
section. See Tire Care (page 350).
Self-Sealing Tires (If Equipped)
Self-Sealing tires are a special type of tire
that have a material on the inside of the
tire that can seal punctures up to 0.2 in
(6 mm) in diameter in the tread area. This
material does not protect from damage or
punctures in the sidewall of the tire.
Self-sealing tires can be identified by the
tire manufacturer with a special mark.
If your TPMS warning light comes on,
inspect your tires for damage and re-inflate
your tires to the pressure indicated on the
tire placard. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 366). If your
tires are damaged or continue to lose air,
take your vehicle to the nearest authorized
dealer to have your tires inspected and
repaired/replaced as necessary.
Note: Replace self-sealing tires with
self-sealing tires to maintain the
functionality provided.
Note: Do not drive on a deflated
self-sealing tire. This damages the tire
beyond repair.
Notice to utility vehicle and truck
owners
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wearing a
seatbelt.
348
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Utility vehicles and trucks handle
differently than passenger cars in the
various driving conditions that are
encountered on streets, highways and
off-road. Utility vehicles and trucks are not
designed for cornering at speeds as high
as passenger cars any more than low-slung
sports cars are designed to perform
satisfactorily under off-road conditions.
Study your owner's manual and any
supplements for specific information about
equipment features, instructions for safe
driving and additional precautions to
reduce the risk of an accident or serious
injury.
Four-Wheel Drive system (if
equipped)
WARNING: Do not become
overconfident in the ability of four-wheel
drive vehicles. Although a four-wheel
drive vehicle may accelerate better than
a two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction
situations, it won't stop any faster than
two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive
at a safe speed.
A vehicle equipped with Four-Wheel Drive
has the ability to use all four wheels to
power itself. This increases traction which
may enable you to safely drive over terrain
and road conditions that a conventional
two-wheel drive vehicle cannot. Power is
supplied to all four wheels through a
transfer case. Four-wheel drive vehicles
allow you to select different modes as
necessary. You can find more information
on transfer case operation, drive mode
selection, and transfer case maintenance
in this manual. See Four-Wheel Drive
(page 206). You should become thoroughly
familiar with this information before you
operate your vehicle.
We recommend installing the temporary
spare wheel and tire on the front axle when
possible. This could provide limited 4WD
traction.
Four-wheel drive: Never use a spare tire of
a different size than the one provided with
your vehicle. This could cause the
four-wheel drive system to default to
rear-wheel drive.
How your vehicle differs from
other vehicles
Sport utility vehicles and trucks can differ
from some other vehicles in a few
noticeable ways. Your vehicle may be:
• Higher - to allow higher load carrying
capacity and to allow it to travel over
rough terrain without getting hung up
or damaging underbody components.
• Shorter - to give it the capability to
approach inclines and drive over the
crest of a hill without getting hung up
or damaging underbody components.
All other things held equal, a shorter
wheelbase may make your vehicle
quicker to respond to steering inputs
than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase.
• Narrower - to provide greater
maneuverability in tight spaces,
particularly in off-road use.
As a result of the above dimensional
differences, sport utility vehicles and trucks
often have a higher center of gravity and a
greater difference in center of gravity
between the loaded and unloaded
condition. These differences that make
your vehicle so versatile also make it
handle differently than an ordinary
passenger car.
349
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
TIRE CARE
Information About Uniform
Tire Quality Grading
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
The Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the
United States Department of
Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use
spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined
in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
U.S. Department of
Transportation Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires us to give
you the following information
about tire grades exactly as the
government has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
would wear 1½ times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING: The traction
grade assigned to this tire is
based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning or peak traction
characteristics.
350
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability
to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled
conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the
original equipment tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at set
pressure. For example: For
P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) and
for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5 bar).
Increasing the inflation pressure
beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load carrying
capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric
or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 42 psi
(2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire’s load
carrying capability.
351
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mi (1.6 km).
*Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door.
* B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of
the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
Information Contained on the
Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle may be
different from this example.)
352
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that may be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter this may mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You may find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed
rating. The speed rating denotes
the speed at which a tire is
designed to be driven for extended
periods of time under a standard
condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle
may operate at different
conditions for load and inflation
pressure. These speed ratings may
need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The
ratings range from 81 mph
(130 km/h) to 186 mph
(299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
Speed ratingLetter
rating
81 mph (130 km/h)M
87 mph (140 km/h)N
99 mph (159 km/h)Q
106 mph (171 km/h)R
112 mph (180 km/h)S
118 mph (190 km/h)T
124 mph (200 km/h)U
130 mph (210 km/h)H
149 mph (240 km/h)V
353
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Speed ratingLetter
rating
168 mph (270 km/h)W
186 mph (299 km/h)Y
Note: For tires with a maximum
speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers
sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299
km/h), tire manufacturers always
use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers
or letters are the plant code
designating where it was
manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000,
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire. See the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), for the correct tire
pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade
is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half
times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
354
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturers' maximum
permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the vehicle manufacturer's
recommended cold inflation
pressure which can be found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the vehicle label.
The tire suppliers may have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load
or radial tubeless.
Additional Information
Contained on the Tire Sidewall
for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.
A
B
C
B
D
E142544
LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that is intended for service on light
trucks.
B. Load Range and Load
Inflation Limits: Indicates the
tire's load-carrying capabilities
and its inflation limits.
355
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg)
at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the
maximum load and tire pressure
when the tire is used as a dual,
defined as four tires on the rear
axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb
(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates
the maximum load and tire
pressure when the tire is used as
a single, defined as two tires
(total) on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a
tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for
your vehicle may be different from
this example. Tire Quality Grades
do not apply to this type of tire.
A
B
C
D
E
E142545
T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire,
designated by the Tire and Rim
Association, that is intended for
temporary service on cars, sport
utility vehicles, minivans and light
trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
356
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width. Numbers of 70 or
lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
Recommended Tire Pressures
and Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check the pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
WARNING: Under-inflation
is the most common cause of
tire failures and may result in
severe tire cracking, tread
separation or blowout, with
unexpected loss of vehicle
control and increased risk of
injury. Under-inflation increases
sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat
buildup and internal damage to
the tire. It also may result in
unnecessary tire stress, irregular
wear, loss of vehicle control and
accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not
appear to be flat!
You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
may be inaccurate. We
recommend the use of a digital or
dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge. Use the
recommended cold inflation
pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
may cause uneven treadwear
patterns.
Always inflate your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure
even if it is less than the maximum
inflation pressure information
found on the tire. You will find a
Tire Label containing the
manufactures recommended tire
inflation pressure by the tire size
and other important information
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door).
357
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
The recommended tire inflation
pressure is also found on the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label (affixed to either the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch on the B-pillar, or on
the edge of the driver’s door.
Failure to follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles.
Inspecting Your Tires and
Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that may be wedged
in the tread grooves. Check the tire
and valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that may permit air
leakage and repair or replace the
tire and replace the valve stem.
Inspect the tire sidewalls for
cracking, cuts, bruises and other
signs of damage or excessive
wear. If internal damage to the tire
is suspected, have the tire
dismounted and inspected in case
it needs to be repaired or replaced.
For your safety, tires that are
damaged or show signs of
excessive wear should not be used
because they are more likely to
blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:
Tire Wear
E142546
When the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm),
tires must be replaced to help
prevent your vehicle from skidding
and hydroplaning. Built-in
treadwear indicators, or wear bars,
which look like narrow strips of
smooth rubber across the tread
will appear on the tire when the
tread is worn down to one
sixteenth of an inch (2 mm).
When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.
358
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed
or suspected, have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
Tires can be damaged during
off-road use, so inspection after
off-road use is also
recommended.
Age
WARNING: Tires degrade
over time depending on many
factors such as weather, storage
conditions, and conditions of use
(load, speed, inflation pressure)
the tires experience throughout
their lives.
In general, tires should be
replaced after six years
regardless of tread wear.
However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the
aging process and may require
tires to be replaced more
frequently.
You should replace your spare
tire when you replace the road
tires or after six years due to
aging even if it has not been
used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000,
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
Tire Replacement
Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.
359
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: Only use
replacement tires and wheels
that are the same size, load
index, speed rating and type
(such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel
size may be found on either the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label (affixed to either the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or
the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or the
Tire Label which is located on
the B-Pillar or edge of the
driver's door. If this information
is not found on these labels, then
you should contact your
authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Use of any tire or wheel
not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: To reduce the
risk of serious injury, when
mounting replacement tires and
wheels, you should not exceed
the maximum pressure indicated
on the sidewall of the tire to set
the beads without additional
precautions listed below. If the
beads do not seat at the
maximum pressure indicated,
re-lubricate and try again.
WARNING: For a mounting
pressure more than 20 psi
(1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure, a Ford
dealer or other tire service
professional should do the
mounting.
WARNING: Always inflate
steel carcass tires with a remote
air fill with the person inflating
standing at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
WARNING: When inflating
the tire for mounting pressures
up to 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater
than the maximum pressure on
the tire sidewall, the following
precautions must be taken to
protect the person mounting the
tire:
• Make sure that you have the
correct tire and wheel size.
• Lubricate the tire bead and
wheel bead seat area again.
360
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
• Stand at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
• Use both eye and ear
protection.
Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle.
It is recommended that the two
front tires or two rear tires
generally be replaced as a pair if
the worn tires still have usable
depth.
To avoid potential Four-Wheel
Drive (4WD) malfunction or
(4WD) system damage, it is
recommended to replace all four
tires rather than mixing
significantly worn tires with new
tires.
The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels (originally installed
on your vehicle) are not designed
to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended may affect the
operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, your
system is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tire might be
incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or
some component of the system
may be damaged.
Safety Practices
WARNING: If your vehicle
is stuck in snow, mud or sand, do
not rapidly spin the tires;
spinning the tires can tear the
tire and cause an explosion. A
tire can explode in as little as
three to five seconds.
WARNING: Do not spin the
wheels at over 34 mph
(55 km/h). The tires may fail and
injure a passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal
to do with your tire mileage and
safety.
*Observe posted speed limits
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
*Avoid potholes and objects on
the road
*Do not run over curbs or hit the
tire against a curb when parking
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive,
there is always the possibility that
you may eventually have a flat tire
on the highway. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area out of traffic.
This may further damage the flat
tire, but your safety is more
important.
361
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If a tire is
under-inflated or damaged,
deflate it, remove wheel and
replace it with your spare tire and
wheel. If you cannot detect a
cause, have the vehicle towed to
the nearest repair facility or tire
dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you are
driving, the wheels may be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension (if
equipped) may require alignment
of all four wheels.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly may result in
irregular tire wear.
Tire Rotation
WARNING: If the tire label
shows different tire pressures for
the front and rear tires and the
vehicle has a tire pressure
monitoring system, then you
need to update the settings for
the system sensors. Always
perform the system reset
procedure after tire rotation. If
you do not reset the system, it
may not provide a low tire
pressure warning when
necessary.
Note: If your tires show uneven
wear, ask an authorized dealer to
check for and correct any wheel
misalignment, tire imbalance or
mechanical problem involved
before tire rotation.
Note: Your vehicle may be
equipped with a dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly. A
dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly is defined as a spare
wheel and tire assembly that is
different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and
wheels. If you have a dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, it is
intended for temporary use only
and should not be used in a tire
rotation.
Note: After having your tires
rotated, inflation pressure must be
checked and adjusted to the
vehicle requirements.
362
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
Rotating your tires at the
recommended interval will help
your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance
and longer tire life. Sometimes
irregular tire wear can be
corrected by rotating the tires. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page
476).
Tire Rotation Diagram
Rear-wheel drive and Four-wheel
drive vehicles, front tires at left of
diagram.
E142548
USING SUMMER TIRES
Summer tires provide superior
performance on wet and dry roads.
Summer tires do not have the Mud and
Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on
the tire side wall. Since summer tires do
not have the same traction performance
as All-season or Snow tires, we do not
recommend using summer tires when
temperatures drop to about 45°F (7°C) or
below (depending on tire wear and
environmental conditions) or in snow and
ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire
performance is affected by tire wear and
environmental conditions. If you must drive
in those conditions, we recommend using
Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or
Snow tires.
Always store your summer tires indoors at
temperatures above 19°F (-7°C). The
rubber compounds used in these tires lose
flexibility and may develop surface cracks
in the tread area at temperatures below
19°F (-7°C). If the tires have been
subjected to 19°F (-7°C) or less, warm
them in a heated space to at least 41°F
(5°C) for at least 24 hours before installing
them on a vehicle, or moving the vehicle
with the tires installed, or checking tire
inflation. Do not place tires near heaters
or heating devices used to warm the room
where the tires are stored. Do not apply
heat or blow heated air directly on the tires.
Always inspect the tires after storage
periods and before use.
USING WINTER TIRES
E278852
Inflate the winter tires to the same tire
pressures as those listed in the tire
pressures table.
363
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: Snow tires must be the
same size, load index and speed rating
as those originally provided by Ford. Use
of any tire or wheel not recommended
by Ford can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which could
result in an increased risk of loss of
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels can
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure.
Follow the Ford recommended tire
inflation pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label (on the
door hinge pillar, door latch post or the
door edge that meets the door latch
post, next to the driver seat), or Tire
Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door. Failure to follow the tire
pressure recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your vehicle
handles.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: Do not exceed 30 mph
(50 km/h). Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use snow chains
on snow-free roads.
WARNING: Only fit snow chains to
specified tires.
WARNING: If your vehicle is fitted
with wheel trims, remove them before
fitting snow chains.
WARNING: Snow tires must be the
same size, load index and speed rating
as those originally provided by Ford. Use
of any tire or wheel not recommended
by Ford can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which could
result in an increased risk of loss of
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels can
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure.
Follow the Ford recommended tire
inflation pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label (on the
door hinge pillar, door latch post or the
door edge that meets the door latch
post, next to the driver seat), or Tire
Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door. Failure to follow the tire
pressure recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your vehicle
handles.
Only use snow chains on rear wheels.
Install snow chains in pairs. Do not use
self-tensioning snow chains.
Only use snow chains on the following
specified tire sizes:
• 255/60R18
• Only install chains that are 10 mm
or less.
• 255/65R18
• Only install chains that are 10 mm
or less.
• 265/60R18
• Only install chains that are 10 mm
or less.
• 255/55R20
• Only install chains that are 10 mm
or less.
364
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
We recommend you use steel wheels of
the same size and specification if snow
chains are required because chains may
chip aluminum wheels.
Follow these guidelines when using snow
tires and traction devices:
• If possible, avoid fully loading your
vehicle.
• Purchase snow chains from a
manufacturer that clearly labels body
to tire dimension restrictions.
• When driving with snow chains do not
exceed 30 mph (50 km/h) or the
maximum speed recommended by the
chain manufacturer, whichever is less.
• Drive cautiously. If you hear the snow
chains rub or bang against the vehicle,
stop and tighten them. If this does not
work, remove the snow chains to
prevent vehicle damage.
• Remove the snow chains when they
are no longer needed. Do not use snow
chains on dry roads.
• If a temporary spare wheel is mounted
on your vehicle, do not use snow chains
on the axle with the temporary spare
wheel.
• Use snow chains that fit against the
sidewall of the tire to prevent the
chains from touching the wheel rims
or suspension, see following
illustration.
E292547
If you have any questions regarding snow
chains, please contact your authorized
dealer.
365
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING: The tire pressure
monitoring system is not a substitute for
manually checking tire pressures. You
should periodically check tire pressures
using a pressure gauge. Failure to
correctly maintain tire pressures could
increase the risk of tire failure, loss of
control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.
Note: You should only use tire sealants in
roadside emergencies as they may cause
damage to the tire pressure monitoring
system sensor.
Note: If the tire pressure monitoring system
sensor becomes damaged, it may not
function.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure recommended by
the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with License exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
366
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor.
You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See When Inflating Your Tires in
this chapter.
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
E250820
The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your road tires and
sends the tire pressure readings to your
vehicle. You can view the tire pressure
readings through the information display.
See General Information (page 116). The
low tire pressure warning light will turn on
if the tire pressure is significantly low. Once
the light is illuminated, your tires are
under-inflated and need to be inflated to
the manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
When one of your road tires needs to be
replaced with the temporary spare, the
system will continue to identify an issue to
remind you that the damaged road wheel
and tire assembly needs to be repaired and
put back on your vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire
pressure monitoring system, have the
damaged road wheel and tire assembly
repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
367
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:
Customer action requiredPossible cause
Low tire pressure
warning light
Make sure tires are at the proper pres-
sure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.
Tire(s) under-inflated
Solid warning light
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When Your Temporary Spare Tire
is Installed in this section.
Spare tire in use
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
On vehicles with different front and rear
tire pressures, the system must be
retrained following every tire rotation.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Reset procedure later in this section.
Tire rotation without
sensor training
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When Your Temporary Spare Tire
is Installed in this section.
Spare tire in use
Flashing warning
light
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
368
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
When Inflating Your Tires
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information
display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system may not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.
It may take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure.
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. While driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
may increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa)
from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is
stationary overnight with the outside
temperature significantly lower than the
daytime temperature, the tire pressure may
decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of
30°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This
lower pressure value may be detected by
the tire pressure monitoring system as
being significantly lower than the
recommended inflation pressure and
activate the system warning light for low
tire pressure. If the low tire pressure
warning light is on, visually check each tire
to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more
tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check
the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire
is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle
to the nearest location where air can be
added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to
the recommended inflation pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset
Procedure
WARNING: To determine the
required pressure(s) for your vehicle, see
the Safety Compliance Certification
Label (on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver seat) or the Tire Label on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.
Note: You need to perform the tire pressure
monitoring system reset procedure after
each tire rotation.
To provide the vehicle's load carrying
capability, some vehicles require different
recommended tire pressures in the front
tires as compared to the rear tires. The tire
pressure monitoring system equipped on
these vehicles is designed to illuminate the
low tire pressure warning light at two
different pressures; one for the front tires
and one for the rear tires.
Since tires need to be rotated to provide
consistent performance and maximum tire
life, the tire pressure monitoring system
needs to know when the tires are rotated
to determine which set of tires are on the
front and which are on the rear. With this
information, the system can detect and
properly warn of low tire pressures.
System reset tips:
369
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
• To reduce the chances of interference
from another vehicle, perform the
system reset procedure at least 3 ft
(1 m) away from another Ford Motor
Company vehicle undergoing the
system reset procedure at the same
time.
• Do not wait more than two minutes
between resetting each tire sensor or
the system can time-out and you have
to repeat the entire procedure on all
four wheels.
• A double horn sounds indicating the
need to repeat the procedure.
Performing the System Reset Procedure
Read the entire procedure before
attempting.
1. Drive the vehicle above 20 mph
(32 km/h) for at least two minutes,
then park in a safe location where you
can easily get to all four tires and have
access to an air pump.
2. Place the ignition in the off position and
keep the key in the ignition.
3. Cycle the ignition to the on position
with the engine off.
4. Turn the hazard flashers on then off
three times. You must accomplish this
within 10 seconds. If you successfully
enter the reset mode, the horn sounds
once, the system indicator flashes and
a message shows in the information
display. If this does not occur, please
try again starting at step 2. If after
repeated attempts to enter the reset
mode, the horn does not sound, the
system indicator does not flash and no
message shows in the information
display, seek service from your
authorized dealer.
5. Train the tire pressure monitoring
system sensors in the tires using the
following system reset sequence
starting with the left front tire in the
following clockwise order: Left front -
driver side front tire, Right front -
passenger side front tire, Right rear -
passenger side rear tire, Left rear -
driver side rear tire.
6. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the left front tire. Decrease the
air pressure until the horn sounds.
Note: The single horn tone confirms that
the sensor identification code has been
learned by the module for this position. If a
double horn is heard, the reset procedure
was unsuccessful, and you must repeat it.
7. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the right front tire. Decrease
the air pressure until the horn sounds.
8. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the right rear tire. Decrease the
air pressure until the horn sounds.
9. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the left rear tire. Decrease the
air pressure until the horn sounds.
Training is complete after the horn
sounds for the last tire trained, driver
side rear tire, the system indicator
stops flashing, and a message shows
in the information display.
10. Turn the ignition off. If two short horn
beeps are heard, the reset procedure
was unsuccessful and you must
repeat it. If after repeating the
procedure and two short beeps are
heard when the ignition is turned to
off, seek assistance from your
authorized dealer.
370
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
11. Set all four tires to the recommended
air pressure as indicated on the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label, affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position or
Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or
the edge of the driver door.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
WARNING: If the tire pressure
monitor sensor becomes damaged it
may not function.
Note: You should only use tire sealants in
roadside emergencies as they may cause
damage to the tire pressure monitoring
system sensor.
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light illuminates when the spare
tire is in use. To restore the full function of
the monitoring system, all road wheels
equipped with tire pressure monitoring
sensors must be mounted on the vehicle.
If you get a flat tire when driving, do not
apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually
decrease your speed. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe
place on the side of the road.
Have a flat serviced by an authorized
dealer in order to prevent damage to the
tire pressure monitoring system sensors.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 366). Replace the spare tire with a
road tire as soon as possible. During
repairing or replacing of the flat tire, have
the authorized dealer inspect the tire
pressure monitoring system sensor for
damage.
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or
death.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and
tire, then it is intended for temporary use
only. This means that if you need to use it,
you should replace it as soon as possible
with a road wheel and tire assembly that
is the same size and type as the road tires
and wheels that were originally provided
by us. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel
is damaged, you should replace it rather
than repair it.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire
assembly that is different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and wheels
and can be one of three types:
1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire
begins with the letter T for tire size and
may have Temporary Use Only molded in
the sidewall.
2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label
on wheel: This spare tire has a label on
the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND
TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE
ONLY.
When driving with one of the dissimilar
spare tires listed above, do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Load the vehicle beyond maximum
vehicle load rating listed on the Safety
Compliance Label.
• Tow a trailer.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
• Use more than one dissimilar spare tire
at a time.
371
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
• Use commercial car washing
equipment.
• Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.
Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires
listed above at any one wheel location can
lead to impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• Four-wheel driving capability.
3. Full-size dissimilar spare without
label on wheel.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
• Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Use more than one dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly at a time.
• Use commercial car washing
equipment.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly.
The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly can lead to
impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• Four-wheel driving capability.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly additional
caution should be given to:
• Towing a trailer.
• Driving vehicles equipped with a
camper body.
• Driving vehicles with a load on the
cargo rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
and seek service as soon as possible.
Tire Change Procedure
WARNING: The jack supplied with
this vehicle is only intended for changing
wheels. Do not use the vehicle jack other
than when you are changing a wheel in
an emergency.
WARNING: Check that the vehicle
jack is not damaged or deformed and
the thread is lubricated and clean.
WARNING: To help prevent your
vehicle from moving when changing a
wheel, shift the transmission into park
(P), set the parking brake and use an
appropriate block or wheel chock to
secure the wheel diagonally opposite to
the wheel being changed. For example,
when changing the front left wheel,
place an appropriate block or wheel
chock on the right rear wheel.
WARNING: Always use the jack
provided as original equipment with your
vehicle. If using a jack other than the one
provided, make sure the jack capacity is
adequate for the vehicle weight,
including any vehicle cargo or
modifications. If you are unsure if the jack
capacity is adequate, contact the
authorized dealer.
372
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: Do not work on your
vehicle when the jack is the only support
as your vehicle could slip off the jack.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Use only the specified
jacking points. If you use other positions,
you may damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or
the fuel lines.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and your
vehicle.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and the ground.
WARNING: Park your vehicle so
that you do not obstruct the flow of
traffic or place yourself in any danger and
set up a warning triangle.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
change a tire on the side of the vehicle
close to moving traffic. Pull far enough
off the road to avoid the danger of being
hit when operating the jack or changing
the wheel.
Note: Passengers should not remain in your
vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.
Note: Jack at the specified locations to
avoid damage to the vehicle.
E166722
Note: No maintenance or additional
lubrication of your jack is required over the
service life of your vehicle.
1. Park on a level surface, set the parking
brake and switch on the hazard
flashers.
2. Apply the parking brake, place the
transmission in park (P) or reverse (R)
for manual transmission. Turn the
engine off.
3. If your vehicle has air suspension, use
the touch screen to switch on the Air
Suspension Service Mode prior to
jacking.
E142551
4. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. For example, if the left
front tire is flat, block the right rear
wheel.
373
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
E288598
5. Unfold the third row seat if it is in the
stowed position, then remove the
carpeted cargo area to access the
spare tire and jack storage
compartment.
6. Turn the wing nut securing the spare
tire counterclockwise, remove the wing
nut.
7. Remove the spare tire, jack and wrench
from the spare tire storage
compartment.
E175694
8. Turn the hex nut on the jack
counterclockwise to remove the lug
wrench from jack. This lowers the jack
and loosens the mechanical lock.
E181744
9. Unfold the wrench for use.
E288597
10. Remove the strap from the jack.
374
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
1
E181745
2
11. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half
turn counterclockwise, but do not
remove them until the flat tire is
raised off the ground.
E145908
12. Find the jacking points shown here,
small arrow-shaped marks on the
sills show the location of the jacking
points.
E307859
13. Place the jack at the jacking point
next to the tire which you are
changing. Turn the lug wrench handle
clockwise until the flat tire is
completely off the ground.
E201156
14. Remove the lug nuts with the lug
wrench.
15. Replace the flat tire with the spare
tire, making sure the valve stem is
facing outward.
16. Install the lug nuts snug against the
hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts
until the vehicle is lowered.
17. Turn the wrench handle
counterclockwise to lower the vehicle
completely.
375
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
1
2
3
4
5
E306781
18. Remove the jack and fully tighten the
lug nuts in the order shown. See
Technical Specifications (page
377).
19. If you enabled the Air Suspension
Service Mode, switch the mode off
prior to driving.
20. Remove the wheel blocks.
Stowing the jack
E176165
1. To store the folded wrench on the jack,
engage the bracket of the jack base
and the lug wrench pin, swing the
wrench upwards, adjust jack height
until the wrench hook engages the hole
on jack. Tighten the hex nut clockwise
by hand until secure.
2. Place the jack in the spare tire
compartment, install the wing nut and
tighten clockwise by hand until secure.
Stowing the flat tire
You cannot store the full-sized road wheel
in the temporary spare tire well.
1. Find the flat tire retainer strap tucked
inside the jack channel. Lower the
carpeted load floor.
2. Stow the flat tire in the cargo area on
the load floor with the wheel facing up.
Secure the flat tire with the retainer
strap by following the next steps.
E142906
3. Locate the rear left side and right side
cargo tie-down rings. Push the loop end
of the retainer strap through one cargo
tie-down ring. Thread the non-loop end
through the loop.
4. Weave the retainer strap through the
wheel openings.
E294325
376
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
5. Locate the front cargo tie-down in the
opposite rear corner of the cargo area.
Thread the retainer strap through the
tie-down and pull tight.
E143746
6. Secure by tying a 2-half hitch knot.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING: When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign
materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel
hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners
that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of
the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel
mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while
your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.
lb.ft (Nm)
*
Bolt size
150 lb.ft (204 Nm)M14 x 1.5
*
Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only our
recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any
wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).
377
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
E145950
Wheel pilot boreA
Inspect the wheel pilot bore and
mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose
particles.
378
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Wheels and Tires
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 2.3L ECOBOOST™
2.3L EcoBoostEngine
10:1Compression ratio.
138 in³ (2,261 cm³)Displacement.
1-3-4-2Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.028–0.031 in (0.7–0.8 mm)Spark plug gap.
Drivebelt Routing
2.3L EcoBoost Engine
E293908
Long drivebelt is on first pulley
groove closest to engine.
A.
Short drivebelt is on second
pulley groove farthest from
engine.
B.
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 3.0L, ST
DescriptionItem
60 degree V6Configuration.
3.36 in (85.4 mm) bore x 3.39 in (86 mm)
stroke
Bore x stroke.
180 in³ (2,956 cm³)Displacement.
379
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
DescriptionItem
9.5:1Compression ratio.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
0.028–0.031 in (0.7–0.8 mm)Spark plug gap.
400 hp
1
Horsepower.
415 lb.ft
1
Torque.
6500 RPMRedline.
Overhead cam - roller finger followersValvetrain.
Coil on plugIgnition.
2.4 in (60 mm)Throttle body.
Cast aluminumPistons.
Forged steelCrankshaft.
Forged steelConnecting rods.
Twin turbochargedInduction.
18.0 psi (124 kPa)Maximum Boost.
Dual 2.16 in (55 mm) exhaust with quad
3 in (76 mm) chrome tips
Exhaust system.
1
When using premium fuel.
Drivebelt Routing
E297178
380
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 3.0L
3.0LEngine
9.5:1Compression ratio.
180 in³ (2,956 cm³)Displacement.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.028–0.031 in (0.7–0.8 mm)Spark plug gap.
Drivebelt Routing
E297178
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 3.3L, GASOLINE
3.3LEngine
12.0:1Compression ratio.
204 in³ (3,340 cm³)Displacement.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.049–0.053 in (1.25–1.35 mm)Spark plug gap.
381
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Drivebelt Routing
E288323
Long drivebelt is on second
pulley groove farthest from
engine.
A.
Short drivebelt is on first pulley
groove closest to engine.
B.
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 3.3L, HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
3.3L HEVEngine
12.0:1Compression ratio.
204 in³ (3,340 cm³)Displacement.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.049–0.053 in (1.25–1.35 mm)Spark plug gap.
Drivebelt Routing
E291364
382
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 2.3L ECOBOOST™
Motorcraft Part NumberComponent
FA-1884Air filter element.
BAGM-48H6-760Battery.
FP-97Cabin air filter.
FL-910-S
Engine oil filter.
1
SP-594Spark plug.
WW-1110Rear window wiper blade.
WW-2616 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade.
WW-2113 (passenger side)
1
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance
specification SAE/USCAR-36.
We recommend Motorcraft parts that are
available at your authorized dealer or at
www.fordparts.com. We engineer these
parts for your vehicle to meet or exceed
our specifications. Use of other parts could
impact vehicle performance, emissions
and durability. Your warranty could be void
for any damage related to use of other
parts.
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 3.0L
Motorcraft Part NumberComponent
FA-1884Air filter element.
BAGM-48H6-760Battery.
FP-97Cabin air filter.
FL-2062-A
Engine oil filter.
1
SP-594Spark plug.
WW-1110Rear window wiper blade.
WW-2616 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade.
383
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Motorcraft Part NumberComponent
WW-2113 (passenger side)
1
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance
specification SAE/USCAR-36.
We recommend Motorcraft parts that are
available at your authorized dealer or at
www.fordparts.com. We engineer these
parts for your vehicle to meet or exceed
our specifications. Use of other parts could
impact vehicle performance, emissions
and durability. Your warranty could be void
for any damage related to use of other
parts.
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 3.3L
Motorcraft Part NumberComponent
FA-1947Air filter element.
BAGM-48H6-760Battery.
FP-97Cabin air filter.
FL-500-S
Engine oil filter.
1
SP-520Spark plug.
WW-1110Rear window wiper blade.
WW-2616 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade.
WW-2113 (passenger side)
1
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance
specification SAE/USCAR-36.
We recommend Motorcraft parts that are
available at your authorized dealer or at
www.fordparts.com. We engineer these
parts for your vehicle to meet or exceed
our specifications. Use of other parts could
impact vehicle performance, emissions
and durability. Your warranty could be void
for any damage related to use of other
parts.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is on the
left-hand side of the instrument panel.
384
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
E142476
Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains
the following information:
E142477
World manufacturer identifier.A
Brake system, Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, Restraint Devices
and their locations.
B
Make, vehicle line, series, body
type.
C
Engine type.D
Check digit.E
Model year.F
Assembly plant.G
Production sequence number.H
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 2.3L
ECOBOOST™
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, it could result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
Air Conditioning System
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system
can cause personal injury.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
5.41 fl oz (160 ml)35 oz (0.99 kg)All.
385
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant(U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf(Canada)
YN-33-A(U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA(Canada)
WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile
PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf Motorcraft®(Canada)
YN-35(U.S. & Canada)
Automatic Transmission
Note: Only use MERCON® ULV
transmission fluid for automatic
transmissions that require MERCON® ULV
transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid
could cause transmission damage.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
12.6 qt (11.9 L)
1
All.
1
Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount could vary during fluid changes.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C949-A, MERCON® ULVMotorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid / MERCON® ULV huile pour boîtes auto-
matique Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-12-QULV(U.S. & Canada)
386
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Coolant
Capacities
QuantityVariant
14.1 qt (13.3 L)Without trailer towing.
15.2 qt (14.4 L)With trailer towing.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/
Coolant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
/ Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune
Motorcraft®(Canada)
VC-13DL-G(U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G(Canada)
Engine Oil
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not
available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that display
the API Certification Mark for gasoline
engines.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that your
vehicle warranty does not cover.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
5.2 qt (4.9 L)All.
387
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C961-A1Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil
/ Huile moteur de très haute qualité SAE 5W-30
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XO-5W30-Q1SP(U.S.)
CXO-5W30-LSP6(Canada)
Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C963-A1Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30 - Synthetic Blend
E240523
388
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Fuel Tank
Capacities
QuantityVariant
17.9 gal (67.8 L)All.
Grease
Materials
SpecificationName
ESA-M1C75-BMotorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease / Graisse
longue durée de qualité première Motor-
craft®(Canada)
XG-1-E1(U.S. & Canada)
ESB-M1C93-BMotorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse
tout usage en aérosol Motorcraft®(Canada)
XL-5-A(U.S. & Canada)
Hydraulic Brake System
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile
haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft®(Canada)
PM-20(U.S. & Canada)
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid could cause reduced brake
performance and not meet our performance
standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials could result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Locks
389
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Penetrating and Lock Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XL-1(U.S.)
CXC-51-A(Canada)
Transfer Case
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.1 qt (1 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV,Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-10-QLVC(U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6(Canada)
Front Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
0.6 qt (0.6 L)Four-wheel drive.
390
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSL-M2C192-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière
SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft®(Canada)
XY-75W140-QL(U.S.)
CXY-75W140-1L(Canada)
Rear Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.9 qt (1.8 L)Two-wheel drive.
1.7 qt (1.6 L)Four-wheel drive.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile synthétique de haute
qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XY-75W85-QL(U.S. & Canada)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
391
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concen-
trate with Bitterant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer
Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motor-
craft®(Canada)
ZC-32-B2(U.S.)
CXC-37-F/M(Canada)
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 3.0L
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, it could result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
Air Conditioning System
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system
can cause personal injury.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
5.41 fl oz (160 ml)35 oz (0.99 kg)With rear air conditioning.
3.04 fl oz (90 ml)24 oz (0.68 kg)Without rear air condi-
tioning.
392
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant(U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf(Canada)
YN-33-A(U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA(Canada)
WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile
PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf Motorcraft®(Canada)
YN-35(U.S. & Canada)
Automatic Transmission
Note: Only use MERCON® ULV
transmission fluid for automatic
transmissions that require MERCON® ULV
transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid
could cause transmission damage.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
12.6 qt (11.9 L)
1
All.
1
Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount could vary during fluid changes.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C949-A, MERCON® ULVMotorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid / MERCON® ULV huile pour boîtes auto-
matique Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-12-QULV(U.S. & Canada)
393
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Coolant
Capacities
QuantityVariant
18.0 qt (17 L)With rear heat.
15.5 qt (14.7 L)Without rear heat.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/
Coolant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
/ Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune
Motorcraft®(Canada)
VC-13DL-G(U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G(Canada)
Engine Oil
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not
available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that display
the API Certification Mark for gasoline
engines.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that your
vehicle warranty does not cover.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
6.0 qt (5.7 L)All.
394
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C961-A1Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil
/ Huile moteur de très haute qualité SAE 5W-30
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XO-5W30-Q1SP(U.S.)
CXO-5W30-LSP6(Canada)
Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C963-A1Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30 - Synthetic Blend
E240523
395
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Fuel Tank
Capacities
QuantityVariant
20.2 gal (76.5 L)All.
Grease
Materials
SpecificationName
ESA-M1C75-BMotorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease / Graisse
longue durée de qualité première Motor-
craft®(Canada)
XG-1-E1(U.S. & Canada)
ESB-M1C93-BMotorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse
tout usage en aérosol Motorcraft®(Canada)
XL-5-A(U.S. & Canada)
Hydraulic Brake System
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile
haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft®(Canada)
PM-20(U.S. & Canada)
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid could cause reduced brake
performance and not meet our performance
standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials could result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Locks
396
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Penetrating and Lock Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XL-1(U.S.)
CXC-51-A(Canada)
Transfer Case
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.1 qt (1 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV,Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-10-QLVC(U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6(Canada)
Front Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
0.6 qt (0.6 L)Four-wheel drive.
397
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSL-M2C192-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière
SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft®(Canada)
XY-75W140-QL(U.S.)
CXY-75W140-1L(Canada)
Rear Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.9 qt (1.8 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile synthétique de haute
qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XY-75W85-QL(U.S. & Canada)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
398
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concen-
trate with Bitterant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer
Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motor-
craft®(Canada)
ZC-32-B2(U.S.)
CXC-37-F/M(Canada)
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 3.3L,
GASOLINE
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, it could result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
Air Conditioning System
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system
can cause personal injury.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
5.41 fl oz (160 ml)35 oz (0.99 kg)With rear air conditioning.
3.04 fl oz (90 ml)24 oz (0.68 kg)Without rear air condi-
tioning.
399
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant(U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf(Canada)
YN-33-A(U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA(Canada)
WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile
PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf Motorcraft®(Canada)
YN-35(U.S. & Canada)
Automatic Transmission
Note: Only use MERCON® ULV
transmission fluid for automatic
transmissions that require MERCON® ULV
transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid
could cause transmission damage.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
12.6 qt (11.9 L)
1
All.
1
Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount could vary during fluid changes.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C949-A, MERCON® ULVMotorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid / MERCON® ULV huile pour boîtes auto-
matique Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-12-QULV(U.S. & Canada)
400
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Coolant
Capacities
QuantityVariant
15.2 qt (14.4 L)With rear heat.
12.9 qt (12.2 L)Without rear heat.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/
Coolant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
/ Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune
Motorcraft®(Canada)
VC-13DL-G(U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G(Canada)
Engine Oil
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not
available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that display
the API Certification Mark for gasoline
engines.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that your
vehicle warranty does not cover.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
6.0 qt (5.7 L)All.
401
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C960-A1Motorcraft® SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-20 Super Premium Motor Oil
/ Huile moteur de très haute qualité SAE 5W-20
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XO-5W20-Q1SP(U.S.)
CXO-5W20-LSP6(Canada)
Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C962-A1Motorcraft® SAE 0W-20 Full Synthetic Motor
Oil(U.S.)
(Canada)
XO-0W20-QFS(U.S.)
E240522
402
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Fuel Tank
Capacities
QuantityVariant
20.2 gal (76.5 L)All.
Grease
Materials
SpecificationName
ESA-M1C75-BMotorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease / Graisse
longue durée de qualité première Motor-
craft®(Canada)
XG-1-E1(U.S. & Canada)
ESB-M1C93-BMotorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse
tout usage en aérosol Motorcraft®(Canada)
XL-5-A(U.S. & Canada)
Hydraulic Brake System
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile
haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft®(Canada)
PM-20(U.S. & Canada)
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid could cause reduced brake
performance and not meet our performance
standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials could result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Locks
403
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Penetrating and Lock Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XL-1(U.S.)
CXC-51-A(Canada)
Transfer Case
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.1 qt (1 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV,Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-10-QLVC(U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6(Canada)
Front Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
0.6 qt (0.6 L)Four-wheel drive.
404
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSL-M2C192-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière
SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft®(Canada)
XY-75W140-QL(U.S.)
CXY-75W140-1L(Canada)
Rear Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.7 qt (1.6 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile synthétique de haute
qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XY-75W85-QL(U.S. & Canada)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
405
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concen-
trate with Bitterant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer
Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motor-
craft®(Canada)
ZC-32-B2(U.S.)
CXC-37-F/M(Canada)
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 3.3L,
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV)
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, it could result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
Air Conditioning System
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system
can cause personal injury.
Capacities
Refrigerant OilRefrigerantVariant
8.12 fl oz (240 ml)35 oz (0.99 kg)With rear air conditioning.
5.41 fl oz (160 ml)26 oz (0.74 kg)Without rear air condi-
tioning.
406
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant(U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf(Canada)
YN-33-A(U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA(Canada)
WSS-M2C31-B2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant POE Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant POE Oil / Huile
POE pour frigorigène R-1234yf Motorcraft®(Canada)
YN-34(U.S. & Canada)
Automatic Transmission
Note: Only use MERCON® ULV
transmission fluid for automatic
transmissions that require MERCON® ULV
transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid
could cause transmission damage.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
13.7 qt (13 L)
1
All.
1
Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount could vary during fluid changes.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C949-A, MERCON® ULVMotorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmis-
sion Fluid / MERCON® ULV huile pour boîtes auto-
matique Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-12-QULV(U.S. & Canada)
407
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Coolant
Capacities
QuantityVariant
16.4 qt (15.5 L)With rear heat.
13.9 qt (13.2 L)Without rear heat.
4.6 qt (4.4 L)HEV low temperature cooling loop (battery
and electric motor electronics).
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/
Coolant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
/ Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune
Motorcraft®(Canada)
VC-13DL-G(U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G(Canada)
Engine Oil
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not
available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that display
the API Certification Mark for gasoline
engines.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that your
vehicle warranty does not cover.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
6.0 qt (5.7 L)All.
408
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C960-A1Motorcraft® SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-20 Super Premium Motor Oil
/ Huile moteur de très haute qualité SAE 5W-20
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XO-5W20-Q1SP(U.S.)
CXO-5W20-LSP6(Canada)
Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C962-A1Motorcraft® SAE 0W-20 Full Synthetic Motor
Oil(U.S.)
(Canada)
XO-0W20-QFS(U.S.)
E240522
409
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Fuel Tank
Capacities
QuantityVariant
18.0 gal (68.1 L)All.
Grease
Materials
SpecificationName
ESA-M1C75-BMotorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Long-Life Grease / Graisse
longue durée de qualité première Motor-
craft®(Canada)
XG-1-E1(U.S. & Canada)
ESB-M1C93-BMotorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray / Graisse
tout usage en aérosol Motorcraft®(Canada)
XL-5-A(U.S. & Canada)
Hydraulic Brake System
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor
Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile
haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft®(Canada)
PM-20(U.S. & Canada)
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid could cause reduced brake
performance and not meet our performance
standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials could result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Locks
410
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
-Motorcraft® Penetrating and Lock Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Penetrating Fluid / Liquide dégrippant
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XL-1(U.S.)
CXC-51-A(Canada)
Transfer Case
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.1 qt (1 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV,Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission
Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-10-QLVC(U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6(Canada)
Front Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
0.6 qt (0.6 L)Four-wheel drive.
411
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSL-M2C192-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle
Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière
SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft®(Canada)
XY-75W140-QL(U.S.)
CXY-75W140-1L(Canada)
Rear Axle
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.9 qt (1.8 L)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic
Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile synthétique de haute
qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85
Motorcraft®(Canada)
XY-75W85-QL(U.S. & Canada)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
412
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concen-
trate with Bitterant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer
Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motor-
craft®(Canada)
ZC-32-B2(U.S.)
CXC-37-F/M(Canada)
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Replacement bulbs are specified in the
chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be
marked with an authorized D.O.T. marking
for North America to make sure they have
the proper lamp performance, light
brightness, light pattern and safe visibility.
The correct bulbs will not damage the
lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly
warranty and will provide quality bulb
illumination time.
Exterior Lamps
Power (Watt)SpecificationLamp
LED.LED.Front side marker lamps.
LED.LED.Front signature lamps.
LED.LED.Front direction indicator.
LED.LED.Daytime running lamps.
LED.LED.Headlamp low beam.
LED.LED.Headlamp high beam.
LED.LED.Front fog lamps.
LED.LED.Side direction indicator.
LED.LED.Rear side marker lamp.
LED.LED.Brake and rear lamp.
413
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Power (Watt)SpecificationLamp
LED.LED.Central high mounted brake lamp.
273757NAK, PY27/7WRear direction indicator.
21W21WReversing lamps.
5W5WLicense plate lamp.
Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer if they fail.
Interior Lamps
Power (Watt)SpecificationLamp
LED.LED.All interior lamps.
Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer if they fail.
414
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Capacities and Specifications
WHAT IS A CONNECTED
VEHICLE
A connected vehicle has technology that
allows your vehicle to connect to a mobile
network and for you to access a range of
features. When used in conjunction with
the FordPass app, it could allow you to
monitor and control your vehicle further,
for example checking the tire pressures,
the fuel level and the vehicle location. For
additional information, refer to the local
Ford website.
CONNECTED VEHICLE
REQUIREMENTS
Connected service and related feature
functionality requires a compatible vehicle
network.
Some remote features require additional
service activation. Log in to your Ford
account for details. Some restrictions, third
party terms and message or data rates
may apply.
CONNECTED VEHICLE
LIMITATIONS
Evolving technology, cellular networks, or
regulations could affect functionality and
availability, or continued provision of some
features. These changes could even stop
some features from functioning.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO
A MOBILE NETWORK
WHAT IS THE MODEM
The modem allows access to a
range of features built into your
vehicle.
ENABLING AND DISABLING THE
MODEM
1. Press Settings.
2. Press FordPass Connect.
3. Press Connectivity Settings.
4. Switch connectivity features on or off.
CONNECTING FORDPASS TO THE
MODEM
1. Make sure that the modem is enabled
using the vehicle settings menu.
2. Open the FordPass app on your device
and log in.
3. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle
if already added.
4. Select the option to activate your
vehicle.
5. Make sure that the name on the screen
matches the name shown in your
FordPass account.
6. Confirm that FordPass account is
connected to the modem.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO
A WI-FI NETWORK - VEHICLES
WITH: SYNC 3
1. Press Settings.
2. Press Wi-Fi.
3. Switch Wi-Fi on.
4. Press View Available Networks.
5. Select an available Wi-Fi network.
Note: Enter the network password to
connect to a secure network.
415
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH:
MODEM
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot confirm the
connection of my FordPass
account to the modem.
– Modem is not enabled.
• Switch connectivity features on.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to a place where the
network signal is not obstructed.
416
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH:
SYNC 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi
network.
– Password error.
• Enter the correct network password.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
– Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.
• Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the
default name unless it contains a unique identifier,
for example as part of the MAC address.
The Wi-Fi connection
disconnects after successful
connection.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot
but the network signal
strength is weak.
– Obstructed network signal.
• If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position
your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the
Wi-Fi hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows
but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so
that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or
open the windows that are facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows
and the windshield, open the windows that are
facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the
garage door closed, open the garage door.
I cannot see a network in the
list of available networks
that I expect to see.
– Hidden network.
• Make the network visible and try again.
417
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot see the Wi-Fi
hotspot name when I search
for Wi-Fi networks on my
cell phone or other device.
– System limitation.
• Make sure Wi-Fi hotspot visibility is on.
• The system does not provide a Wi-Fi hotspot at
this time.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
– Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet
connection.
• Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.
Software downloads take
too long.
– No software update available.
– Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance
of terms and conditions.
• Test the connection using another device. If the
network requires a subscription or acceptance of
terms and conditions, contact the network service
provider.
The system seems to
connect to a Wi-Fi network
and the signal strength is
excellent but the software
does not update.
418
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Connected Vehicle
CREATING A VEHICLE WI-FI
HOTSPOT
You can create a Wi-Fi hotspot in your
vehicle and allow devices to connect to it
for access to the Internet.
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press FordPass Connect.
2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
Note: The vehicle hotspot default setting
is on.
3. Press Settings.
4. Press Wi-Fi visibility.
Note: The Wi-Fi Visibility default setting is
on.
Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name
and Password
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press FordPass Connect.
2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
3. Press Settings.
Note: The SSID is the hotspot name.
4. Press View Password.
Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi
Hotspot
1. On your device, switch Wi-Fi on and
select the hotspot from the list of
available Wi-Fi networks.
2. When prompted, enter the password.
Purchasing a Data Plan
1. Connect a device to the hotspot.
Note: The vehicle network carrier’s portal
opens on your device.
2. If the portal does not open on your
device, open a website and it redirects
to the vehicle network carrier’s portal.
Note: Secure websites do not redirect.
3. Follow the instructions on the carrier
portal to purchase a plan.
Note: If you have an active plan, the system
does not redirect to the vehicle network
carrier’s portal when you connect a device.
Visit the vehicle network carrier’s website
to purchase more data.
Note: If data usage information is available
in the vehicle hotspot menu, it is
approximate.
Note: If you carry out a master reset, the
system does not remove your vehicle from
your vehicle network carrier’s account. To
remove your vehicle from the account,
contact your vehicle network carrier.
Note: The vehicle network carrier provides
Vehicle Hotspot services, subject to your
vehicle network carrier agreement, coverage
and availability.
CHANGING THE VEHICLE WI-
FI HOTSPOT NAME OR
PASSWORD
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Press FordPass Connect.
2. Press Vehicle Hotspot.
3. Press Settings.
4. Press Edit.
5. Press Change SSID Name.
6. Enter your required SSID.
7. Press Done.
8. Press Change Password.
9. Enter your required password.
10. Press Done.
419
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Radio Frequencies and Reception
Factors
Note: Listening to loud audio for long
periods of time could damage your hearing.
Radio Reception Factors
The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the
weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Distance and strength
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
result in the audio system muting.
Station overload
AUDIO UNIT
E286496
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls may look different
from what you see here.
Note: Some features, such as satellite
radio, may not be available in your location.
Check with an authorized dealer.
Note: The touchscreen system controls
most of the audio features.
Adjusting the Volume
E265373
Turn to adjust the volume.
420
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Audio System
Changing Radio Stations
E265696
In radio mode, turn to search through the
radio frequency band.
In satellite radio mode, turn to find the
previous or next available satellite radio
station.
Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off
Press and release the button.
Using Seek, Fast Forward and
Reverse
In radio mode, select a frequency band and
press and release either button. The
system stops at the first station it finds in
that direction.
In satellite radio mode, press and release
to select the next or previous satellite radio
station. If you select a specific category,
such as jazz, rock or news, press to find the
next or previous station in that category.
DIGITAL RADIO
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts, where
available, in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the HD Radio logo on your
screen. When this logo is available, you
may also see Title and Artist fields
on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode, only, if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations, HD2 through HD7, are
only available digitally.
421
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Audio System
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you
can access the following functions:
• Memory presets allow you to save an
active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot
until the sound returns. There is a brief
mute while the radio saves the station.
Sound returns when finished. When
switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory
preset, the sound mutes before the
digital audio plays, because the system
has to reacquire the digital signal.
Note: As with any saved radio station, you
cannot access the saved station if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential Reception Issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on
the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due
to weak signal strength.
Reception area
If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to
the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available
again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible
HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays
muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal
again.
When the system first receives a station, aside from HD2-
HD7 multicast stations, it first plays the station in the
analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an
HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending
on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change
when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending
is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to
analog sound.
Station blending
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for the accuracy of all audio
streams and data fields.
422
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Audio System
Potential Station Issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. This is a
broadcast issue.
This is poor time alignment
by the radio broadcaster.
Echo, stutter, skip or repeat
in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
No action required. The
reception issue may clear up
as you continue to drive.
The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.
Sound fading or blending in
and out.
No action required. This is
normal behavior. Wait until
the audio is available.
The digital multicast is not
available until the HD Radio
broadcast is decoded. Once
decoded, the audio is avail-
able.
There is an audio mute
delay when selecting HD2 or
HD3, multicast preset or
direct tune.
No action required. The
station is not available in
your current location.
The previously stored
multicast preset or direct
tune is not available in your
current reception area.
Cannot access the HD2 or
HD3 multicast channels
when recalling a preset or
from a direct tune.
Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.
1
Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.
Text information does not
match currently playing
audio.
Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.
1
Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.
There is no text information
shown for currently selected
frequency.
1
http://hdradio.com/stations/feedback.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation
and foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD
and HD Radio logos are proprietary
trademarks of DTS. Ford and DTS are not
responsible for the content sent using HD
Radio technology. Content may be
changed, added or deleted at any time at
the station owner's discretion.
SATELLITE RADIO
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio broadcasts a
variety of music, news, sports, weather,
traffic and entertainment satellite radio
channels. For more information and a
complete list of SiriusXM satellite radio
channels, visit www.siriusxm.com in the
United States, www.siriusxm.ca in Canada,
or call SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
423
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Audio System
Satellite Radio Reception Factors
Potential Satellite Radio Reception Issues
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna
clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
material as far away from the antenna as possible.
Factory-installed and aftermarket vehicle structures
including, but not limited to, roof racks and soft top roofs
in a partially open position could reduce reception
performance.
Antenna obstructions
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
the audio system could mute.
Station overload
Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the
interference and the audio system could mute.
Satellite radio signal interfer-
ence
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Neither SiriusXM and its affiliates nor Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates will be
liable to you or any third party for any such
modification, suspension or termination.
E208625
SiriusXM satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SiriusXM satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term,
which begins on the date of sale or lease
of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer
for availability.
For more information on extended
subscription terms, a service fee is required,
the online media player and a complete
list of SiriusXM satellite radio channels,
and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call
SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account.
424
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Audio System
Locating Your ESN 1. Select SiriusXM as the audio source.
2. Tune to channel 0.
Troubleshooting
ActionConditionMessage
No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
Radio requires more than
two seconds to produce
audio for the selected
channel.
Acquiring…
If this message does not
clear shortly, or with an igni-
tion key cycle, your receiver
may have a fault. See an
authorized dealer for service.
There is an internal module
or system failure present.
Satellite antenna fault
SIRIUS system failure
Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.
The channel is no longer
available.
Invalid Channel
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to subscribe to
the channel, or tune to
another channel.
Your subscription does not
include this channel.
Unsubscribed Channel
The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.
The signal is lost from the
SiriusXM satellite or Siri-
usXM tower to your vehicle
antenna.
No Signal
No action required. The
process may take up to
three minutes.
Update of channel
programming in progress.
Updating…
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to resolve
subscription issues.
Your satellite service is no
longer available.
Questions? Call
1-888-539-7474
Use the channel guide to
turn off the Lock or Skip
function on that station.
All the channels in the
selected category are either
skipped or locked.
None found
Check Channel Guide
No action required.SiriusXM has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.
Subscription Updated
425
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Audio System
USB PORT
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
USB A
E201595
USB C
E301114
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices.
Note: We recommend using only USB-IF
certified cables and adapters. Non-certified
cables and adapters may not work.
Locating the USB Ports
The USB ports may be in the following
locations:
• Inside the media bin.
• Inside the center console.
• On the lower instrument panel.
Note: The number and type of USB ports
may vary depending on your vehicle.
Note: Not all USB ports in your vehicle have
data transfer capabilities. See Auxiliary
Power Points (page 166).
426
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
About SYNC
The system allows you to interact with the
entertainment, information and
communication systems on your vehicle
using voice commands and a touchscreen.
The system provides easy interaction with
audio, phone, navigation, mobile apps and
settings.
Note: You can switch the system on and
use it for up to an hour without switching
the ignition on.
Note: You can use the system after you
switch the ignition off for up to 10 minutes
or until you open a door.
Note: For your safety, some features are
speed-dependent. Their use is limited to
when your vehicle speed is less than 3 mph
(5 km/h).
Using the Touchscreen
E293823
Status bar.A
Home screen.B
Clock. See Settings (page 458).C
Outside air temperature.D
Feature bar.E
Status Bar
Cell phone microphone muted.
Audio system muted.
Software update installed.
Wi-Fi connected.
Cell phone roaming.
Text message received.
427
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Automatic crash notification
system off.
Cell phone network signal
strength.
Vehicle data sharing on.
Vehicle location sharing on.
Vehicle data and vehicle location
sharing on.
Wireless charger active.
Feature Bar
E100027
Select to use the radio, a USB, a
media player or a Bluetooth®
device. See Entertainment
(page 435).
E283811
Select to adjust climate settings
See Climate (page 445).
Select to make calls and access
the phonebook on your cell
phone. See Phone (page 447).
Select to use the navigation
system. See Navigation (page
449).
Select to search for and use
compatible apps on your iOS or
Android device. See Apps (page
455).
E280315
Select to adjust system settings.
See Settings (page 458).
Cleaning the Touchscreen
See Cleaning the Interior (page 343).
Updating the System
Updating the System Using a USB Drive
Downloading an Update
1. Go to the SYNC update page on the
local Ford website.
2. Download the update.
Note: The website notifies you if an update
is available.
3. Insert a USB drive into your computer.
Note: The USB drive needs to be empty and
meet the minimum requirements detailed
on the website.
4. Follow the instructions provided to
download the update to the USB drive.
Installing an Update
Note: You can use the system when an
installation is in progress.
1. Disconnect all other USB devices from
the USB ports.
2. Connect the USB drive with the update
to a USB port.
Note: Installation starts automatically
within 10 minutes.
Updating the System Using a Wi-Fi
Network Connection
Connecting to a Wi-Fi Network
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Automatic Updates.
2. Select System Wi-Fi.
3. Switch System Wi-Fi on.
4. Select Available Wi-Fi Networks.
5. Select an available Wi-Fi network.
Note: Enter the network password to
connect to a secure network.
428
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Switching Automatic System Updates
On
E280315
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Automatic Updates.
2. Switch Automatic System Updates
on.
The system is now set to check for and
receive system updates when it is
connected to a Wi-Fi network.
Note: You can use the system when a
download is in progress.
Note: If the system is disconnected from
the Wi-Fi network when a download is in
progress, the download continues the next
time the system is connected to a Wi-Fi
network.
Additional Information and
Assistance
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford
website.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
The system allows you to interact with the
entertainment, information and
communication systems on your vehicle
using voice commands. This allows you
to keep your hands on the steering wheel
and focus on what is in front of you.
E142599
Press the voice control button
on the steering wheel and wait
for the voice prompt.
Note: Press the voice control button again
to interrupt a voice prompt and begin
speaking.
Note: Turn the volume control when a voice
prompt plays to adjust the volume.
Note: Press and hold the voice control
button on the steering wheel to use Siri on
your iOS device.
The following voice commands are
designed to help you from any screen:
• List of Commands
• Help
The following tables list some of the more
frequently used voice commands. For a
complete list of voice commands, refer to
our website.
General
DescriptionVoice Command
Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.
1
___ List of Commands
Cancel an active voice session.Cancel
Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.
1
___ Help
Return to the previous screen.Go back
Go to the main menu.Main Menu
429
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
DescriptionVoice Command
Go to the next page.Next Page
Go to the previous page.Previous Page
1
Add the name of the feature to the command.
Entertainment
Audio Source
DescriptionVoice Command
Use the radio.Radio
Use the CD player.CD Player
Use a Bluetooth® device.Bluetooth Stereo
Use a USB or media player.USB
Radio
DescriptionVoice Command
Listen to AM radio.AM
Tune to a specific AM frequency.
1
AM ___
Listen to SiriusXM radio.
2
Sirius Channel ___
Listen to FM radio.FM
Tune to a specific FM frequency.
1
FM ___
1
Add the radio frequency to two decimal places to the command.
2
You can say the Sirius channel name or number such as "Sirius Channel 16" or "Sirius
The Pulse".
430
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
USB and Media Player
DescriptionVoice Command
Play your music by category.
1
Play Album ___
Play Artist ___
Play Genre ___
Play Playlist ___
Play Song ___
Play Audiobook ___
Play Podcast ___
Browse music on a USB device.
Browse All Albums
Browse All Artists
Browse All Audiobooks
Browse All Genres
Browse All Playlists
Browse All Podcasts
Browse All Songs
Browse your music by category on a USB device.
1
Browse Album ___
Browse Artist ___
Browse Audiobook ___
Browse Genre ___
Browse Playlist ___
Browse Podcast ___
1
Add an album name, artist name, audiobook name, genre name, playlist name, podcast
name or track name to the command. Say the name exactly as it appears on your device.
Climate (If Equipped)
You can control the temperature of the
vehicle using voice commands.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
climate voice commands it can be the
desired degrees for the temperature
setting.
431
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
To adjust the temperature, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Adjust the temperature between 60–85°F
(15.5–29.5°C).
Set Temperature ___
Phone
DescriptionVoice Command
Pair a cell phone or Bluetooth®-enabled device.Pair Phone
Redial the last number that you dialed.Redial
Dial a number.
1
Dial ___
Call a specific contact from your phonebook.
2
Call ___
Call a specific contact from your phonebook at a
specific location.
3
Call ___ ___
Listen to a text message.Listen to Message
Listen to a specific text message from a list of text
messages.
Listen to Message ___
Reply to the last text message.Reply to Message
1
Add the number you want to dial to the command.
2
Add a contact name from your phonebook to the command. Say the first and last name
of your contact exactly as it appears on your device.
3
Add a contact name and location from your phonebook to the command. Say the first
and last name of your contact exactly as it appears on your device.
432
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Navigation (If Equipped)
Setting a Destination
DescriptionVoice Command
Enter a destination address. When prompted,
provide the house number, the street and city.
Find an Address
Search for a point of interest by name or by category.Find a Place
Search for a nearby point of interest by category.
1
Find the Next ___
Search for a point of interest category.
1
Find a POI Category
Set your saved home address as your destination.Drive Home
Set your saved place of work as your destination.Drive to Work
Display and select from a list of previous destina-
tions.
Show Previous Destinations
Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.Show Favorites
1
Add a point of interest category or the name of a major brand or chain to the command.
Route Guidance
DescriptionVoice Command
Cancel the current route.Cancel Route
Select an alternate route.Detour
Repeat the last guidance prompt.Repeat Instruction
Display an overview of the route.Show Route
Display a list of traffic events on your route.Show Traffic
Display the map on the touchscreen.Show Map
Display a two-dimensional map with north toward
the top of the touchscreen.
North Up
Display a two-dimensional map with the direction
you are traveling toward the top of the touchscreen.
Heading Up
Display a three-dimensional map with the direction
you are traveling toward the front.
Show 3D
433
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Apps
General
DescriptionVoice Command
Start an app. The system prompts you for the app
name.
Mobile Applications
Get a list of apps running on your device.List Applications
Search and connect to apps running on your device.Find Applications
Active App
DescriptionVoice Command
Get a list of voice commands for a specific app.
1
___ Help
Close an app.
1
Exit ___
1
Add an app name to the command.
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If Equipped)
DescriptionVoice
command
Displays a list of traffic incidents.Show
Traffic
Displays the current weather map.Show
Weather
Map
Displays a list of fuel prices.Show Fuel
Prices
Displays the 5 day weather forecast.Show 5
Day Fore-
cast
434
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Voice Settings
DescriptionVoice Command
Go to the voice settings menu.Voice Settings
Switch long voice prompts on.Interaction Mode Novice
Switch short voice prompts on.Interaction Mode Advanced
Switch call confirmation on. The system prompts
you to confirm before making a call.
Phone Confirmation On
Switch call confirmation off. The system does not
prompt you to confirm before making a call.
Phone Confirmation Off
Switch the display of voice commands on.Voice Command Lists On
Switch the display of voice commands off.Voice Command Lists Off
Automatic Blower Motor Speed
Reduction
If necessary, the system decreases the
blower motor speed when you are using
voice commands to reduce the amount of
background noise in your vehicle. It returns
to normal when you are done.
Switching Automatic Blower Motor
Speed Reduction Off
Simultaneously press the A/C and
recirculated air buttons.
ENTERTAINMENT
A
B
E293491
Audio source. Select to choose
a different audio source.
A
Presets. Swipe left to view more
presets.
B
You can access these options using the
touchscreen or voice commands.
435
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Sources
Press this button to select the source of
media you want to listen to.
Menu Item
AM
FM
1
SIRIUS
CD
The name of the USB that is plugged in displays here.USB
Bluetooth Stereo
If you have SYNC 3 compatible apps on your connected smart phone, they
display here as individual source selections.
Apps
1
This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription.
AM/FM Radio
Tuning a Station
You can use the tune or seek controls on
the radio bezel to select a station.
To tune a station using the
touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Direct Tune
A pop up appears, allowing you to type in
the frequency of a station. You can only
enter a valid station for the source you are
currently listening to.
You can press the backspace button to
delete the previously entered number.
Once you have entered the station's
call numbers, you can select:
Action and Descrip-
tion
Menu Item
Press to begin
playing the station
you have entered.
Enter
Press to exit
without changing
the station.
Cancel
Presets
To set a new preset, tune to the station
and then press and hold one of the
memory preset buttons. The audio mutes
briefly while the system saves the station
and then returns.
You may be able to add additional preset
pages using the settings option on the
feature bar.
436
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)
Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets and requires an active
subscription.
E234451
SiriusXM satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SiriusXM satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term
that begins on the date of sale or lease of
your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
list of SiriusXM satellite radio channels,
and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call
SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Neither SiriusXM and its affiliates nor Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates will be
liable to you or any third party for any such
modification, suspension or termination.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
The following buttons are available for SiriusXM:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Touch this button to see a list of available stations.Browse
A pop-up appears, allowing you to type in the call numbers of
a station.
Direct Tune
Once you enter the stations call numbers, you can select:
The system tunes to the station you select.Enter
You exit the pop-up and the current station
continues to play.
Cancel
You can press the backspace button to delete the previous
number.
437
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Replay audio on the current channel. You can replay approx-
imately 45 minutes of audio as long as you remain tuned to
the current station. Changing stations erases the previous
audio.
Replay
When you are in replay mode, you are not
able to select a different preset until you
return to live audio. Pressing this button
returns you to the live broadcast.
Live
Save the current song, artist, or team as a favorite. The system
alerts you when it plays again on any channel.
ALERT
Selecting this button allows you to enable and edit alerts.
Memory Presets
To set a preset, tune to the station then
press and hold one of the memory preset
buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the
system saves the station and returns once
the station is stored.
You may be able to add additional preset
pages using the settings option on the
feature bar.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting
Potential Reception Issues
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear
of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
materials as far away from the antenna as possible.
Antenna obstructions
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunder-
storms can interfere with your reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower,
a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio
system may mute.
Station overload
Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the interfer-
ence and the audio system may mute.
Satellite radio signal
interference
438
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Troubleshooting Tips
ActionCauseMessage
No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
Radio requires more than two
seconds to produce audio for
the selected channel.
Acquiring Signal
If this message does not clear
shortly, or with an ignition key
cycle, your receiver may have
a fault. See an authorized
dealer for service.
There is an internal module or
system failure present.
Satellite antenna fault
SIRIUS system failure
Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.
The channel is no longer avail-
able.
Invalid Channel
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to subscribe to the
channel, or tune to another
channel.
Your subscription does not
include this channel.
Unsubscribed Channel
The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.
The signal is lost from the Siri-
usXM satellite or SiriusXM
tower to your vehicle antenna.
Satellite acquiring
signal…
No action required. The
process may take up to three
minutes.
Update of channel program-
ming in progress.
Updating…
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to resolve subscrip-
tion issues.
Your satellite service is no
longer available.
Questions? Call 1-
888-539-7474
Use the channel guide or the
Sirius XM Settings tile to turn
off the Lock or Skip function on
that station.
All the channels in the selected
category are either skipped or
locked.
None found. Check
channel guide.
No action required.SiriusXM has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.
SIRIUS Subscription
updated
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available)
To activate HD radio, please see the Radio
Settings in the Settings Chapter. See
Settings (page 458).
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
439
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit:
Website
www.hdradio.com
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the following indicators on
your screen:
E142616
The HD logo is grey when acquiring a digital
station, and then changes to orange when
digital audio is playing. When this logo is
available, you may also see Title and Artist
fields on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.
Note: There is also an additional feature
for stations that have more than 1 HD
multicast (For example, HD1 or HD2). The
HD logo and Radio text appears as a button.
Pressing this button allows you to cycle
through all of the HD stations on that
specific frequency. For example, if you are
on 101.1 and it has HD1, HD2, HD3, pressing
the button repeatedly causes the radio to
cycle through the HD stations in a cyclic
increasing order.
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:
Action and DescriptionMessage
Allows you to save an active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns.
There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound
returns when the channel saves. When switching to an HD2
or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital
audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital
signal.
Presets
Note: As with any station you save, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is
outside the station’s reception area.
440
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential Reception Issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the
fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to
weak signal strength.
Reception area
If you are listening to HD1, the system changes back to the
analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again.
However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7
multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless
it is able to connect to the digital signal again.
When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-
HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog
version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio
station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station
quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station
changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from
analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound.
Station blending
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.
Potential Station Issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. This is a
broadcast issue.
This is poor time alignment by
the radio broadcaster.
Echo, stutter, skip or
repeat in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
No action required. The recep-
tion issue may clear up as you
continue to drive.
The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.
Sound fading or
blending in and out.
No action required. This is
normal behavior. Wait until the
audio is available.
The digital multicast is not
available until the HD Radio
broadcast is decoded. Once
decoded, the audio is available.
There is an audio mute
delay when selecting
HD2 or HD3, multicast
preset or Direct Tune.
441
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Potential Station Issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. The station
is not available in your current
location.
The previously stored multicast
preset or direct tune is not
available in your current recep-
tion area.
Cannot access HD2 or
HD3 multicast channel
when recalling a preset
or from a direct tune.
Fill out the station issue form.
1
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
Text information does
not match currently
playing audio.
Fill out the station issue form.
1
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
There is no text
information shown for
currently selected
frequency.
1
You can find the form here:
Website
http://hdradio.com/stations/feedback
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation
and foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD
and HD Radio logos are proprietary
trademarks of DTS. The vehicle
manufacturer and DTS are not responsible
for the content sent using HD Radio
technology. Content may be changed,
added or deleted at any time at the station
owner's discretion.
CD (If Equipped)
Once you select this option, the system
returns you to the main audio screen.
The current audio information appears on
the screen.
The following buttons are also available:
FunctionButton
You can use the browse button to select a track.Browse
Select this button and a small number one displays to indicate
the track is set to repeat.
Repeat
442
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
FunctionButton
For MP3 CDs, this button allows you to toggle through repeat
off, repeat one track (a small number one displays), and repeat
current folder (a small folder displays).
Select the shuffle symbol to have the audio on the disk play
in random order.
Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
Bluetooth® Stereo or USB
Bluetooth® Stereo and USB allow you to
access media that you store on your
Bluetooth® device or USB device such as
music, audio books or podcasts.
The following buttons are available for Bluetooth® and USB:
FunctionButton
Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through
three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all
(button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with
a small number one).
Repeat
Play the tracks in random order.Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
To get more information about the
currently playing track, press the cover art
or Info button.
For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to
provide 30-second skip buttons when you
listen to audio books or podcasts. These
buttons allow you to skip forward or
backward within a track.
While playing audio from a USB device you
can look for certain music by selecting the
following:
FunctionButton
If available, displays the list of tracks in the
Now Playing playlist.
Browse
This option, which is available under
browse, allows you to play all tracks or to
filter the available media into one of the
below categories.
New Search
Play All
443
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
FunctionButton
Playlists
Artist
Albums
Songs
Genres
Podcasts
Audio books
Composers
This button allows you to choose a specific
letter to view within the category you are
browsing.
A-Z Jump
If available, this allows you to browse the
folders and files on your USB device.
Explore Device
USB Ports
E211463
The USB ports are in the center console or
behind a small access door in the
instrument panel.
This feature allows you to plug in USB
media devices, memory sticks, flash drives
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature.
Select this option to play audio from your
USB device.
Apps
The system supports the use of certain
audio apps such as iHeartRadio through a
USB or Bluetooth®-enabled device.
Each app gives you different on-screen
options depending on the app's content.
See Apps (page 455).
Supported Media Players, Formats
and Metadata Information
The system is capable of hosting nearly
any digital media player, including iPod,
iPhone, and most USB drives.
Supported audio formats include MP3,
WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC.
Supported audio file extensions include
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
FLAC.
444
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Supported USB file systems include: FAT,
exFAT, and NTFS.
SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media
from your USB device by metadata tags.
Metadata tags, which are descriptive
software identifiers embedded in the
media files, provide information about the
file.
If your indexed media files contain no
information embedded in these metadata
tags, SYNC 3 may classify the empty
metadata tags as unknown.
SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to
50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10
devices.
CLIMATE
Touch the climate button on the
touchscreen to access the climate control
features.
Note: You can switch temperature units
between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See
Settings (page 458).
Accessing the Climate Control
Menu
E265038
Touch the button to access
additional controls for the front
climate system.
Directing the Airflow
Touch the button to direct
airflow to the windshield air
vents and de-mister.
E244097
Touch the button to direct
airflow to the instrument panel
air vents.
Touch the button to direct
airflow to the footwell air vents.
You can direct air through any combination
of these air vents.
Setting the Blower Motor Speed
Touch up or down to increase or
decrease the volume of air that
circulates in your vehicle.
Setting the Temperature
Touch up or down on the left-hand
temperature control to set the left-hand
temperature.
Note: This control also adjusts the
right-hand side temperature when you
switch off dual zone mode.
Touch up or down on the right-hand
temperature control to set the right-hand
temperature.
Switching Auto Mode On and Off
Touch the button to switch on
automatic operation, then set
the temperature.
The system adjusts the blower motor
speed, air distribution, air conditioning
operation, and outside or recirculated air
to reach and maintain the temperature you
have set.
Switching the Air Conditioning On
and Off
A pop-up appears on the screen
to display the air conditioning
options.
MAX A/C: Touch the button to activate
and maximize cooling. The driver and
passenger temperatures are set to LO,
recirculated air flows through the
instrument panel vents, air conditioning
automatically turns on and the fan
automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
445
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
A/C: Touch to switch the air conditioning
on or off. Use A/C with recirculated air to
improve cooling performance and
efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions, such as
maximum defrost, the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even
though you switch off the air conditioning.
Switching the Climate Control On
and Off
Touch the button.
Switching the Climate Controlled
Seats On and Off
E265282
Touch the button to cycle
through the various climate
controlled seat settings.
Switching Dual Zone Mode On and
Off
E265280
Touch the button to switch on
temperature control for the
right-hand side of the vehicle.
Switching the Heated Exterior
Mirrors On and Off
E266189
Touch the button.
Switching the Heated Windshield
On and Off
Touch the button to clear the
windshield of thin ice and fog.
The heated windshield turns off
after a short period of time.
Switching the Heated Rear
Window On and Off
E184884
Touch the button to clear the
rear window of thin ice and fog.
Switching the Heated Seats On
and Off
Touch the button to cycle
through the various heat
settings.
Switching the Heated Steering
Wheel On and Off
Touch the button.
Switching Maximum Air
Conditioning On and Off
Touch the button for maximum
cooling.
Recirculated air flows through the
instrument panel air vents, air conditioning
turns on and the blower motor adjusts to
the highest speed.
Switching Maximum Defrost On
and Off
Touch the button for maximum
defrosting.
Air flows through the windshield air vents,
and the blower motor adjusts to the
highest speed.
You can also use this setting to defog and
clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you
cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.
446
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Note: The heated rear window also turns
on when you select maximum defrost.
Note: Depending on your region, air
conditioning turns on.
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off
Touch the button to switch
between outside air and
recirculated air.
The air currently in the passenger
compartment recirculates. This may
reduce the time needed to cool the interior,
when used with A/C, and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off, or
prevent you from switching on, in all air flow
modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk
of fogging. Recirculation may also turn on
and off in various air distribution control
combinations during hot weather to improve
cooling efficiency.
Switching the Ventilated Seats On
and Off
E268558
Touch the button to cycle
through the various ventilated
seat settings.
Accessing Rear Climate Controls
E270447
Touch the button to access
additional controls for the rear
climate system.
Rear Climate Control Lock
Indicator
E265289
Touch the button.
When on, you can only operate
the rear passenger settings
through the front controls.
Switching Rear Auto Mode On and
Off
Touch the button to switch on
rear automatic operation, then
set the temperature.
Switching the Rear Climate
Controlled Seats On and Off
E265282
Touch the button to cycle
through the various climate
controlled seat settings.
Switching the Rear Heated Seats
On and Off
Touch the button to cycle
through the various heat
settings.
Switching the Rear Ventilated
Seats On and Off
E268558
Touch the button to cycle
through the various ventilated
seat settings.
PHONE
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
447
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Check the compatibility of your device on
the regional website.
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
First Time
Go to the settings menu on your device and
switch Bluetooth® on.
Select the phone option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Add Phone.
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
vehicle on your cell phone.
2. Select your vehicle on your cell phone.
Note: A number appears on your cell phone
and on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the number on your cell
phone matches the number on the
touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your cell phone.
4. Download the phonebook from your
cell phone when you are prompted.
Note: If you pair more than one cell phone,
use the phone settings to specify the
primary phone. You can change this setting
at any time.
Using Your Cell Phone (If Equipped)
Recent Call List
Display and select an entry from a list of
previous calls.
Contacts
Display a smart search form to look up your
contacts. Use the List button to
alphabetically sort your contacts.
Change Phone
Display the list of paired or connected
devices that you can select.
Phone Settings
Change ring tones, alerts or pair another
phone.
Do Not Disturb
Reject incoming calls and switch ring tones
and alerts off.
Phone Keypad
Directly dial a number.
Mute
Mute the microphone when in a call.
Phone Voice Assistant
Say a command to use the Google or Siri
voice assistant available on your
connected phone to access supported
features.
Text Messaging
Setting Text Message Notification
iOS
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
phone.
2. Select Bluetooth®.
3. Select the information icon to the right
of your vehicle.
4. Switch text message notification on.
Android
1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
phone.
2. Select Bluetooth®.
3. Select the profiles option.
4. Select the phone profile.
5. Switch text message notification on.
448
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Using Text Messaging
DescriptionMenu Item
Hear the text message.Hear It
View the text message.View
Call the sender.Call
Reply to the text message with a standard text message.Reply
Apple CarPlay (If Equipped)
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Note: Certain features of the system are
not available when you are using Apple
CarPlay.
Switching Apple CarPlay Off
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Apple CarPlay Preferences.
2. Switch Apple CarPlay off.
Android Auto (If Equipped)
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Note: You might need to enable Android
Auto from the settings menu.
Note: Certain features of the system are
not available when you are using Android
Auto.
Switching Android Auto Off
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
1. Select Android Auto.
2. Switch Android Auto off.
NAVIGATION
Note: For more information, refer to our
website.
Select the navigation option on
the feature bar.
E297557
Map view menu.A
Zoom out.B
Zoom in.C
Route guidance menu.D
Destination entry menu.E
449
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Setting a Destination
Destination Entry Menu
DescriptionItem
Enter a destination address.Search
Display and select from a list of previous destinations.Previous Destinations
Set your saved home address as your destinationHome
Set your saved place of work as your destination.Work
Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.Favorites
Setting a Destination Using the Text
Entry Screen
E297558
Text entry field.A
Automatic suggestions based on
the text you enter.
B
Information icon.C
Search.D
Keyboard settings.E
Note: Select one of the suggestions to
copy the detail to the text entry field.
You can search by entering all or part of
the destination, such as the Address, POI
Category or Name, Intersection, City,
Latitude/Longitude, etc. Tips: If you do
not specify a location, the system will
use the current vehicle location. You can
specify a location by address, city, state
or zip code. For additional search support,
please visit: support.ford.com.
Note: Press the button in the top right-hand
corner of the main map to display estimated
time of arrival, remaining travel time or
distance to destination.
450
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Setting a Destination Using the Map
Screen
E297559
Re-center the map.A
Selected location.B
3D map rotation. Swipe left or
right.
C
Start route guidance.D
Destination name.E
Select the location on the map.
Select Start to begin route guidance.
Changing the Format of the Map
Display the map in one of the following
formats:
• A two-dimensional map with the
direction you are traveling toward the
top of the screen.
• A two-dimensional map with north
toward the top of the screen.
• A three-dimensional map with the
direction you are traveling toward the
front.
Zoom
Display more or less detail on the map.
Note: You can use pinch gestures to zoom
in and out. Place two fingers on the screen
and move them apart to zoom in. Place two
fingers on the screen and bring them
together to zoom out.
Route Guidance
E297560
F
A
Turn indicator. Select to hear the
last voice prompt.
A
Point of interest.B
Estimated time of arrival,
distance to destination or time
to destination.
C
Current road.D
Mute guidance prompts.E
Cancel route guidance.F
Note: To change guidance prompt volume,
turn the volume control when a guidance
prompt plays.
451
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Route Guidance Menu
DescriptionMenu Item
Adjust your map preferences for when route guidance is active.Screen View
View a full screen map when route guidance is active.Full Map
View highway exit information for your current route.Highway Exit Info
View the turn list for your current route. Select a road to avoid
it.
Turn List
You can find the SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link information
by pressing this button. This information requires an active
subscription to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link. When a route
is not active, a list of nearby traffic incidents displays. When a
route is active, you can choose to display a list of traffic nearby
or on the route.
Traffic List
Adjust navigation settings. See Settings (page 458).Navigation Settings
View information about your current location.Where Am I?
Cancel route guidance.Cancel Route
View the entire current route on the map.View Route
View an alternative route compared to your current one.Detour
Change the order or remove waypoints.Edit Waypoints
The system determines the order of waypoints for you.Optimize Order
Go to the next screen and start the new route.Go
Adjusting the Guidance Prompt
Volume
Turn the volume control when a guidance
prompt plays to adjust the volume.
Note: If you have inadvertently adjusted
the volume to zero, press the turn indicator
button to play the last voice prompt and
then adjust the volume to the desired level.
Muting Guidance Prompts
Select the mute option on the
screen to mute guidance
prompts.
Note: The system mutes the next and all
future guidance prompts.
Adding Waypoints
You can add a waypoint to a navigation
route as a destination along your route.
You can add up to five waypoints.
1. Select the search option on the map.
2. Set a destination.
3. Select Add Waypoint.
4. Select Go.
452
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Canceling Route Guidance
Select the route guidance menu
option on the active guidance
screen.
Select Cancel Route.
E294817
Note: The route guidance menu option is
always in the bottom right-hand corner of
the main map.
cityseeker (If Equipped)
Note: cityseeker point of interest (POI)
information is limited to approximately 1,110
cities (1,049 in the United States, 36 in
Canada and 15 in Mexico).
E225487
cityseeker, when available, is a service that
provides more information about certain
points of interest such as restaurants,
hotels and attractions.
When you have selected a point of interest,
the location and information appear, such
as address, phone number and a star
rating.
Press More Information to see a photo,
a review, a list of services and facilities, the
average room or meal price and the web
address. This screen displays the point of
interest icons.
For restaurants, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, average
cost, review, handicap access, hours of
operation, and website address.
For hotels, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, price
category, review, check-in and checkout
times, hotel service icons and website
address. Hotel service icons include:
• Restaurant
• Business center
• Handicap facilities
• Laundry
• Refrigerator
• 24 hour room service
• Fitness center
• Internet access
• Pool
• Wi-Fi
Attractions include nearby landmarks,
amusement parks, historic buildings and
more. cityseeker can provide information
such as star rating, reviews, hour of
operation and admission price.
453
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If
Equipped)
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link is available
on vehicles equipped with navigation and
only in select markets. You must activate
and subscribe to receive SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link information. It helps you
locate the best gas prices, find movie
listings, get current traffic alerts, view the
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see current sports scores.
The system calculates a reasonable
efficient route based on available speed
limits, traffic, and road conditions. You may
know a local short cut that is more efficient
at a given time than the route provided by
SYNC 3, but you should expect a slight
difference in minutes or miles with the
SYNC 3 route.
Michelin Travel Guide (If Equipped)
The Michelin travel guide is a service which
provides additional information about
certain places of interest, for example
restaurants, hotels and tourist sites. Points
of interest that have Michelin travel guide
information display a button to show you
more information. Push the button to see
the additional information. If you have
paired your phone with the system, you
can press the phone button to directly
establish a call with the selected point of
interest.
Navigation Map Accuracy and
Updates
HERE is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map data
errors, you may report them directly to
HERE by going to www.here.com. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.
The navigation system map data may
contain inaccurate or incomplete
information due to the passage of time,
changing circumstances, sources used and
the nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results. Inaccurate speed limit
information, turn restrictions and other
road attributes may affect the determined
route and associated guidance
Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase through your
dealership. Depending on your purchase
agreement, you might be eligible for free
Map update. You can choose to download
the Map data update onto a USB, order a
USB, or use Wi-Fi to deliver automatic
updates. To update your Map data over
Wi-Fi, your vehicle must be connected to
a Wi-Fi access point. Map Data files are
large, so it is highly recommended to
perform the update when free Wi-Fi is
available otherwise high data rates may
apply. For USB updates, free map update
eligibility, and other details, contact
dealers at 1-866-462-8837 in the United
States and Canada or 01-800-557-5539
in Mexico or visit our local website for more
information.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
INFORMATION
Power Flow
E260071
The power flow information for
your hybrid vehicle is available
through the home screen or
under Apps.
Vehicle Operational States
Power flows to or from the front and rear
wheels depending on the operational state
and the drive conditions.
454
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
• Idling: The vehicle is running and in park
(P). The engine and/or the high voltage
battery are on.
• Electric Driving: The vehicle is running
and in drive (D) or neutral (N). The high
voltage battery provides power to the
wheels.
• Hybrid Driving: The vehicle is running
and in drive (D) or neutral (N). The
engine and the high voltage battery
provide power to the wheels.
• Regenerative Braking: The vehicle is
running in drive (D) and is slowing
down. Power captured by the
regenerative braking system is sent
back to the high voltage battery.
Engine On Due To
The following conditions help to explain
why the engine is on, and what you can do
to allow all electric operation.
• Drive Power: The engine is on due to
accelerator pedal pressure or speed
control activation. Reduce pressure on
the accelerator pedal or switch off the
speed control to return to full electric
mode.
• High Speed: The engine is on because
the vehicle speed exceeds the level for
full electric operation. Reduce the
speed to return to electric operation.
• Heater Setting: The engine is on
because of the heater setting. Reduce
or turn off the heater setting to return
to electric operation.
• Neutral Gear: The engine is on because
the vehicle is in neutral (N). Shift out
of neutral gear to return to electric
operation.
• Engine Cold: The engine is on because
it is cold. The vehicle returns to electric
operation once the engine is sufficiently
warm.
• Battery Charging: The engine is on to
charge the high voltage battery. The
vehicle returns to electric operation
once the battery is charged.
• Low Gear: The engine is on because
the vehicle is in low gear. Shift out of
low gear to return to electric operation.
• Normal Operation: The engine is on to
optimize vehicle operation. The vehicle
returns to electric operation when
possible.
• Engine Braking Active: The engine is on
to provide increased powertrain
braking. This can occur when you turn
on grade assist, when speed control is
on or when driving with your foot off
the accelerator pedal. Turning off
grade assist or speed control may
allow the vehicle to return to electric
operation.
• Battery Temperature: The engine is on
due to a high or low high voltage
battery temperature. This is a normal
operating condition. The vehicle returns
to electric operation when possible.
• Drive Mode: The engine is on due to the
drive mode selection. Select an
appropriate drive mode for electric only
operation.
APPS
The system allows you interact with select
mobile apps while keeping your eyes on
the road. Voice commands, your steering
wheel buttons, or a quick tap on your
touchscreen give you advanced control of
compatible mobile apps. You can also
stream your favorite music or podcasts,
share your time of arrival with friends, and
keep connected safely.
455
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
When you start an app through the system
for the first time, you could be asked to
grant certain permissions. You can review
and change the permissions that you have
granted at any time when your vehicle is
not moving. We recommend that you
check your data plan before using your
apps through the system. Using them
could result in additional charges. We also
recommend that you check the app
provider's terms and conditions and
privacy policy before using their app. Make
sure that you have an active account for
apps that you want to use through the
system. Some apps will work with no
setup. Others require you to configure
some personal settings before you can use
them.
Note: For more information about available
apps, visit catalog.ford.com.
Using Apps on an iOS Device
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
1. If your device is connected via USB,
switch Apple CarPlay off. See Phone
(page 447).
2. Connect your device to a USB port or
pair and connect using Bluetooth.
3. If prompted to enable CarPlay, select
Disable.
4. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use through SYNC.
Note: If you close the apps on your device,
you will not be able to use them through the
system.
5. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
Note: Connect your device to a USB port if
you want to use a navigation app. When
using a navigation app, keep your device
unlocked and the app open.
Using Apps on an Android Device
Select the apps option on the
feature bar.
1. If your device is connected via USB,
switch Android Auto off. See Phone
(page 447).
2. Pair your device. See Phone (page 447).
3. Start the apps on your device that you
want to use through SYNC.
Note: If you close the apps on your device,
you will not be able to use them through the
system.
4. Select Find Mobile Apps.
Note: The system searches and connects
to compatible apps that are running on your
device.
5. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the
USB port to establish a connection with
SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to
play music over USB when Mobile Apps are
enabled.
Using Mobile Navigation on an
Android Device
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Switch Android Auto off. See Phone
(page 447).
3. Switch on Enable Mobile Apps via
USB in the Mobile Apps Settings tile.
4. Select the apps option on the feature
bar.
5. Select the navigation app that you
want to use on the touchscreen.
Note: When using a navigation app, keep
your device unlocked and the app open.
456
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If
Equipped)
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Note: SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may
not be available in all markets.
Note: In order to use SiriusXM Traffic and
Travel Link, your vehicle must have
navigation.
Note: A paid subscription is required to
access and use these features. Go to
www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more
information.
Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and
click on Coverage map and details for a
complete listing of all traffic areas covered
by SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible
for any errors or inaccuracies in the SiriusXM
Traffic and Travel Link services or its use in
vehicles.
When you subscribe to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link, it can help you locate the
best gas prices, find movie listings, get
current traffic alerts, view the current
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see scores to current sports games.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route,
near your vehicle’ s current location or near any of your favorite
places, if programmed.
Traffic on Route
Traffic Nearby
Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your
vehicle’s location or on an active navigation route.
Fuel Prices
Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their
show times, if available.
Movie Listings
Touch this button to view the nearby weather, current weather,
or the five-day forecast for the chosen area.
Weather
Select to see the weather map,
which can show storms, radar
information, charts and winds.
Map
457
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select to choose from a listing of
weather locations.
Area
Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety
of sports. You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier
access. The score automatically refreshes when a game is in
progress.
Sports Info
Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area.Ski Conditions
SETTINGS
E280315
Press the button to enter the
settings menu.
E268570
Once you select a tile, press the
button next to a menu item to
view an explanation of the
feature or setting.
Sound
Select this tile to adjust the sound settings.
Clock
Select this tile to adjust the clock settings.
Bluetooth®
Select this tile to switch Bluetooth® on
and off and adjust the settings.
Phone
Select this tile to connect, disconnect, and
manage the connected device settings.
Audio
Select this tile to adjust the audio settings.
Driver Assist (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust Driver Assist
features like Parking Aids, Lane Keeping
System, Pedestrian Detection, and
Auto-Start-Stop.
Vehicle
Select this tile to adjust vehicle settings
like windows, alarm, lighting, and MyKey
settings.
FordPass (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust the FordPass
settings
General
Select this tile to adjust settings like
language, measurement units, or to reset
the system.
911 Assist (If Equipped)
Select this tile to switch 911 Assist on and
off.
Automatic Updates
Select this tile to adjust the automatic
update settings.
Mobile Apps
Select this tile to adjust permissions,
enable, disable, and update mobile apps.
458
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Display
Select this tile to adjust display settings
like brightness and auto dim.
Charge Settings (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust the electric vehicle
charge settings.
Voice Control
Select this tile to adjust voice control
settings like command confirmations and
displayed lists.
Navigation (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust navigation settings
like map preferences and route guidance.
Seats (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust the lumbar
function and massage function of your
multi contour seats.
Message Center (If Equipped)
Select this tile to view vehicle messages.
Personal Profiles (If Equipped)
Select this tile to adjust recalled memory
features when using personal profiles.
Valet Mode (If Equipped)
Select this tile to enable and disable valet
mode.
Ambient Lighting (If Equipped)
Select this tile to change the color or
intensity of the interior lighting.
459
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Voice Recognition
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
The system does not under-
stand what I am saying.
– You might not be using supported voice commands.
• See Using Voice Recognition (page 429).
• For a complete list of voice commands, refer to our
website.
– You might be speaking too soon.
• Wait for the voice prompt before you speak.
The system does not under-
stand the name of a track or
artist.
– Device limitation. Bluetooth® does not support voice
commands.
• Connect your device to a USB port.
• If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice
control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to
play specific tracks.
– You might not be using supported voice commands.
• See Using Voice Recognition (page 429).
• For a complete list of voice commands, refer to our
website.
– You might not be saying the name exactly as it appears
on your device.
• Say the name of the track or artist exactly as it
appears on your device. Spell out any abbreviations
in the name.
– The name contains special characters, for example *,
- or +.
• Rename the files on your device or use the touch-
screen to select and play the track.
The system does not under-
stand the name of a contact
in the phonebook on my
device and calls the wrong
contact.
– You might not be saying the name exactly as it appears
on your device.
• Say the first and last name of the contact exactly
as it appears on your device. Spell out any abbrevi-
ations in the name.
– The name contains special characters, for example *,
- or +.
• Rename the contact on your device or use the
touchscreen to select and call the contact.
460
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
– You might not be saying the name exactly as it appears
on your device.
• Say the first and last name of the contact exactly
as it appears on your device. The system applies
phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected
language to the names of contacts in the phone-
book on your device. Select the name of the
contact on the touchscreen and use the Hear it
option to get an idea of how the system expects
you to pronounce it.
The system does not under-
stand certain names of
contacts in the phonebook
on my device.
– Device limitation.
• The system uses text-to-speech technology and
uses a synthetically generated voice rather than
pre-recorded human voice.
The system voice prompts
and the pronunciation of
some words do not seem to
be very accurate.
USB and Bluetooth® Audio
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot connect my device. – Device malfunction.
• Disconnect your device. Switch your device off and
on to reset it and try again.
– Cable connection issue.
• Correctly connect the cable to your device and the
vehicle USB port.
– Incompatible cable.
• Use the cable recommended by the manufacturer
of your device.
461
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
– Incorrect device settings.
• Make sure that your device does not have an auto-
install program or active security settings.
• Check that your device is not set only to charge.
– Device lock screen enabled.
• Unlock your device before connecting it.
The system does not recog-
nize my device.
– Device limitation.
• Do not leave your device in your vehicle during very
hot or very cold weather conditions.
– Cable connection issue.
• Correctly connect the cable to your device and the
vehicle USB port.
– Incompatible cable.
• Use the cable recommended by the manufacturer
of your device.
The system does not under-
stand the name of a track or
artist.
– Device limitation. Bluetooth® does not support voice
commands.
• Connect your device to a USB port.
• If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice
control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to
play specific tracks.
I cannot stream audio from
my Bluetooth® device.
– Incompatible device.
• Check the compatibility of your device on our
website.
– Device not connected.
• Pair your device. See Phone (page 447).
– Media player not running.
• Start the media player on your device.
The system does not recog-
nize the music on my device.
– Missing or incorrect audio file metadata, for example
artist, song title, album or genre.
• Repair the files on your device.
– Corrupt files.
• Repair the files on your device.
462
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
– Copyright-protected files.
• Use a device that contains files that are not copy-
right protected.
– Unsupported file format.
• Repair or convert the files to a supported format.
See Entertainment (page 435).
– Device indexing required.
• Re-index your device. See Settings (page 458).
– Device lock screen enabled.
• Unlock your device before connecting it.
Sometimes I cannot hear a
track playing on my device.
– Device malfunction.
• Disconnect your device. Switch your device off and
on to reset it and try again.
When I disconnect my iOS
device the audio volume is
set to maximum.
– Device limitation.
• Turn the volume down on your device.
If the system does not play the tracks on your USB device
in the correct order, the following information could help:
The system does not play
the tracks on my USB drive
in the correct order.
– If you are selecting USB as the audio source when the
system is still indexing, SYNC plays tracks sorted
alphabetically by file name in the root directory.
– If you are selecting USB as the audio source after the
system has finished indexing, SYNC plays all tracks
sorted alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag
regardless of where they are located. SYNC uses the
file name if the title in the ID3 tag does not exist.
– If you are selecting the option to play all tracks from
the browsing menu, SYNC plays all tracks sorted
alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag regardless of
where they are located. SYNC uses the file name if the
title in the ID3 tag does not exist.
– If you are selecting a track when using the explore
device option, SYNC plays tracks sorted alphabetically
by file name in the folder you have selected. SYNC
then plays all tracks in any subfolders in the folder you
have selected.
463
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Phone
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
During a call, I can hear
excessive background noise.
– Incorrect cell phone settings.
• Check and adjust the audio settings on your cell
phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
During a call, I can hear the
other person but they
cannot hear me.
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone on and off, and vehicle
Bluetooth® on and off and try again.
– Cell phone microphone muted.
• Unmute your cell phone microphone.
– Privacy mode is enabled.
• Switch off privacy mode.
During a call, I cannot hear
the other person and they
cannot hear me.
– System restart required.
• Switch the ignition off and open the door. Close
the door and lock the vehicle. Wait until the
touchscreen is off and any illuminated USB ports
are not illuminated. Unlock the vehicle, switch the
ignition on and try again.
I cannot download a phone-
book.
– Incompatible cell phone.
• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on our
website.
– Incorrect cell phone settings.
• Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your
cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
– Incorrect system settings.
• Switch automatic phonebook download on. See
Settings (page 458).
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone off and on to reset it and
try again.
464
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
– Incorrect cell phone settings.
• Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your
cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
• Check the location of the missing contacts on your
cell phone. If they are stored on the SIM card, move
them to the cell phone memory.
– Incorrect system settings.
• Switch automatic phonebook download on. See
Settings (page 458).
A message displays
suggesting that my phone-
book has downloaded but it
is empty or it has missing
contacts.
– Incompatible cell phone.
• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on our
website.
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone off and on to reset it and
try again.
• Install the latest cell phone firmware.
• Delete your device from the system and delete
SYNC from your device and try again.
• Switch automatic phonebook download off. See
Settings (page 458).
I cannot connect my cell
phone.
Text messaging does not
work.
– You might not have switched on text message notific-
ations.
• Switch text message notifications on. See Phone
(page 447).
– Incompatible cell phone.
• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on our
website.
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone off and on to reset it and
try again.
– Device message sharing is not enabled.
• Check the permissions on your device to ensure
text message sharing is enabled.
– Incompatible cell phone.
• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on our
website.
I cannot hear text messages.
465
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Navigation (If Equipped)
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot enter a street name
when I am abroad.
– Incorrect entry method.
• Enter the street name with the country.
The system does not recog-
nize coordinates.
– Using the wrong coordinates format.
• Use the format ##. #####, ##. ##### (for N/S ,
E/W). Add a minus before coordinates if the
direction is West and keep a positive value if the
direction is East, for example 12.5412 means East
and -12.5412 means West.
466
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Apps
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
The system cannot find any
apps.
– Incompatible device.
• You need an Android device with OS 4.3 or higher
or an iOS device with iOS 8.0 or higher. Pair and
connect your Android device to find compatible
apps. Connect your iOS device to a USB port or
pair and connect using Bluetooth®.
I have a compatible device
and it is correctly connected
but the system still cannot
find any apps.
– Compatible apps are not installed on your device.
• Download and install the latest version of the app.
– Compatible apps are not running on your device.
• Start the apps to allow the system to find them
and make sure you sign in to any apps if required.
– Incorrect app settings.
• Check and adjust the app settings on your device
and allow SYNC to access the app if required.
I have a compatible device,
it is correctly connected and
my apps are running but the
system still cannot find any
apps.
– Apps failed to fully close.
• Restart the apps and try again.
• If you have an Android device with apps that have
an exit or quit option, use this and then restart the
apps. Alternatively, use the force stop option in the
settings menu on your device.
• If you have an iOS device with iOS 8.0 or higher,
tap the home button on your device twice and then
swipe the app upward to close it.
I have an Android device
that is correctly connected,
I have restarted my apps
and they are running but the
system still cannot find
them.
– An issue on some older versions of the Android oper-
ating system could result in apps not being found.
• Switch Bluetooth® off and on again to force the
system to reconnect to your device.
467
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I have an iOS device that is
correctly connected, I have
restarted my apps and they
are running but the system
still cannot find them.
– Cable connection issue.
• Disconnect the cable from your device, wait for a
moment and then connect it again to force the
system to reconnect to your device.
I have an Android device
running a media app which
the system has found but I
cannot hear the sound or
the sound is very quiet.
– Device volume is low.
• Turn the volume up on your device.
I have an Android device
running a number of
compatible apps but the
system cannot find all of
them.
– Device limitation. If you have more apps running on
your device than the number of available Bluetooth®
links, the system cannot find all of them.
• Close some of the apps to allow the system to find
those that you want to use.
468
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Wi-Fi Connectivity
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi
network.
– Password error.
• Enter the correct network password.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
– Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.
• Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the
default name unless it contains a unique identifier,
for example as part of the MAC address.
The Wi-Fi connection
disconnects after successful
connection.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot
but the network signal
strength is weak.
– Obstructed network signal.
• If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position
your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the
Wi-Fi hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows
but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so
that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or
open the windows that are facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows
and the windshield, open the windows that are
facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the
garage door closed, open the garage door.
I cannot see a network in the
list of available networks
that I expect to see.
– Hidden network.
• Make the network visible and try again.
469
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
I cannot see SYNC when I
search for Wi-Fi networks on
my cell phone or other
device.
– System limitation.
• SYNC does not provide a Wi-Fi hotspot at this time.
– Weak network signal
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
– Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet
connection.
• Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.
Software downloads take
too long.
– No software update available.
– Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance
of terms and conditions.
• Test the connection using another device. If the
network requires a subscription or acceptance of
terms and conditions, contact the network service
provider.
The system seems to
connect to a Wi-Fi network
and the signal strength is
excellent but the software
does not update.
Personal Profiles (If Equipped)
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
You might not have set up Personal Profiles.
I cannot create a profile.
You might have entered an invalid profile.
You might not have selected a memory button when
prompted.
You might not have the ignition on or in park (P), or you
shifted out park (P) when creating a profile.
Personal Profiles has been switched off.
You might not have selected the lock button on the remote
control.
I cannot link a remote
control.
The remote control selected was already associated with
another profile and the system declined to overwrite.
The system performed a profile recall when linking a
remote control.
470
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Possible Cause and ResolutionSymptom
You might not have the ignition on or in park (P), or you
shifted out park (P) when creating a profile.
You might be using the old linking method.
Personal Profiles does not support your unsaved settings.
My personalized settings do
not save.
A different personal profile is active.
Another user changed the settings for the wrong personal
profile.
You might not have created a personal profile.
My profile will not recall.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
The profile you requested is already active.
You might not have linked the memory button you are
using to a profile.
You might not have linked the remote control you are using
to a profile.
You might be using the wrong remote control.
You might be pressing a button other than the unlock or
remote start on a linked remote control.
You might have deleted the personal profile.
Personal Profiles is turned off.My preset positions recall,
but my profile does not.
The vehicle is in motion.
My profile recalls but my
preset positions do not.
The preset positions are the same as the guest or previ-
ously active profile.
Unlink and relink your remote control in the Personal
Profiles menu. You may need to see your authorized dealer.
I lost a remote control.
You might have erased and reprogrammed the remote
controls. This could happen if you let a dealership add a
new remote control to replace a lost one.
I lost all profiles.
Someone performed a master reset.
471
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
Resetting the System
1. Simultaneously press and hold the
seek up and the audio unit power
buttons until the screen goes black.
2. Wait three minutes to allow the system
to complete the reset.
3. Press the audio unit power button to
switch the system on.
Note: You can reset the system to restore
functionality that has stopped working. The
system reset is designed to restore
functionality and not delete any data that
you have stored.
Additional Information and
Assistance
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer or refer to our website.
472
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
SYNC™ 3
For a complete listing of the accessories
that are available for your vehicle, please
contact your authorized dealer or visit the
online store web site:
Web Address (United States)
www.Accessories.Ford.com
Web Address (Canada)
www.Accessories.Ford.ca
We will repair or replace any properly
authorized dealer-installed Ford Original
Accessory found to be defective in
factory-supplied materials or workmanship
during the warranty period, as well as any
component damaged by the defective
accessories.
We will warrant your Ford Original
Accessory through the warranty that
provides the greatest benefit:
• 24 months, unlimited mileage.
• The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.
Contact an authorized dealer for details
and a copy of the warranty.
Ford Licensed Accessories are the
accessory manufacturer's designs. The
manufacturer develops and therefore
warrants Ford Licensed Accessories, and
does not design or test these accessories
to Ford Motor Company engineering
requirements. Contact an authorized Ford
dealer for the manufacturer’s limited
warranty details, and request a copy of the
Ford Licensed Accessories product limited
warranty from the accessory manufacturer.
For maximum vehicle performance, keep
the following information in mind when
adding accessories or equipment to your
vehicle:
• When adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your
vehicle, do not exceed the total weight
capacity of the vehicle or of the front
or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as
indicated on the Safety Compliance
Certification label). Ask an authorized
dealer for specific weight information.
• The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and Canadian
Radio Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) regulate the use
of mobile communications systems
that are equipped with radio
transmitters, for example two-way
radios, telephones and theft alarms.
Any such equipment installed in your
vehicle should comply with Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
and Canadian Radio
Telecommunications Commission
(CRTC) regulations and should be
installed only by an authorized dealer.
• An authorized dealer needs to install
mobile communications systems.
Improper installation may harm the
operation of your vehicle, particularly
if the manufacturer did not design the
mobile communication system
specifically for automotive use.
• If you or an authorized Ford dealer add
any non-Ford electrical or electronic
accessories or components to your
vehicle, you may adversely affect
battery performance and durability. In
addition, you may also adversely affect
the performance of other electrical
systems in the vehicle.
473
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Accessories
PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING
COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD
PROTECT EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plans (U.S. Only)
Ford Protect extended service plan means
peace of mind. It is the extended service
plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and
provides more protection beyond the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage. When
you visit your Ford Dealer, Insist on Ford
Protect extended service plans!
Ford Protect Can Quickly Pay for Itself
One trip to the Service Center could easily
exceed the price of your Ford Protect
extended service plan. With Ford Protect
extended service plan you minimize your
risk for unexpected repair bills and rising
repair costs.
Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle
Components
There are four mechanical Ford Protect
extended service plans with different levels
of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for
details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most
comprehensive coverage. With over
1,000 covered components, this plan
is so complete it is probably easier to
list what is not covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components,
and includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.
Ford Protect extended service plans are
honored by all authorized Ford dealers in
the U.S., Canada and Mexico.
That means you get:
• Reliable, quality service at any Ford or
Lincoln dealership.
• Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts.
Rental Car Reimbursement
1st day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for
service, we’ll give you a loaner to use for
the day.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including warranty repairs, and
Field Service Actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance,
including:
• Towing, flat-tire change and battery
jump starts.
• Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
• Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car.
• Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car
coverage or other transportation.
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford
Protect extended service plan coverage
expires, you can transfer any remaining
coverage to the new owner. Which should
give you and your potential buyer a little
more peace of mind.
474
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Ford Protect
Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your
Vehicle
Ford Protect extended service plan also
offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that
covers all scheduled maintenance, and
selected wear items. The coverage is
prepaid, so you never have to worry about
the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.
Covered maintenance includes:
• Windshield wiper blades.
• Spark plugs.
• The clutch disc (if equipped).
• Brake pads and linings.
• Shock absorbers.
• Struts.
• Engine belts.
• Engine coolant hoses, clamps and
O-rings.
• Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment (if
equipped).
• Cabin air filter replacement every
20,000 mi (32,000 km) (electric
vehicles only).
Interest Free Finance Options
Just a 5% down payment will provide you
with an affordable, no interest, no fee
payment program allowing you all the
security and benefits Ford Protect
extended service plan has to offer while
paying over time. You are pre-approved
with no credit check or hassles. To learn
more, call our Ford Protect extended
service plan specialists at 800-367-3377.
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plan (CANADA ONLY)
You can get more protection for your
vehicle by purchasing a Ford Protect
extended service plan. Ford Protect
extended service plan is the only service
contract backed by Ford Motor Company
of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan
you purchase, Ford Protect extended
service plan provides benefits such as:
• Rental reimbursement.
• Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items.
• Protection against repair costs after
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Coverage expires.
• Roadside Assistance benefits.
There are several Ford Protect extended
service plans available in various time,
distance and deductible combinations.
Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving
needs, including reimbursement for towing
and rental. When you purchase Ford
Protect extended service plan, you receive
added peace-of-mind protection
throughout Canada, the United States and
Mexico, provided by a network of
participating authorized Ford Motor
Company dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada
and the United States are not eligible for
Ford Protect extended service plan
coverage.
This information is subject to change. For
more information; visit your local Ford of
Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the
Ford Protect extended service plan that is
right for you.
475
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Ford Protect
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when
you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.
We have established regular maintenance
intervals for your vehicle based upon
rigorous testing. It is important that you
have your vehicle serviced at the proper
times. These intervals serve two purposes:
one is to maintain the reliability of your
vehicle and the second is to keep your cost
of owning your vehicle down.
It is your responsibility to have all
scheduled maintenance performed and to
make sure that the materials used meet
the specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 379).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
invalidates warranty coverage on parts
affected by the lack of maintenance.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive
factory-sponsored certification training to
help them become experts on the
operation of your vehicle. Ask your
dealership about the training and
certification their technicians have
received.
Our Genuine Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock our genuine
manufactured or our authorized
re-manufactured replacement parts.
These parts meet or exceed our
specifications. Parts installed at your
dealership carry a nationwide 24-month
or unlimited mile (kilometer) parts and
labor limited warranty.
If you do not use our authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and
depending on the part, it could affect
emissions compliance.
Convenience
Many dealerships have extended evening
and Saturday hours to make your service
visit more convenient and they offer one
stop shopping. They can perform any
services that are required on your vehicle,
from general maintenance to collision
repairs.
Note: Not all dealers have extended hours
or body shops. Please contact your dealer
for details.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved
reliability, durability and resale value. To
maintain the proper performance of your
vehicle and its emission control systems,
make sure you have scheduled
maintenance performed at the designated
intervals.
Your vehicle has an Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor system; a message appears in the
information display at the proper oil
change interval. This interval may be up to
one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km), hybrid
vehicles may exceed 10,000 mi
(16,000 km).
476
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When the oil change message appears in
the information display, it is time for an oil
change. Make sure you perform the oil
change within two weeks or 500 mi
(800 km) of the message appearing. Make
sure you reset the Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor after each oil change. See Oil
Change Indicator Reset (page 324).
If your information display resets
prematurely or becomes inoperative, you
should perform the oil change interval at
six months or 5,000 mi (8,000 km) from
your last oil change. Never exceed one year
or 10,000 mi (16,000 km) between oil
change intervals,
Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built
with multiple, complex performance
systems. Every manufacturer develops
these systems using different
specifications and performance features.
That is why it is important to rely upon your
dealership to properly diagnose and repair
your vehicle.
We have recommended maintenance
intervals for various parts and component
systems based upon engineering testing.
We rely upon this testing to determine the
most appropriate mileage for replacement
of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at
the lowest overall cost to you and
recommends against maintenance
schedules that deviate from the scheduled
maintenance information.
We strongly recommend the use of only
our genuine manufactured or our
authorized re-manufactured replacement
parts engineered for your vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and our Workshop
Manual list the recommended additives
and chemicals for your vehicle. We do not
recommend using chemicals or additives
not approved by us as part of your vehicle’ s
normal maintenance. Please consult your
warranty information.
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a
normal operating characteristic and, by
itself, does not necessarily indicate a
concern or that the fluid needs to be
changed. However, a qualified expert, such
as the factory-trained technicians at your
dealership, should inspect discolored fluids
that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination
immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a
viable way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled
maintenance. It is critical that systems are
flushed only with new fluid that is the same
as that required to fill and operate the
system or using our approved flushing
chemical.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections every
month or at six-month intervals.
477
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every Month
Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights.
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
Windshield washer fluid level.
Holes and slots in the tail pipe to make sure they are functional and clear of debris.
Check Every Six Months
Battery connections. Clean if necessary.
Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength.
Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation.
Seatbelts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and seatbelt) for operation.
Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
Multi-Point Inspection
In order to keep your vehicle running right,
it is important to have the systems on your
vehicle checked regularly. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval
to help make sure your vehicle keeps
running great.
478
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Multi-Point Inspection
Hazard warning system operationAccessory drive belt(s)
Horn operationBattery performance
Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning
hoses
Engine air filter
Suspension components for leaks or
damage
Exhaust system
Steering and linkageExterior lamps operation
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper
pressure
2
Fluid levels
1
; fill if necessary
Windshield for cracks, chips or pitsFor oil and fluid leaks
Washer spray and wiper operationHalf-shaft dust boots
1
Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer
2
If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration
Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive
way to perform a thorough inspection of
your vehicle. Your checklist gives you
immediate feedback on the overall
condition of your vehicle.
NORMAL SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™
Your vehicle has an Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor that determines when you should
change the engine oil based on how you
use your vehicle. By using several
important factors in its calculations, the
monitor helps reduce the cost of owning
your vehicle and reduces environmental
waste at the same time.
This means you do not have to remember
to change the oil on a mileage-based
schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when
an oil change is due by displaying a
message in the information display.
The following table provides examples of
vehicle use and its impact on oil change
intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil
change intervals depend on several factors
and generally decrease with severity of
use.
479
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When to Expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Message
Vehicle Use and Example
Interval
1
Normal
7,500–10,000 mi
(12,000–16,000 km)
Normal commuting with highway driving
No, or moderate, load or towing
Flat to moderately hilly roads
No extended idling
Severe
5,000–7,500 mi
(8,000–12,000 km)
Moderate to heavy load or towing
Mountainous or off-road conditions
Extended idling
Extended hot or cold operation
Extreme
3,000–5,000 mi
(4,800–8,000 km)
Maximum load or towing
Extreme hot or cold operation
Extended engine idling
1
Hybrid vehicles may achieve longer distances between oil changes, but do not exceed
the 1 year maximum oil change interval. Remaining oil life can be accessed through the
information display. See Information Displays (page 111).
Normal Maintenance Intervals
At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display
1
Change the engine oil and filter.
2
Rotate the tires.
Perform a multi-point inspection, recommended.
Inspect the brake pads, rotors, hoses and parking brake.
Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses.
Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect the front axle.
Inspect the rear axle and U-joints.
Inspect the half-shaft boots.
480
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display
1
Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension and the tire-rod ends.
Inspect the tires, tire wear and measure the tread depth.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or
drag.
1
Do not exceed one year or 12,500 mi (20,000 km) between service intervals.
2
Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine Oil
Check (page 323).
Brake Fluid Maintenance
1
Change the brake fluid.
2
Every Three Years
1
Perform this maintenance item every three years. Do not exceed the designated time
for the interval.
2
Brake fluid servicing requires special equipment available at your authorized dealer.
Other Maintenance Items
1
Replace the cabin air filter.Every 20,000 mi
(32,000 km)
Replace the engine air filter.Every 30,000 mi
(48,000 km)
Change the engine coolant and motor electronics coolant.
2
At 200,000 mi
(322,000 km)
Replace the spark plugs.Every 100,000 mi
(160,000 km)
Inspect the accessory drive belt or belts.
3
Every 100,000 mi
(160,000 km)
481
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Other Maintenance Items
1
Change the automatic transmission fluid.
Every 150,000 mi
(240,000 km)
Replace the accessory drive belt or belts.
4
1
Perform these maintenance items within 3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the last engine oil
and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval.
2
Initial replacement at 10 years or 200,000 mi (322,000 km), then every 5 years or
100,000 mi (160,000 km).
3
After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.
4
If not replaced within the last 100,000 mi (160,000 km).
SPECIAL OPERATING
CONDITIONS SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any
of the following conditions, you need to
perform extra maintenance as indicated.
If you operate your vehicle occasionally
under any of these conditions, it is not
necessary to perform the extra
maintenance. For specific
recommendations, see your dealership
service advisor or technician.
Perform the services shown in the
following tables when specified or within
3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the message
appearing in the information display
prompting you to change your oil.
• Example 1: The message comes on at
28,750 mi (46,270 km). Perform the
30,000 mi (48,000 km) automatic
transmission fluid replacement.
• Example 2: The message has not come
on, but the odometer reads 30,000 mi
(48,000 km) (for example, the
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor was reset
at 25,000 mi (40,000 km). Perform
the engine air filter replacement.
Towing a Trailer or Using a Car-top Carrier
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched-
uled Maintenance chart.
As required
Inspect front axle.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Inspect rear axle and U-joints.
Inspect half-shaft boots.
See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.
Replace spark plugs.Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
482
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Extensive Idling or Low-speed Driving for Long Distances, as in Heavy Commercial Use
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched-
uled Maintenance chart.
As required
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Replace spark plugs.Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions - Such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal
noise, wear, looseness or drag.
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread
depth.
Change engine oil and filter.
1
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
or six months
Perform multi-point inspection.
1
Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Oil Change
Indicator Reset (page 324).
Exclusive use of E85 - Flex Fuel Vehicles Only
If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank full with regular
unleaded fuel.
Every oil change
Exceptions
There are several exceptions to the Normal
Schedule:
Axle and Transfer Case Maintenance
The transfer case, front and rear axles in
your vehicle do not require normal
scheduled maintenance. Your vehicle is
electronically monitored and notifies you
of required service by displaying a message
in the information display. The transfer
case, front and rear axles are more likely
483
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
to require a fluid change if the vehicle has
experienced extended periods of extreme
or severe duty cycle driving. Changing or
checking the transfer case, front and/or
rear axle lubricant is not necessary unless
the unit has been submerged in water,
shows signs of leakage, a message
indicating required service displays.
Contact your authorized dealer for service.
California Fuel Filter Replacement
If you register your vehicle in California, the
California Air Resources Board has
determined that the failure to perform this
maintenance item does not nullify the
emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's
useful life. Ford Motor Company, however,
urges you to have all recommended
maintenance services performed at the
specified intervals and to record all vehicle
service.
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals
Vehicles operating in the Middle East,
North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or
locations with similar climates using an
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification
mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal
oil change interval is 5,000 mi (8,000 km).
If the available API SM or SN oils are not
available, then the oil change interval is
3,000 mi (4,800 km).
Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air Filter
Replacement
The life of the engine air filter and cabin air
filter is dependent on exposure to dusty
and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in
these conditions require frequent
inspection and replacement of the engine
air filter and cabin air filter.
484
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
RADIO FREQUENCY
CERTIFICATION LABELS
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM SENSORS
Argentina
E340516
Belarus
E253816
Brazil
E340204
Canada
Short Range Radar Sensor SRR3-B
IC ID: 4135A-SRR3B
485
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
E351800
Djibouti
E340826
European Union EU
E310043
486
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Ghana
E269695
Jamaica
E340517
Malaysia
E269697
RALM/24A/0715/S(15-2272)
Mauritania
E353342
Mexico
E353300
Moldova
E337971
487
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Pakistan
E352429
Paraguay
E337181
Russia
E253816
Serbia
E340200
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E269696
488
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
South Korea
E351001
Taiwan, China
E340203
489
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Ukraine
E356737
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E338020
United States of America
FCC ID: OAYSRR3B
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
CAUTION TO USERS
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority
to operate the equipment.
490
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Vietnam
E353397
Zambia
E340205
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Argentina
E338547
Brazil
E340499
Ghana
E341433
Jamaica
E340500
491
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E340501
Paraguay
E339812
2019-01-I-000076
Serbia
E341434
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E340510
492
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E341432
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: M3NA2C766336
IC: 7812A-A2C766336
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Vietnam
E278262
Zambia
E340511
493
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
CRUISE CONTROL MODULE
Argentina
E308030
Brazil
E340118
Djibouti
E342394
Ghana
E340191
Indonesia
E342395
Jamaica
E340518
494
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Malaysia
E339836
RALM/61A/0318/S(18-0852)
Mauritania
E340190
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E340192
Pakistan
E342396
Paraguay
E308039
495
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Serbia
E308040
Singapore
E340193
South Africa
E340194
South Korea
E339675
R-CMM-DLH-L2C0065TR
Syria
E342397
Taiwan, China
E340195
496
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Ukraine
E308043
United Arab Emirates
E308044
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2C0065TR
IC: 3432A-0065TR
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Zambia
E340196
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: NZLSAHL5E
IC: 4112A-SAHL5E
497
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS
Argentina
E340316
E340119
E339844
E342143
E346171
498
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Brazil
E340121
E340120
Djibouti
E343017
E340306
Ghana
E340317
E340307
Jamaica
E340318
E340308
E340219
499
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
E340215
Malaysia
E339836
F17000176
Mauritania
E340487
E340310
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E343018
E340311
500
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Pakistan
E337974
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2016-9-I-000222
NR: 2016-9-I-000220
NR: 2016-9-I-000223
NR: 2017-10-I-0334
Serbia
E269681
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E343025
501
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
E340313
TA-2016/2012
South Korea
E339675
MSIP-CRM-TAL-A2C97102000
Taiwan, China
E340216
E340217
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E340486
502
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
E340314
E344043
Canada and United States of
America
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: M3N-A2C931426
FCC ID: M3N-A2C931423
FCC ID: CWTWB1U0009
FCC ID: N5F-A08TAA
IC: 7812A-A2C931426
IC: 7812A-A2C913423
IC: 1788A-FWB1U0009
IC: 3248A-A08TAA
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Vietnam
E278262
Zambia
E343026
503
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
E340315
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
Argentina
E339818
Brazil
E339848
Canada and United States of
America
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: OUC11545917
IC: 850K-11545917
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Djibouti
E339936
504
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Ghana
E340495
Indonesia
E339937
Jamaica
E274067
Malaysia
E339836
CIDF18000209
Mauritania
E339938
Moldova
E337971
505
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Morocco
E339939
Pakistan
E339843
Paraguay
E339837
Serbia
E269681
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E269667
506
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
South Korea
E339675
MSIP-RRM-OAC-OUC11541917
Syria
E340498
Taiwan, China
E339847
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E347099
Vietnam
E278262
507
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
RADIO TRANSCEIVER MODULE
Argentina
E341741
China
CMIIT ID: 2016DJ0249
Djibouti
E272192
E343015
Ghana
E341732
Indonesia
E341733
A
B
A
1 2
203
A
A
Jamaica
E341734
508
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
E272193
E340651
Mauritania
E341735
E340528
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E341736
E343016
509
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Pakistan
E339843
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2016-9-I-00244
Serbia
E269681
South Africa
E341737
South Korea
E339675
KCC-REM-DDG-FO3
Syria
E341738
510
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Taiwan
E341739
E340650
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E341130
E340529
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: LTQFO3AM315RX
FCC ID: L2C0062TR
IC: 3659A-FO3AM315RX
IC: 3659A-FO4AM902TRX
511
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Zambia
E341740
SYNC
Argentina
E339829
Brazil
E339830
China
E341500
Djibouti
E339941
512
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
European Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E341502
Jamaica
E340519
Malaysia
E339836
RBAB/57H/0318/S(18-0624)
Mauritania
E341583
Moldova
E337971
513
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Morocco
E339942
Pakistan
E341519
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2017-12-I-0000413
Serbia
E339831
Singapore
E339943
South Africa
E339832
514
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
South Korea
E339675
MSIP-CMM-pAs-FA-170-BCAR-HS
Taiwan
E339833
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E340520
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
515
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
IC Identification NumberFCC Identification NumberSYNC Version
216B-SYNCG3-LACJ-SYNCG3-L3.0
216B-FA170BCARHSACJ-FA-170-BCARHS3.1
216B-FG185SG32MHACJ-FG-185-SG32MH3.2
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Vietnam
E339834
Zambia
E339835
TELEMATICS CONTROL UNIT
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E355570
516
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: LHJ-FB40ND1
IC: 2807E-FB40ND1
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM SENSORS - VEHICLES
WITH: 315 MHZ SENSORS
Brazil
E339820
Mexico
E342359
Nigeria
E337972
Singapore
E339944
517
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Taiwan
E339821
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: MRXAG2SM3
IC: 2546A-AG2SM3
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM SENSORS - VEHICLES
WITH: 433 MHZ SENSORS
Argentina
E339822
Brazil
E339823
518
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Djibouti
E339945
European Union EU
E339849
Ghana
E341832
Jordan
E341833
Mauritania
E339946
Mexico
E342358
519
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E339947
Nigeria
E337972
Oman
E341834
Pakistan
E337974
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2018-06-I-000224
520
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Philippines
E339824
Russia
E253816
Serbia
E338019
Singapore
E339948
South Africa
E339825
South Korea
E339675
R-CRM-SRD-AG2SM4
521
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Taiwan
E339826
Ukraine
E338024
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E341835
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: 2546A- AG2SM4
IC: MRXAG2SM4
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Vietnam
E339827
522
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Zambia
E339828
WIRELESS ACCESSORY
CHARGING MODULE
Argentina
E340521
Brazil
E340824
Djibouti
E340823
European Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E340522
Jamaica
E340523
523
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Jordan
E340657
Malaysia
E339836
SQASI/TA/19/4129
Mauritania
E340524
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E340525
Paraguay
E339812
2017-10-I-0000333
524
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
Serbia
E340200
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E340658
TA-2017/3167
South Korea
E273475
Taiwan, China
E338220
Ukraine
E269682
525
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E340526
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2C0066T
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science
and Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Vietnam
E278262
Zambia
E340659
526
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Customer Information
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
airbag cover, on the side of the front or
rear seatbacks, or in areas that may
come into contact with a deploying
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not fasten antenna
cables to vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and
brake pipes.
WARNING: Keep antenna and
power cables at least 4 in (10 cm) from
any electronic modules and airbags.
Note: We test and certify your vehicle to
meet electromagnetic compatibility
legislation. It is your responsibility to make
sure that any equipment an authorized
dealer installs on your vehicle complies with
applicable local legislation and other
requirements. Installation of some
aftermarket electronic devices could
degrade the performance of vehicle
functions, which use radio frequency signals
such as broadcast radio receiver, tire
pressure monitoring system, push button
start, Bluetooth® connectivity or satellite
navigation.
Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular
telephones and amateur radio transmitters)
must keep to the parameters in the
following illustrations and table. We do not
provide any other special provisions or
conditions for installations or use.
Car/SUV
E239120
527
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
Van
E239122
Truck
E239121
528
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
Antenna PositionsMaximum Output Power Watt
(Peak RMS)
Frequency Band
MHz
1501-30
2, 35050-54
2, 35068-88
2, 350142-176
2, 350380-512
2, 310806-870
529
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA) (If
Equipped)
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable)
have acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that
include software licensed or owned by
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those
software products of FORD MOTOR
COMPANY origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
• The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES,
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
• You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICES and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
• Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process. It is your responsibility to
monitor any speech recognition
functions included in the system.
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, translate, disassemble or
attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
SOFTWARE nor permit others to
reverse engineer, decompile or
disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation or
to the extent as may be permitted by
the licensing terms governing use of
any open source components included
with the SOFTWARE.
• Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to
the extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
530
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
• Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
• Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions
of this EULA.
• Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent
may automatically check the version
of the SOFTWARE and/or its
components that you are utilizing and
may provide upgrades or supplements
to the SOFTWARE that may be
automatically downloaded to your
DEVICES.
• Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components".) SOFTWARE updates
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or third party software and services
suppliers provide or make available to
you Supplemental Components and
no other EULA terms are provided
along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this
EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to
you or made available to you through
the use of the SOFTWARE.
531
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
• Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The
third party sites are not under the
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
its affiliates and/or its designated
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its
designated agent are responsible for
(I) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent.
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and you agree to assume any risk
associated with the use of the
DEVICES.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip,
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
and third party software and service
providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments.
532
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are
registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by
Ford Motor Company is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions
provided in the documentation for the
DEVICES product support, such as the
vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow
instructions:
• Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not
following precautions found in the
Owner Guide can lead to an accident
or other serious injuries.
General Operation
• Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system
may be accomplished using voice
commands. Using voice commands
while driving helps you to operate the
system without removing your hands
from the wheel or eyes from the road.
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the
volume excessively. Keep the volume
at a level where you can still hear
outside traffic and emergency signals
while driving. Driving while unable to
hear these sounds could cause an
accident.
• Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully
read and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
533
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual
(non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
perform such set-up or insert data
while driving can distract your attention
and could cause an accident or other
serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
and legal manner before attempting
these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a
substitute for your personal judgment.
Any route suggestions made by this
system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to
follow the suggested directions.
• Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps
used by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always
use good judgment and common sense
when following the suggested routes.
• Emergency Services: Do not rely on
any navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and clinics are likely to be contained in
the map database for such navigation
features.
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
• You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while
driving an automobile or other vehicle
in violation of applicable law or
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner
presents a significant risk of distracted
driving and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(b) Use of
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume
poses a significant risk of hearing
damage and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(c) The
SOFTWARE may not be compatible
with new or different versions of an
operating system, third party software,
or third party services, and the
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a
critical failure of an operating system,
third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may
charge an additional fee for access, (ii)
may not work correctly, on an
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii)
may change streaming formats or
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain
adult, profane or offensive content; and
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or
misleading traffic, weather, financial
or safety information or other content;
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may
cause you to incur additional charges
from your wireless service provider
(WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference
only, are not warranted in any way and
should not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in
Section (a) – (e) above.
534
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
"AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
(b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER,
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
• The laws of the State of Michigan
govern this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to
other local, state, national, or
international laws. Any litigation arising
out of or related to this EULA shall be
brought and maintained exclusively in
a court of the State of Michigan
located in Wayne County or in the
United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.
535
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
Binding Arbitration and Class Action
Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to
any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
exceptions listed above, concerning the
SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the
party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
dispute, and the relief requested. You and
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
resolve any dispute through informal
negotiation within 60 days from the date
the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
commence arbitration.
(c) Small claims court. You may also
litigate any dispute in small claims court
in your county of residence or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
business, if the dispute meets all
requirements to be heard in the small
claims court. You may litigate in small
claims court whether or not You
negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
the right to litigate (or participate in as a
party or class member) all disputes in court
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator,
whose decision will be final except for a
limited right of appeal under the Federal
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
forum will be conducted solely on an
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
attorney general action, or in any other
proceeding in which any party acts or
proposes to act in a representative
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
be combined with another without the
prior written consent of all parties to all
affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any
arbitration will be conducted by the
American Arbitration Association (the
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules. If You are an individual and use the
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or
less whether or not You are an individual
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA
Supplementary Procedures for
Consumer-Related Disputes will also
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may
request a telephonic or in-person hearing
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds
good cause to hold an in-person hearing
instead. For more information, see adr.org
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator
536
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
may award the same damages to You
individually as a court could. The arbitrator
may award declaratory or injunctive relief
only to You individually, and only to the
extent required to satisfy Your individual
claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
• I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
pay the AAA’ s and arbitrator’ s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement
offer made before the arbitrator was
appointed (“last written offer”), your
dispute goes all the way to an
arbitrator’s decision (called an
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
you more than the last written offer,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
(3) reimburse any expenses (including
expert witness fees and costs) that
your attorney reasonably accrues for
investigating, preparing, and pursuing
your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
will determine the amounts.
• ii. Disputes involving more than
$75,000. The AAA rules will govern
payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
• iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
any arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR
COMPANY commences, it will pay all
filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
fees or expenses from you in any
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not
counted in determining how much a
dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed
within one year. To the extent permitted
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must
be filed within one year in small claims
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section
d). The one-year period begins when the
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such
a claim or dispute is not filed within one
year, it is permanently barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
537
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
or in any manner inconsistent with this
Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
• Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav
hereby grants to you a personal,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license
(except as expressly permitted below
in connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software
license), without the right to
sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial
navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
or otherwise change the TeleNav
Software or any part thereof; (b)
attempt to derive the source code,
audio library or structure of the
TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav;
(c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d)
538
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
distribute, sublicense or otherwise
transfer the TeleNav Software to
others, except as part of your
permanent transfer of the TeleNav
Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
obscene, libelous, or otherwise
objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
otherwise permit unauthorized access by
third parties to the TeleNav Software
without advanced written permission of
TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
• To the fullest extent permissible
pursuant to applicable law, in no event
will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
may not always reflect reality due to,
among other things, road closures,
construction, weather, new roads and
other changing conditions. You are
responsible for the entire risk arising
out of your use of the TeleNav
Software. For example but without
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others
is dependent on the accuracy of
navigation, as the maps or functionality
of the TeleNav Software are not
intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE.
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
539
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
• You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav
Software shall be settled by
independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and
the judgment upon the award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction. Note that
there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
proceeding and the decision of the
arbitrator shall be binding upon both
parties. You expressly agree to waive
your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
and performance hereunder will be
governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to
its conflict of law provisions. To the
extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of the County of Santa Clara,
California. The United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and
expressly conditioned upon the new
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing
to be bound by the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Any such
sale, assignment or transfer that is not
expressly permitted under this
paragraph will result in immediate
termination of this Agreement, without
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
540
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement
includes end-user terms applicable to
these companies (included at the end
of this Agreement), and thus your use
of the Telenav Software is also subject
to such terms. You agree to comply
with the following additional terms and
conditions, which are applicable to
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors:
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
541
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from
the United States Postal Service® to
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or
other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraphs, you agree not to
otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
decompile, disassemble, create any
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.
Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav,
and without limiting the preceding
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a)
with any products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain
inaccurate or incomplete information due
to the passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
542
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
required under, applicable export laws,
rules and regulations, including but not
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
administered by the Office of Foreign
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
export laws, rules or regulations prohibit
HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be
excused and shall not constitute a breach
of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used],
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European
HERE Data is used] for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with these End-User Terms,
and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
543
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify HERE prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing
Data for the United States shall contain
the following notices:
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
information.”
“©United States Postal Service®
20XX. Prices are not established,
controlled or approved by the United
States Postal Service®. The following
trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
B. Canada Data. The following provi-
sions apply to the Data for Canada,
which may include or reflect data from
third party licensors (“Third Party
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representa-
tions or warranties respecting such
data, either express or implied,
arising by law or otherwise, including
but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
for a particular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irre-
spective of the nature of the cause
of the claim, demand or action
alleging any loss, injury or damages,
direct or indirect, which may result
from the use or possession of such
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the
Data.
544
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
for the copy; or (iii) other materials
packaged with the copy, such as user
manuals or end user license agree-
ments: “This data includes information
taken with permission from Canadian
authorities, including © Her Majesty
the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
3. End-User Terms: Except as other-
wise agreed by the parties, in connec-
tion with the provision of any portion
of the Data for the Territory of Canada
to End-Users as may be authorized
under the Agreement, Client shall
provide such End-Users, in a reason-
ably conspicuous manner, with terms
(set forth with other end user terms
required to be provided under the
Agreement, or as otherwise may be
provided, by Client) which shall include
the following provisions on behalf of
the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect
data of licensors, including Her
Majesty the Queen in the Right of
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
and the Department of Natural
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, complete-
ness, accuracy or fitness for a
particular purpose. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in
respect of any claim, demand or
action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or posses-
sion of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
be liable in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the data
or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
and their officers, employees and
agents from and against any claim,
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action, alleging loss,
costs, expenses, damages or injuries
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession
of the data or the Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addi-
tion to all of the rights and obligations
of the parties under the Agreement.
To the extent that any of the provi-
sions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provi-
sions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.
545
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeTerritory
IGN “INSTITUTO
GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL
ARGENTINO”
Argen-
tina
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Guade-
loupe,
French
Guiana
and
Marti-
nique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
Client or any of its permitted
Jordan
sublicensees (if any) fail to
meet such requirement,
HERE shall have the right to
terminate Client’s license
with respect to the Jordan
Data.
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter-
prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
censees (if any) and End-Users are
restricted from using the Jordan Data in
Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica-
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic-
ations, GIS applications, mobile business
asset management applications, call
center applications, telematics applica-
tions, public organization Internet
applications or for providing geocoding
services.
546
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
and agrees that in certain countries of
the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
party RDS-TMC code providers to
receive and use the Traffic Codes in
the Data and to deliver to End-Users
Transactions in any way derived from
or based on such Traffic Codes. For
such countries, HERE shall deliver the
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
Client only after receiving certification
from Client of its having obtained such
rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
each Transaction that uses Traffic
Codes for Belgium, provide the
following notice to the End-User:
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
license granted to Client relating to
making, selling or distributing paper
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
paper-like medium): (a) such license
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a
separate written agreement with the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
OS any and all applicable paper map
royalties, and Client’s complying with
the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
is conditioned on Client’ s obtaining prior
written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
Client is restricted from using Data for
the Territory of France to create paper
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
from using any Data to create, sell or
distribute paper maps that are the same
or substantially similar, in terms of data
content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
swesen of Austria, and the National
Land Survey of Sweden.
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
a direct action against Client to enforce
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper
map requirements (see Section IV(B)
above) contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry(ies)
547
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
“© Bundesamt für Eich-
und Vermessungswesen”
Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
Germany
“Contains Ordnance
Survey data © Crown
copyright and database
right 2010 Contains Royal
Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
right 2010”
Great Britain
“Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.”
Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
al tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”Portugal
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
“Topografische
Grundlage: © Bundesamt
für Landestopographie.
Switzerland
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not
received approvals to distribute map
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
HERE may update such list from time to
time. The license rights granted to Client
under this TL with respect to the Data
for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including, without
limitation, any required licenses or
approvals to distribute the Application
incorporating such Data in such
respective countries.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
548
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
shall contain the following notice:
“Product incorporates traffic location
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora-
tion Limited and its licensors.”
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier
Telematics Disclosure
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS
SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO
CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH
THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY
AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND
UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER
UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL,
EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY
KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT,
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE
ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR
OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY
WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED
HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT
OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO
EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER
FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE
TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE
DATE THE CLAIM AROSE.
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY
AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY
PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY
OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT
OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR
INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
DEVICE.
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT
FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF
WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF
SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE
SERVICES
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
GUARANTEE ANY END USER
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR
COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS
CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE
SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
549
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE
REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS,
AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE
LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS
OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR
OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT,
DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE
PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR
INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR
TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY
CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN
CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END
USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND
HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR
ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING
TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES
PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF,
INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE
OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
using this Data if you fail to comply with
these terms and conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
described in applicable written materials
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
support engineers will make commercially
reasonable efforts to solve any problem
issues.
550
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
Customer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’ s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
be warranted for the remainder of the
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
nor any product support services offered
by NAV2 are available without proof of
purchase from an authorized international
source.
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
suppliers and are protected by applicable
copyright and other intellectual property
law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
551
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder shall be
submitted to the Shanghai International
Economic and Trade Arbitration
Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
practice one or more of the following U.S.
Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device. This device
may contain content belonging to
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal,
non-commercial use only. You agree not
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software
or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag
associated with a music file) to any third
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and
Gracenote Content, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
552
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
including any copyrighted material or
music file information. You agree that
Gracenote may enforce its respective
rights, collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Radio Frequency Statement
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
553
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
Taiwan Territory
Note: In accordance with the management
approach of low-power radio wave
radiation motors:
Article 12: For approved and certified
low-power radiation motor models,
companies, firms or users must not alter
the frequency, increase the power or
change the characteristics and functions
of the original design without authorization.
Article 14: The usage of low-power
radio-frequency motors must not affect
aviation safety and interfere with legal
telecommunications. Should interference
be detected, immediately stop using the
device and only resume usage after
ensuring that there is no longer any
interference. For the legal
telecommunication and wireless
telecommunication of the telco, the
low-power radio frequency motor must be
able to tolerate legal limits of interference
from telecommunication, industrial,
scientific and radio wave equipment.
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
AND CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept
certain terms and conditions. The following
is a brief summary of the terms and
conditions that apply to you. To view the
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
1. Acceptance
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for
your personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are
intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
comprehensive or accurate information on
all occasions. On occasions, you may
experience additional delay as a result of
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
acknowledge that it is not intended, or
suitable, for use in applications where time
of arrival or driving directions may impact
the safety of the public or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
observing all relevant laws and codes of
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.
554
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
5. Service Continuity and Reception of
the SUNA Traffic Channel
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
SUNA Products and/or Services at any
time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
555
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Appendices
556
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
3
360 Degree Camera...................................240
4
4WD
See: Four-Wheel Drive....................................206
9
911 Assist...........................................................55
A
A/C
See: Climate Control.........................................138
About This Manual...........................................9
ABS
See: Brakes............................................................213
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.................................................................214
Accessories....................................................473
Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation............................................12
Active Park Assist........................................234
Adaptive Cruise Control............................245
Adaptive Cruise Control –
Troubleshooting............................................254
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators -
Vehicles With: Intelligent Adaptive
Cruise Control.............................................252
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators -
Vehicles With: Lane Centering.............252
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators -
Vehicles With: Stop and Go..................252
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations -
Vehicles With: Lane Centering.............246
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations -
Vehicles With: Stop and Go..................247
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions -
Vehicles With: Lane Centering.............245
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions -
Vehicles With: Stop and Go..................245
Adaptive Cruise Control –
Troubleshooting........................................254
Adaptive Cruise Control – Information
Messages.........................................................254
Adaptive Headlamps...................................90
Adjusting the Headlamps.........................335
Adjusting the Set Speed
Tolerance.....................................................254
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles
With: Manual Adjustable Steering
Column...........................................................80
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles
With: Power Adjustable Steering
Column...........................................................80
AFS
See: Adaptive Headlamps...............................90
Airbag Disposal...............................................53
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control.........................................138
Air Filter
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter - 2.3L
EcoBoost™.....................................................324
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter -
3.0L....................................................................325
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter -
3.3L.....................................................................326
Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................78
Ambient Lighting - Vehicles With: 10.1
Inch Center Display Screen.....................92
Ambient Lighting - Vehicles With: 8 Inch
Center Display Screen................................91
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................78
Appendices.....................................................527
Apps.................................................................455
At a Glance.......................................................20
At a Glance - ST.............................................20
Audible Warnings and Indicators............110
Audio Control...................................................82
Audio System...............................................420
General Information.........................................420
Audio Unit......................................................420
Auto Hold.........................................................217
Autolamps........................................................88
Automatic Climate Control......................138
Automatic High Beam Control..................93
Automatic High Beam Control
Indicators........................................................93
557
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Index
Automatic Transmission..........................200
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check..............................................................331
Auto-Start-Stop............................................179
Autowipers.......................................................84
Auxiliary Power Points................................166
B
Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery......................333
Blind Spot Information System..............263
BLIS
See: Blind Spot Information System..........263
Body Styling Kits..........................................347
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........319
Booster Seats..................................................33
Brake Fluid Check........................................332
Brakes................................................................213
General Information...........................................213
Breaking-In.....................................................292
Bulb Specification Chart............................413
C
Canceling the Set Speed..........................244
Capacities and Specifications - 2.3L
EcoBoost™.................................................385
Capacities and Specifications -
3.0L................................................................392
Capacities and Specifications - 3.3L,
Gasoline.......................................................399
Capacities and Specifications - 3.3L,
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV).............406
Capacities and Specifications................379
Cargo Nets......................................................279
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................341
Catalytic Converter......................................196
Changing a Bulb...........................................338
Changing a Fuse............................................317
Changing a Road Wheel.............................371
Changing the 12V Battery.........................333
Changing the Engine Air Filter - 2.3L
EcoBoost™.................................................324
Changing the Engine Air Filter -
3.0L................................................................325
Changing the Engine Air Filter -
3.3L.................................................................326
Changing the Front Wiper Blades..........337
Changing the Rear Wiper Blades...........337
Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Name or Password...................................419
Checking MyKey System Status..............66
Checking the Wiper Blades......................337
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance.................................................43
Child Restraint Positioning.........................35
Child Safety......................................................23
General Information............................................23
Child Safety Locks.........................................36
Cleaning Leather Seats.............................344
Cleaning Products......................................340
Cleaning the Engine....................................342
Cleaning the Exterior...................................341
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens........................344
Cleaning the Interior...................................343
Cleaning the Wheels..................................345
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................343
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................66
Climate............................................................445
Climate Control.............................................138
Cold Weather Precautions.......................292
Collision, Damage or Fire Event.............299
Connected Vehicle.......................................415
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network.............................................................415
Connected Vehicle Data...............................17
Connected Vehicle Limitations...............415
Connected Vehicle Requirements.........415
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: Modem............................416
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: SYNC 3.............................417
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network.........................................................415
Connecting FordPass to the Modem..........415
Enabling and Disabling the Modem............415
What Is the Modem...........................................415
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network - Vehicles With: SYNC 3........415
Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check............................327
558
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Index
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator........52
Creating a MyKey...........................................65
Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot...........419
Cross Traffic Alert........................................267
Cruise Control...............................................243
Cruise Control Indicators..........................244
Cruise Control - Vehicles With: Cruise
Control.............................................................82
Cruise Control - Vehicles With: Stop and
Go......................................................................83
Cup Holders....................................................170
Customer Assistance.................................302
Customer Information...............................485
Radio Frequency Certification
Labels...............................................................485
D
Data Privacy......................................................15
Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Configurable Daytime Running
Lamps.............................................................89
Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)............89
Digital Radio...................................................421
Direction Indicators.......................................90
Doors and Locks.............................................69
Drive Mode Control......................................277
Drive Modes..........................................................277
Drive Modes....................................................277
Deep Snow/Sand...............................................277
Eco...........................................................................278
Normal...................................................................278
Slippery..................................................................278
Sport.......................................................................278
Tow/Haul..............................................................278
Trail..........................................................................278
Driver Alert.....................................................258
Driver and Passenger Airbags....................47
Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags.........51
Driving Aids....................................................258
Driving Economically..................................292
Driving Hints...................................................292
Driving Through Shallow Water.............293
DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Configurable Daytime Running
Lamps.................................................................89
See: Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With:
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)................89
E
Electric Parking Brake.................................214
Electric Vehicle Information....................454
Electromagnetic Compatibility...............527
Emergency Call Limitations.......................56
Emergency Call Requirements.................55
Emergency Call System Data.....................18
Emission Law.................................................195
End User License Agreement.................530
Engine Block Heater.....................................177
Engine Coolant Check................................327
Engine Emission Control............................195
Engine Immobilizer
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................78
Engine Oil Check..........................................323
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.3L
EcoBoost™.................................................323
Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.0L..........................323
Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.3L..........................323
Engine Specifications - 2.3L
EcoBoost™.................................................379
Engine Specifications - 3.0L, ST............379
Engine Specifications - 3.0L....................381
Engine Specifications - 3.3L,
Gasoline........................................................381
Engine Specifications - 3.3L, Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (HEV)............................382
Entertainment..............................................435
Environment.....................................................19
EPB
See: Electric Parking Brake..............................214
Essential Towing Checks..........................289
Event Data.........................................................16
Export Unique Options.................................14
Exterior Mirrors - Excluding: ST................96
Exterior Mirrors - ST.......................................97
F
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................39
559
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Index
Flat Tire
See: Changing a Road Wheel.........................371
Floor Mats.......................................................293
Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps........................................89
Ford Credit..........................................................11
Ford Protect...................................................474
Four-Wheel Drive........................................206
Principle of Operation.....................................206
Front Fog Lamps............................................89
Front Parking Aid...........................................231
Front Passenger Sensing System............48
Front Wiper Blades
See: Changing the Front Wiper Blades.......337
Fuel and Refueling.......................................184
Fuel Consumption.......................................194
Fuel Filler Funnel Location.......................186
Fuel Filter........................................................336
Fuel Quality - E85........................................184
Fuel Quality - Gasoline..............................186
Fuel Shutoff..................................................296
Fuses................................................................309
Fuse Specification Chart..........................309
G
Garage Door Opener....................................161
Garage Door Opener
See: Universal Garage Door Opener.............161
Gauges - Vehicles With: 12.3 Inch
Instrument Cluster Display
Screen............................................................103
Gauges - Vehicles With: 4.2 Inch
Instrument Cluster Display
Screen............................................................105
Gauges - Vehicles With: 6.5 Inch
Instrument Cluster Display
Screen............................................................102
Gearbox
See: Transmission.............................................200
General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................57
General Maintenance Information........476
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada.........................................................305
Getting the Services You Need..............302
Global Opening..............................................96
H
Hazard Flashers...........................................296
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps.....................335
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................88
Headrest
See: Head Restraints.........................................145
Head Restraints.............................................145
Heated Exterior Mirrors...............................143
Heated Rear Window..................................143
Heated Seats..................................................157
Heated Steering Wheel...............................83
Heated Windshield.......................................142
Heating
See: Climate Control.........................................138
High Voltage Battery...................................199
General Information - Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV).................................................199
Hill Descent Control....................................227
Hill Descent Control Indicator.................228
Hill Start Assist..............................................216
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate..........................................................140
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.............................................................214
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........319
Horn.....................................................................83
How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With
Stop and Go Work....................................245
How Does Drive Mode Control
Work...............................................................277
How Does the Rear Occupant Alert
System Work...............................................159
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV).............................................................183
Hybrid Vehicle Operation - Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (HEV)..............................181
I
Ignition Switch.................................................171
In California (U.S. Only)............................303
Information Display Control.......................83
560
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Index
Information Displays.....................................111
General Information - Vehicles With: 12.3
Inch Instrument Cluster Display
Screen.................................................................113
General Information - Vehicles With: 4.2
Inch Instrument Cluster Display
Screen.................................................................116
General Information - Vehicles With: 6.5
Inch Instrument Cluster Display
Screen..................................................................111
Information Messages................................120
Installing Child Restraints...........................25
Instrument Cluster.......................................102
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................88
Instrument Panel.............................................21
Interior Air Quality........................................144
Interior Lamps..................................................91
Interior Mirror...................................................99
Introduction........................................................9
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................297
K
Keyless Entry....................................................72
Keyless Starting..............................................171
Keys and Remote Controls.........................57
L
Lane Keeping System................................259
Liftgate...............................................................74
Lighting Control..............................................87
Lighting...............................................................87
General Information............................................87
Limited Slip Differential..............................212
Load Carriers
See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers............280
Load Carrying................................................279
Load Limit........................................................281
Locking and Unlocking................................69
Luggage Covers...........................................280
Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.........................371
M
Maintenance..................................................319
General Information..........................................319
Manual Seats..................................................147
Memory Function...........................................151
Message Center
See: Information Displays..................................111
Mirrors
See: Windows and Mirrors................................95
Mobile Communications Equipment.......13
Mobile Device Data........................................18
Moonroof........................................................100
Motorcraft Parts - 2.3L
EcoBoost™.................................................383
Motorcraft Parts - 3.0L..............................383
Motorcraft Parts - 3.3L..............................384
MyKey – Troubleshooting...........................67
MyKey™.............................................................64
Principle of Operation........................................64
N
Navigation......................................................449
Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........479
O
Oil Change Indicator Reset......................324
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check......................................323
Opening and Closing the Hood...............319
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature......................................................307
Overhead Console........................................170
Overriding Automatic High Beam
Control............................................................94
Overriding Reverse Braking Assist.........220
Overriding the Set Speed..........................251
P
Parking Aids...................................................229
Principle of Operation......................................229
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................78
PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................78
Pedestrian Alert System.............................54
561
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Index
Pedestrian Protection..................................54
Perchlorate.........................................................11
Personalized Settings..................................118
Personal Safety System™..........................45
Phone...............................................................447
Post-Crash Alert System.........................300
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................69
Power Liftgate..................................................74
Power Seats...................................................148
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................333
Power Windows.............................................95
Pre-Collision Assist......................................272
Protecting the Environment........................19
Puncture
See: Changing a Road Wheel.........................371
R
Radio Frequency Certification
Labels...........................................................485
Blind Spot Information System
Sensors............................................................485
Body Control Module........................................491
Cruise Control Module.....................................494
Garage Door Opener.........................................497
Keys and Remote Controls............................498
Passive Anti-Theft System............................504
Radio Transceiver Module.............................508
SYNC.......................................................................512
Telematics Control Unit...................................516
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Sensors..............................................................517
Wireless Accessory Charging Module........523
Rear Axle..........................................................212
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Warnings......................................................160
Rear Occupant Alert System
Indicators.....................................................160
Rear Occupant Alert System
Limitations...................................................159
Rear Occupant Alert System
Precautions..................................................159
Rear Occupant Alert System...................159
Rear Parking Aid...........................................229
Rear Passenger Climate Controls...........141
Rear Seats.......................................................152
Rear Under Floor Storage.........................279
Rear View Camera.......................................237
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera...................................237
Rear Window Wiper and Washers..........86
Rear Wiper Blades
See: Changing the Rear Wiper Blades.......337
Recommended Towing Weights...........288
Reduced Engine Performance................292
Refueling - Excluding: Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV).............................................188
Refueling - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV)..............................................................191
Remote Control...............................................57
Remote Start..................................................143
Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............345
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................12
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................63
Replacing the Cabin Air Filter..................144
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only)..............................................................307
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only)..............................................................307
Resuming the Set Speed..........................244
Reverse Braking Assist Indicators.........220
Reverse Braking Assist
Precautions..................................................219
Reverse Braking Assist................................219
Reverse Braking Assist –
Troubleshooting.............................................221
Reverse Braking Assist –
Troubleshooting.........................................221
Reverse Braking Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................222
Reverse Braking Assist – Information
Messages..........................................................221
Roadside Assistance..................................295
Roadside Emergencies..............................295
Roof Racks and Load Carriers................280
Running-In
See: Breaking-In.................................................292
Running Out of Fuel....................................186
S
Safety Canopy™..............................................51
Safety Precautions......................................184
562
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Index
Satellite Radio..............................................423
Scheduled Maintenance...........................476
Seatbelt Extensions......................................44
Seatbelt Height Adjustment.......................41
Seatbelt Reminder.........................................42
Seatbelts...........................................................38
Principle of Operation........................................38
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime...............................................................41
Seats.................................................................145
Security..............................................................78
Selecting a Drive Mode...............................277
Service Data......................................................16
Settings Data.....................................................17
Settings...........................................................458
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Gap................................................................250
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Speed............................................................249
Setting the Cruise Control Speed..........243
Setting the Hill Descent Speed...............227
Side Airbags.....................................................50
Side Sensing System..................................233
Sitting in the Correct Position..................145
Snow Chains
See: Using Snow Chains.................................364
Spare Wheel
See: Changing a Road Wheel.........................371
Special Notices................................................12
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance..............................................482
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control............................................243
Speed Sign Recognition............................270
Stability Control...........................................224
Principle of Operation......................................224
Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch.............................................171
Starting a Gasoline Engine........................172
Starting a Hybrid Electric Vehicle
System...........................................................175
Starting and Stopping the Engine...........171
General Information............................................171
Steering............................................................272
Steering Wheel...............................................80
Storage Compartments.............................170
Sunroof
See: Moonroof.....................................................100
Sun Shades....................................................100
Sun Visors.........................................................99
Supplementary Restraints System.........46
Principle of Operation........................................46
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On
and Off.........................................................249
Switching Automatic High Beam Control
On and Off.....................................................93
Switching Cruise Control On and
Off...................................................................243
Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control
to Cruise Control.......................................252
Switching Hill Descent Control On and
Off...................................................................227
Switching Intelligent Mode On and
Off..................................................................254
Switching Lane Centering On and
Off...................................................................253
Switching Rear Occupant Alert System
On and Off...................................................159
Switching Reverse Braking Assist On and
Off..................................................................220
Symbols Glossary.............................................9
SYNC™ 3.........................................................427
General Information..........................................427
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting.....................460
T
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications............379
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only)......................304
Tire Care..........................................................350
Tire Pressure Monitoring System..........366
Tires
See: Wheels and Tires.....................................348
Towing a Trailer.............................................287
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels...........................................................291
Towing..............................................................287
Traction Control............................................223
Principle of Operation......................................223
Trailer Sway Control...................................288
Transmission................................................200
Transporting the Vehicle..........................300
563
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Index
U
Under Hood Overview - 2.3L
EcoBoost™.................................................320
Under Hood Overview - 3.0L....................321
Under Hood Overview - 3.3L...................322
Unique Driving Characteristics................179
Universal Garage Door Opener................161
USB Port.........................................................426
Using Four-Wheel Drive...........................206
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems...........................................................67
Using Snow Chains.....................................364
Using Stability Control...............................225
Using Summer Tires...................................363
Using Traction Control...............................223
Using Voice Recognition...........................429
Using Winter Tires.......................................363
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)........................305
V
Vehicle Care..................................................340
General Information.........................................340
Vehicle Identification Number...............384
Vehicle Storage............................................345
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot................................419
Ventilated Seats...........................................158
Ventilation
See: Climate Control.........................................138
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number............384
Voice Control...................................................82
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators...............106
Washer Fluid Check....................................336
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................341
See: Wipers and Washers.................................84
Waxing.............................................................342
What Is 911 Assist...........................................55
What Is a Connected Vehicle...................415
What Is Adaptive Cruise Control With
Lane Centering..........................................245
What Is Automatic High Beam
Control............................................................93
What Is Cruise Control...............................243
What Is Drive Mode Control.....................277
What Is Hill Descent Control....................227
What Is Intelligent Adaptive Cruise
Control..........................................................245
What Is Reverse Braking Assist...............219
What Is the Cabin Air Filter.......................144
What is the Rear Occupant Alert
System...........................................................159
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.........................371
Wheels and Tires.........................................348
General Information.........................................348
Technical Specifications..................................377
Wi Fi
See: Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Name or Password.......................................419
See: Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network - Vehicles With: SYNC 3............415
See: Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot.......419
See: Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot.............................419
Windows and Mirrors...................................95
Windshield Washers.....................................85
Windshield Wipers........................................84
Winter Tires
See: Using Winter Tires...................................363
Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................337
Wipers and Washers.....................................84
Wireless Accessory Charger......................167
564
2022 Explorer (CTW) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202107, First-Printing
Index
